Professional Documents
Culture Documents
TURNING
INSERTS
DATA
KM_Master12_Turning_A002_A003_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 8:55 AM Page A2
Turning
Insert Selection Reference Guide Tool
Carbide: B76–B81
W Ceramic: B119 Carbide: B112–B113 — Ceramic: B125
Superhard: B179
Application Specific
Top Notch Profiling Kendex Mini K-Lock™ Railroad/Bar Peeling Beyond BLAST™ Fix-Perfect™
7
KM_Master12_Turning_A002_A003_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 8:55 AM Page A3
Turning
Insert Selection Reference Guide Tool
R conventional — — — — — —
8
Kennametal Inserts
Catalogue Numbering System
CNMG120408FP
C N M G 12
F inch mm C D R S T V W
1.2 (5) 3,97 S4 04 03 03 06 — —
Octagon
O 135° B A 1.5 (6) 4,76 04 05 04 04 08 08 S3
1.8 (7) 5,56 05 06 05 05 09 09 03
M
— 6,00 — — 06 — — — —
Pentagon 2 6,35 06 07 06 06 11 11 04
P 108° C G
Rε Rε 2.5 7,94 08 09 07 07 13 13 05
W — 8,00 — — 08 — — — —
3 9,52 09 11 09 09 16 16 06
Round T
R — D — 10,00 — — 10 — — — —
Q 3.5 11,11 11 13 11 11 19 19 07
— 12,00 — — 12 — — — —
U
4 12,70 12 15 12 12 22 22 08
Square
S 90° E 4.5 14,29 14 17 14 14 24 24 09
B
5 15,88 16 19 15 15 27 27 10
Rε H — 16,00 — — 16 — — — —
Triangular 5.5 17,46 17 21 17 17 30 30 11
T 60° F C
6 19,05 19 23 19 19 33 33 13
J — 20,00 — — 20 — — — —
C Rhomboid D = Theoretical diameter X Special 7 22,22 22 27 22 22 38 38 15
D 80° of the insert inscribed Design
55° circle — 25,00 — — 25 — — — —
E 75° G
S = Thickness 8 25,40 25 31 25 25 44 44 17
M 86° B = See figures below
V 35° 10 31,75 32 38 31 31 54 54 21
— 32,00 — — 32 — — — —
Trigon
80°
W with enlarged N
corner angles
CNMG120408FP
04 08 FP
Thickness Corner Hand of Insert Cutting Edge Chipbreaker
S Radius “Rε” (optional) (optional) (optional)
F = Sharp
corner R = Right hand F Sharp
symbol thickness symbol FF = Fine Finishing
radius
mm mm mm mm FN = Finishing Negative
L = Left hand E Rounded
— 0,79 X0 0,04
MN = Medium Negative
T0 1,00 01 0,1
01 1,59 02 0,2 N = Neutral T Chamfered RN = Roughing Negative
07 7,94 32 3,2
RH = Roughing Heavy
9 9,52 00 P Double-
round Chamfered FW = Finishing Wiper
11 11,11 M0 insert N and Rounded
12 12,70 — MW = Medium Wiper
FS = Finishing Sharp
MS = Medium Sharp
RW = Roughing Wiper
± Tolerance on “D” ± Tolerance on “B”
HP = High Positive
Class M Tolerance Class U Tolerance Class M Tolerance Class U Tolerance
Shapes Shapes UP = Universal Positive
S, T, C, Shape Shape Shapes S, T, C, Shape Shape Shapes
“D” R, & W D V S, T, & C “D” R, & W D V S, T, & C K = Light-Feed
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Chip Control
3,97 0,05 – – – 3,97 0,08 – – – UF = Ultra-Fine Finishing
4,76 0,05 – – 0,08 4,76 0,08 – – 0,13
5,56 0,05 0,05 0,05 0,08 5,56 0,08 0,11 – 0,13 LF = Light Finishing
6,35 0,05 0,05 0,05 0,08 6,35 0,08 0,11 – 0,13
7,94 0,05 0,05 0,05 0,08 7,94 0,08 0,11 – 0,13 MF = Medium Finishing
9,52 0,05 0,05 0,05 0,08 9,52 0,08 0,11 0,18 0,13
11,11 0,08 0,08 0,08 0,13 11,11 0,13 0,15 – – E = Hone Only
12,70 0,08 0,08 0,08 0,13 12,70 0,13 0,15 0,25 0,20
T = Negative Land
14,29 0,08 0,08 0,08 0,13 14,29 0,13 0,15 – –
15,88 0,10 0,10 0,10 0,18 15,88 0,15 0,18 – 0,27
S = Negative Land
17,46 0,10 0,10 0,10 0,18 17,46 0,15 0,18 – 0,27 Plus Hone
19,05 0,10 0,10 0,10 0,18 19,05 0,15 0,18 – 0,27
22,22 0,13 – – 0,25 22,22 0,15 – – 0,38 MP-K = Medium Positive
25,40 0,13 – – 0,25 25,40 0,18 – – 0,38
31,75 0,15 – – 0,25 31,75 0,20 – – 0,38 MG-P = Medium Positive
10
Kennametal Inserts
Grade Naming System
Grade • Beyond™
K C P M 25 A
Brand Insert Primary Secondary Application Future
Material Workpiece Material Workpiece Material Range Upgrades
(ISO 513) (optional) (optional)
K= A=
P Steel
Kennametal Generation 1
M Stainless Steel
K Cast Iron
B=
N Non-Ferrous Materials
Generation 2
S High-Temp Alloys
H Hardened Materials
C=
U = Universal Machining
Generation 3
etc.
Blank = Carbide, uncoated Hardest
5 fine finishing
C = Carbide, coated
10 finishing
T = Cermet
15
medium to roughing
20
Y = Ceramic
25
D = PCD 30 roughing
35
B = PCBN
40
45 heaviest roughing
S = Steel
50
Toughest
K C 9 2 25
Coating Material Group Wear Application
Type Range/Toughness
Range
9 = CVD Hardest
1= P Steel
(Chemical
2= M Stainless Steel
Vapor
3= K Cast Iron
Deposition)
4= N Non-Ferrous Materials
10 highly wear resistant
5= S High-Temp Alloys
5 = PVD 6= H Hardened Materials
(Physical to
0= Universal Machining
Vapor
Deposition) 50 extremely tough
Toughest
11
KM_Master12_Turning_B008_B009_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 8:56 AM Page B8
Kennametal Inserts
Insert Selection System
Kennametal’s three-step insert selection system makes choosing and applying the most productive
tool as easy as 1, 2, 3. Tool recommendations are based on six workpiece material groups, optimising selection accuracy.
Example:
Six workpiece material groups
12
KM_Master12_Turning_B008_B009_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 8:56 AM Page B9
Kennametal Inserts
Insert Selection System
-RN -RP*
(positive)
Roughing
-FN -MN
Finishing Medium
Machining
cutting condition -FF -FN -MN -RN -RP -11 -UF -LF -FP -MF -MP
heavily interrupted cut KCP10 KCP25 KCP30 KCP30/KCP40 KCP30/KCP40 — KC5010/KCP25 KCP25 KCU25/KCP25 KCP40 KCM25
lightly interrupted cut KCP10 KCP25 KCP25 KCP30/KCP40 KCP30/KCP40 — KC5010/KCP25 KCP25 KCP25 KCP25 KCP25
Low-Carbon (<0,3% C) and Free-Machining Steel speed — m/min (SFM) starting conditions
material 135 180 225 275 320 360 410 455 495
group grade (450) (600) (800) (900) (1050) (1200) (1350) (1500) (1650) m/min SFM
KCP05/KTP10 435 1450
KCP10 395 1320
P1
KCP25 275 925
KCP30/KCP40 210 700
13
KM_Master12_Turning_B010_B011_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/22/12 1:54 PM Page B10
-
Step 1 • Select the insert geometry
Inserts
-RW
Rough Wiper
-MW
Medium Wiper
-MW
Medium Wiper
-FW
Finishing Wiper
-FW
Finishing Wiper feed rate (in/rev) feed rate (in/rev)
heavily interrupted cut KCP10 KCP25 KCP30 KCP30/KCP40 KCP30/KCP40 — KC5010/KCP25 KCP25 KCU25/KCP25 KCP40 KCM25
lightly interrupted cut KCP10 KCP25 KCP25 KCP30/KCP40 KCP30/KCP40 — KC5010/KCP25 KCP25 KCP25 KCP25 KCP25
14
KM_Master12_Turning_B010_B011_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/22/12 1:54 PM Page B11
Medium- and High-Carbon Steels (>0,3% C) speed — m/min (SFM) starting conditions
material 135 180 225 275 320 360 410 455 495
group grade (450) (600) (800) (900) (1050) (1200) (1350) (1500) (1650) m/min SFM
KCP05/KTP10 240 800
KCP10 265 880
KCP25 195 650
P2
KCP30/KCP40 150 500
KT315 270 880
KCU10/KC5010 200 650
Alloy Steels and Tool Steels (≤330 HB) (≤35 HRC) speed — m/min (SFM) starting conditions
material 135 180 225 275 320 360 410 455 495
group grade (450) (600) (800) (900) (1050) (1200) (1350) (1500) (1650) m/min SFM
KCP05/KTP10 205 680
KCP10 190 630
KCP25 155 510
P3
KCP30/KCP40 120 400
KT315 210 680
KCU10/KC5010 155 510
Alloy Steels and Tool Steels (340–450 HB) (36–48 HRC) speed — m/min (SFM) starting conditions
material 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300
group grade (200) (300) (400) (500) (600) (700) (800) (900) (1000) m/min SFM
KCP05/KTP10 160 530
KCP10 145 480
KCP25 105 360
P4
KCP30/KCP40 95 325
KT315 210 530
KCU10/KC5010 110 360
Ferritic, Martensitic, and PH Stainless Steels (≤330 HB) (≤35 HRC) speed — m/min (SFM) starting conditions
material 120 150 180 210 240 270 300 330 360
group grade (400) (500) (600) (700) (800) (900) (1000) (1100) (1200) m/min SFM
KCP05/KTP10 240 800
KCP10 215 720
KCP25 195 650
P5
KCP30/KCP40 135 450
KT315 250 800
KCU10/KC5010 200 660
Ferritic, Martensitic, and PH Stainless Steels (340–450 HB) (36–48 HRC) speed — m/min (SFM) starting conditions
material 105 135 165 195 225 255 285 315 345
group grade (350) (450) (550) (650) (750) (850) (950) (1050) (1150) m/min SFM
KCP05/KTP10 200 660
KCP10 180 600
KCP25 150 500
P6
KCP30/KCP40 105 350
KT315 200 660
KCU10/KC5010 150 500
15
KM_Master12_Turning_B012_B013_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 8:56 AM Page B12
-
Step 1 • Select the insert geometry
Inserts
-MW -MW
Medium Wiper Medium Wiper
-RP -P -MP
Roughing Medium Machining
-MU1
-MS1
depth of cut (mm)
depth of cut (mm)
(continued)
16
KM_Master12_Turning_B012_B013_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 8:56 AM Page B13
Austenitic Stainless Steel: Duplex (Ferritic and Austenitic Mixture) speed — m/min (SFM) starting conditions
material 90 135 180 225 270 315 360 405 450
group grade (300) (450) (600) (800) (900) (1050) (1200) (1350) (1500) m/min SFM
KCM15 150 500
KCM25 120 400
KCM35 90 300
M3
KT315 200 650
KCU10/KC5010 185 600
KCU25/KC5025 150 450
17
KM_Master12_Turning_B014_B015_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:06 PM Page B14
-MW -S...MW
..MW
Medium Wiper Medium Wiper
-FW
feed rate (in/rev) feed rate (in/rev)
-T-20FW
Finishing Wiper
Ductile Iron
Negative Insert Geometry Positive Insert Geometry
cutting condition -FW -T-20FW- -FW -MW
heavily interrupted cut — — — —
lightly interrupted cut KCK15 KY3500 KCK20 KCK20
varying depth of cut
KCK05/KT315 KYK10 KCK20 KCK20
casting, or forging skin
smooth cut, pre-turned surface KCK05/KT315 KYK25 KCK20/KT315 KCK20/KT315
18
KM_Master12_Turning_B014_B015_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:06 PM Page B15
Ductile, Compacted Graphite, and Malleable Cast Irons (<80 KSI tensile strength) speed — m/min (SFM) starting conditions
material 60 150 240 330 420 510 600 690 780
group grade (200) (500) (800) (1100) (1400) (1700) (2000) (2300) (2600) m/min SFM
KCK05 360 1200
KCK15 270 900
K2
KCK20 240 800
KT315 275 900
Ductile, Compacted Graphite, and Malleable Cast Irons (>80 KSI tensile strength) speed — m/min (SFM) starting conditions
material 60 150 240 330 420 510 600 690 780
group grade (200) (500) (800) (1100) (1400) (1700) (2000) (2300) (2600) m/min SFM
KCK05 240 800
KCK15 215 725
K3
KCK20 210 700
KT315 230 750
19
KM_Master12_Turning_B016_B017_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:06 PM Page B16
-MP -C
-FP
-MT
-UN -RP -LF -T-20
-MT
-T-20
Medium Machining -FP -MT
feed rate (in/rev) feed rate (in/rev)
Finishing
* Geometry can be used in medium machining operations to reduce tool pressure in high-strength metals.
Ductile Iron
Negative Insert Geometry
cutting condition -FN -UN(-RP) -MA
heavily interrupted cut KCK15 KCK20 KCK20
lightly interrupted cut KCK15 KCK20 KCK20
varying depth of cut, casting, or forging skin KCK05/KT315 KCK15 KCK15
smooth cut, pre-turned surface KCK05/KT315 KCK05 KCK05
(continued)
20
KM_Master12_Turning_B016_B017_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:06 PM Page B17
Step 3 • Select the cutting speed (Optimal speed depends on casting quality and disposition.)
21
KM_Master12_Turning_B018_B019_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/22/12 1:55 PM Page B18
..GW-F ..GW-E
..GA-E (PCD) (PCD) (PCD)
Fine Finishing feed rate (in/rev) feed rate (in/rev)
22
KM_Master12_Turning_B018_B019_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/22/12 1:55 PM Page B19
Copper-, Brass-, Zinc-Based on a Machinability Index Range of 70–100 speed — m/min (SFM) starting conditions
material 250 500 750 1000
group grade (800) (1600) (2400) (3200) m/min SFM
KD1400/ KD1405 520 1700
KD1425 500 1600
N4
KC5410 275 900
K313 260 850
Nylon, Plastics, Rubbers, Phenolics, Resins, Fibreglass, and Glass speed — m/min (SFM) starting conditions
material 250 500 750 1000
group grade (800) (1600) (2400) (3200) m/min SFM
KD1400/ KD1405 400 1300
N5 KD1425 365 1200
KC5410 170 550
MMCs (Aluminium-Based Metal Matrix Composites) speed — m/min (SFM) starting conditions
material 250 500 750 1000
group grade (800) (1600) (2400) (3200) m/min SFM
KD1405 460 1500
N7
KD1400 365 1200
Tin Alloys, Cast: ASTM 823, Alloys 1, 2, 3, 11 speed — m/min (SFM) starting conditions
material 250 500 750 1000
group grade (800) (1600) (2400) (3200) m/min SFM
KC5410 215 700
N
K313 180 600
23
KM_Master12_Turning_B020_B021_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 8:57 AM Page B20
-UP
Medium Machining
..GT-HP
Fine Finishing
feed rate (in/rev) feed rate (in/rev)
-FS
Finishing
24
KM_Master12_Turning_B020_B021_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 8:58 AM Page B21
Iron-Based, Heat-Resistant Alloys (135–320 HB) (≤34 HRC) speed — m/min (SFM) starting conditions
material 15 45 75 105 140 170 200 230 260 290 310 350 380
group grade (50) (150) (250) (350) (450) (550) (650) (750) (850) (950) (1050) (1150) (1250) m/min SFM
K313/KU10 30 100
KCU10/KC5510/KC5010 55 180
KCU25/KC5525/KC5025 40 125
S1 KYS25/KY4300 200 650
KYS30/KY1540 170 550
KCM15 55 180
KCM25/KCM35 40 125
Cobalt-Based, Heat-Resistant Alloys (150–425 HB) (≤45 HRC) speed — m/min (SFM) starting conditions
material 15 45 75 105 140 170 200 230 260 290 310 350 380
group grade (50) (150) (250) (350) (450) (550) (650) (750) (850) (950) (1050) (1150) (1250) m/min SFM
K313/KU10 35 110
KC5510/KC5010 60 195
KC5525/KC5025 30 100
S2 KYS25/KY4300 220 720
KYS30/KY1540 185 600
KCM15 60 195
KCM25/KCM35 30 100
Nickel-Based, Heat-Resistant Alloys (140–475 HB) (≤48 HRC) speed — m/min (SFM) starting conditions
material 15 45 75 105 140 170 200 230 260 290 310 350 380
group grade (50) (150) (250) (350) (450) (550) (650) (750) (850) (950) (1050) (1150) (1250) m/min SFM
K313/KU10 40 125
KCU10/KC5510/KC5010 70 225
KCU25/KC5525/KC5025 40 125
S3 KYS25/KY4300 250 820
KYS30/KY1540 215 700
KCM15 70 225
KCM25/KCM35 40 125
Titanium and Titanium Alloys (110–450 HB) (≤48 HRC) speed — m/min (SFM) starting conditions
material 15 45 75 105 140 170 200 230 260 290 310 350 380
group grade (50) (150) (250) (350) (450) (550) (650) (750) (850) (950) (1050) (1150) (1250) m/min SFM
K313/KU10 45 150
KC5510/KC5010/KC9225 70 225
S4 KC5525/KC50225/KC9240 55 175
KCM15 70 225
KCM25/KCM35 55 175
25
KM_Master12_Turning_B022_B023_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 8:58 AM Page B22
-
Step 1 • Select the insert geometry
Inserts
-S..FWM
(single tipped)
-S..FWMT GA-FW -S..FWMT
(multitipped) (multitipped)
Finishing Wiper Fine Finishing Wiper
feed rate (in/rev) feed rate (in/rev)
-S-20 -T-15
Medium Machining Medium Machining
depth of cut (mm)
Step 2 • Select the grade Negative Insert Geometry Positive Insert Geometry
-T.10 -S..ST -S..C/-S..M -EC/-EM
cutting condition -T.20 -S..MT -S-20 -S..MT -T-20 -EMT -T-15
heavily interrupted cut — KB1630/KB5630 KB1340 KB1630/KB5630 — KB1630/KB5630 —
lightly interrupted cut — KB1625/KB5625 KB1340 KB1625/KB5625 KY4400 KB1625/KB5625 KY1615
varying depth of cut,
KY1615/KY44O0 KB1625/KB5625 — KB1625/KB5625 KY4400 KB1625/KB5625 KY1615
casting, or forging skin
smooth cut,
KY1615/KY44O0 KB1610/KB5610 — KB1610/KB5610 KY4400 KB1610/KB5610 KY1615
pre-turned surface
26
KM_Master12_Turning_B022_B023_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 8:58 AM Page B23
27
KM_Master12_Turning_B024_B025_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 8:58 AM Page B24
K Cast Iron
N Non-Ferrous Materials
S High-Temp Alloys
H Hardened Materials
wear
resistance toughness
stainless steels, non-ferrous metals, non-metals, and most high-temperature alloys. Use as a
general-purpose grade for non-ferrous materials. N
S
C3
Uncoated Carbide Grades
M
Composition: A hard, low binder content, unalloyed WC/Co fine-grain grade.
Application: Exceptional edge wear resistance combined with very high strength for machining K
K313
titanium, cast irons, austenitic stainless steels, non-ferrous metals, non-metals, and most
high-temp alloys. Superior thermal deformation and depth-of-cut notch resistance. The grain N
structure is well controlled for minimal pits and flaws, which contributes to long, reliable service.
S
C3–C4
M
Composition: A hard, low binder content, alloyed grade WC/Co fine-grain grade.
Application: The K68 grade has excellent abrasion resistance for machining cast irons, austenitic K
K68
stainless steels, non-ferrous metals, non-metals, and as an alternative to the K313 grade on most
N
high-temperature alloys. Use as a general-purpose grade for non-ferrous materials.
S
C3
Application: The KCU10 grade is ideal for finishing to general machining of most workpiece N
materials at a wide range of speed and feed capabilities. Excellent for machining most steels,
stainless steels, cast irons, non-ferrous materials, and super alloys with improved edge toughness S
and higher cutting speed/feed capability.
C3–C4 H
PVD-Coated Carbide Grades
Composition: An advanced PVD grade with hard AlTiN coating and fine-grain unalloyed substrate. M
The new and improved coating improves edge stability with wide range speed and feed capabilities.
KCU25
Application: The KCU25 grade is ideal for general machining of most steels, stainless steels, K
high-temp alloys, titanium, irons, and non-ferrous materials in a wide range of speeds and feeds
N
with improved edge toughness for interrupted cut and high feed rates.
S
C2, C6
P
M
Composition: An advanced PVD AlTiN coating over a very deformation-resistant unalloyed carbide
substrate. The new and improved coating enables speeds to be increased by 50–100%. K
KC5010
Application: The KC5010 grade is ideal for finishing to general machining of most workpiece
N
materials at higher speeds. Excellent for machining most steels, stainless steels, cast irons,
non-ferrous materials, and super alloys under stable conditions. It also performs well machining S
hardened and short chipping materials.
C3–C4 H
28
KM_Master12_Turning_B024_B025_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 8:58 AM Page B25
wear
resistance toughness
unalloyed substrate. K
Application: For general-purpose machining of most steels, stainless steels, high-temp alloys,
titanium, irons, and non-ferrous materials. Speeds may vary from low to medium and will handle N
interruptions and high feed rates. S
C2, C6
N
speedy chip flow, and outstanding wear resistance. Built-up edge is prevented because this coating
has a very low affinity for aluminium. The substrate is unalloyed and fine grained and offers sharp
PVD-Coated Carbide Grades
edges, smooth surfaces, and excellent thermal deformation resistance and edge integrity. Inserts
with a ground periphery are polished before coating and have a sharp edge. Moulded inserts have
C3–C4 a light hone.
M
Composition: An advanced PVD AlTiN-coated fine-grain tungsten carbide grade.
KC5510
Application: The KC5510 grade is specifically engineered for the productive machining K
of high-temp alloys. The fine-grain tungsten carbide 6% cobalt substrate has excellent
toughness and deformation resistance while the advanced PVD coating enables metalcutting N
speeds double those of conventional PVD-coated cutting tools.
S
C3–C4
H
M
Composition: Advanced PVD AlTiN-coated fine-grain high-cobalt carbide grade.
KC5525
Application: The KC5525 grade utilises the same advanced PVD coating as the KC5510 grade in K
conjunction with a fine-grained tungsten carbide 10% cobalt substrate. The higher cobalt enables
added security in interrupted cuts while the fine-grained WC maintains hardness-resisting N
deformation at higher speeds. Designed for medium to heavy interruptions in high-temp alloys.
S
C2–C6
Application: For finishing to semi-finishing of most steels, ferritic, martensitic, and PH stainless K
steels and cast irons. Provides excellent combination of deformation resistance and insert edge
strength. The new coating combined with a state-of-the-art post-coat treatment provides
CVD-Coated Carbide Grades
high-productivity with long predictable tool life and superior workpiece surface finish.
C3–C4
including most steels, ferritic, martensitic, and PH stainless steels, and cast irons. The cobalt-
enriched substrate offers a balanced combination of deformation resistance and edge toughness,
while the thick coating layers offer outstanding abrasion resistance and crater wear resistance for
high-speed machining. Smooth coating provides resistance to edge build-up and microchipping and
produces excellent surface finishes.
C3, C7
29
KM_Master12_Turning_B026_B027_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 8:58 AM Page B26
K Cast Iron
N Non-Ferrous Materials
S High-Temp Alloys
H Hardened Materials
wear
resistance toughness
Application: Best general-purpose turning grade for most steels and ferritic and martensitic
stainless steels. The substrate design ensures adequate deformation resistance with excellent insert
edge strength. Coating layers offer good wear resistance over a wide range of machining conditions
and the post-coat treatment minimises microchipping and improves coating adhesion to substrate
leading to long tool life and improved workpiece finishes.
C2–C3, C6–C7
C5–C6
M
Composition: A tough carbide grade with a moderately thick TiN-MT-TiCN-Al2O3 coating.
KCP40
Application: For heavy roughing of carbon, alloy, and stainless steels. The substrate-coating
combination provides unbelievable toughness and operational security allowing high metal removal
CVD-Coated Carbide Grades
C5–C6
P
Composition: A multilayered coating with moderately thick MTCVD TiCN-Al2O3 layers over a highly
deformation-resistant carbide substrate.
Application: Designed for high-speed machining of grey and ductile irons. The substrate and
KCK05
K
coating architecture together with CW5 post-coat treatment ensure a tremendous tool life advantage,
especially when cutting higher tensile strength ductile and grey irons where workpiece size
consistency and reliability of tool life are critical. Excellent both in straight and varied depths of cut.
C3–C4
Composition: A multilayered coating with thick MTCVD TiCN-Al2O3 layers applied over a carbide
substrate specifically engineered for cast irons. K
KCK15
Application: Delivers consistent performance in high-speed machining of grey and ductile irons.
The substrate design permits the insert to stay in the cut for a long time at high speeds with minimum
deformation. The thick CVD coating and post-coat treatment provide superior wear resistance
ensuring long and consistent tool life. Can be applied both in straight and lightly interrupted cuts.
C3–C4
strength making this grade ideal in wet interrupted cutting of grey and ductile irons. It can be used K
in a wide range of applications from finishing to roughing to maximise productivity wherever
strength and reliability are needed.
C2–C3
30
KM_Master12_Turning_B026_B027_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 8:58 AM Page B27
wear
resistance toughness
M
Composition: A multilayer MTCVD-TiCN-Al2O3 coated carbide grade.
Application: An excellent finishing to medium machining grade for austenitic stainless steels at
KCM15
higher speeds and covers a broad range of steel applications in the P20–25 range. KCM15 grade
in combination with unique geometries have been designed to resist depth-of-cut notching and
minimise burr formation. The post-coat treatment reduces coating stresses, improves coating
adhesion, minimises microchipping and edge build-up, and improves workpiece finish.
C2–C3
CVD-Coated Carbide Grades
M
Composition: A multilayer CVD coating comprised of TiN-MT-TiCN-Al2O3 layers over a tough,
KCM25
M
Composition: A multilayer TiN-MT-TiCN-Al2O3 CVD coating over a super-tough substrate.
Application: The KCM35 grade is engineered to take on the most brutal cast stainless steel
KCM35
machining applications. The substrate withstands heavy interruptions, while the coating provides the
wear resistance needed for long tool life. The polished surface resists edge build-up, even at slow
cutting speeds. KCM35 grade is available in insert sizes and geometries appropriate for heavy feeds
and large depths of cut.
C1–C2
M
Composition: A multilayer PVD-TiN/TiCN/TiN-coated cermet turning grade.
KT315
Application: Ideal for high-speed finishing to medium machining of most carbon and alloy steels K
and stainless steels. Performs very well in cast and ductile iron applications, too. Provides long and
PVD-Coated Cermet Grades
C3, C7
M
Composition: A multilayer, PVD-TiN/TiCN/TiN-coated cermet turning grade.
KTP10
Application: Ideal for high-speed finishing to medium machining of most carbon and alloy steels K
and stainless steels. Performs very well in cast and ductile iron applications, too. Provides long and
consistent tool life and will produce excellent workpiece finishes.
C3, C7
31
KM_Master12_Turning_B028_B029_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:07 PM Page B28
K Cast Iron
N Non-Ferrous Materials
S High-Temp Alloys
H Hardened Materials
wear
resistance toughness
and cast materials with high Brinell hardness. This advanced CVD coating provides excellent
chemical and depth-of-cut notch resistance compared to whisker ceramics.
S
C4
H
for general-purpose to finish machining of high-temp alloys. Provides superior depth-of-cut notch
resistance compared to whisker ceramics.
S
C4
Ceramic Grades
K
Application: Provides maximum wear resistance. Use for high-speed continuous turning
of grey cast iron, including through scale.
C3
32
KM_Master12_Turning_B028_B029_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:07 PM Page B29
wear
resistance toughness
M
KY4300
KY3500
C2
Composition: A PVD TiN coating over an aluminium oxide and titanium carbonitride composite
KY4400
ceramic (Al2O3/TiCN).
Application: Used for finish turning of hardened steels and irons (greater than 45 HRC). Where
possible, use under dry conditions in smooth or varied depths of cut. Can also be applied in finish
turning of nickel alloys, cobalt alloys, and powder metals.
C4, C8
H
Composition: A high CBN content, solid PCBN insert having multiple cutting edges.
Application: Applied in roughing to finishing of fully pearlitic grey cast iron, chilled irons, high- K
KB1340
chrome alloyed steels, sintered powdered metals, and heavy cuts in hardened steels (>45 HRC).
Also use for finishing chilled cast iron and fully pearlitic cast iron. The solid PCBN insert offers better
security and shock resistance compared to tipped PCBN inserts, while also enabling deeper
PCBN – Polycrystalline Cubic Born Nitride Grades
depth-of-cut capabilities.
—
Composition: A high CBN content, PCBN tip brazed onto a carbide insert.
Application: Applied in roughing to finishing of fully pearlitic grey cast iron, chilled irons,
KB1345
high-chrome alloyed steels, sintered powdered metals, and heavy cuts in hardened steels K
(>45 HRC). Also use for finishing chilled cast iron and fully pearlitic cast iron. The tipped
PCBN insert is available in a wide range of insert styles including positive rake geometries
that are ideally suited for boring applications.
—
H
Composition: A low CBN content, PCBN tip brazed onto a carbide insert.
Application: Designed for precision finishing in smooth cuts on hardened steels (>45 HRC) where
KB1610
optimal surface finish is needed. Use on bearing steel, hot and cold work tool steels, high-speed
steels, die steels, case hardened steels, carburised and nitrided irons, and some hard coatings.
Do not apply on soft steel.
—
H
33
KM_Master12_Turning_B030_B031_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 8:59 AM Page B30
K Cast Iron
N Non-Ferrous Materials
S High-Temp Alloys
H Hardened Materials
wear
resistance toughness
Composition: A medium CBN content, PCBN tip brazed onto a carbide insert.
KB1625
Application: Designed for roughing to finishing of hardened steels (>45 HRC) where optimal surface
finish is needed. It can be used in continuous to interrupted cutting of bearing steel, hot and cold
work tool steels, high-speed steels, die steels, case-hardened steels, carburised and nitrided irons,
and some hard coatings.
—
H
Composition: A high CBN content, PCBN tip brazed onto a carbide insert.
KB1630
Application: Designed for roughing to finishing in interrupted cuts on hardened steels (>45 HRC). K
It can also be applied on grey cast iron, chilled irons, high-chrome alloyed steels, and sintered
powdered metals. The tipped PCBN insert is available in a wide range of insert styles, including
positive rake geometries, that are ideally suited for boring applications.
S
PCBN – Polycrystalline Cubic Born Nitride Grades
—
H
Composition: A low content PCBN grade with a PVD TiAlN coating for added wear resistance.
Application: Designed for the precision machining of hardened steels (>45 HRC). The PVD coating
KB5610
offers improved wear resistance and excellent surface finish capabilities. It can be very effectively
applied on bearing steels, hot and cold work tool steels, high-speed steels, die steels, case-
hardened steels, carburised and nitrided irons, and some hard coatings. Available in a multitip
format with a tremendous breadth of edge preps, insert styles, and wiper geometries.
C4, C8 H
Composition: A PVD TiAlN coating over a medium content, PCBN tip brazed onto a carbide insert.
KB5625
Application: Designed for roughing to finishing of hardened steels (>45 HRC). Use on bearing steel,
hot and cold work tool steels, high-speed steels, die steels, case-hardened steels, carburised and
nitrided irons, and some hard coatings.
C4, C8
H
Composition: A high content PCBN grade with a PVD AlTiN coating for added wear resistance.
Application: Designed for roughing to finishing in hardened steels (>45 HRC), abrasive workpiece K
KB5630
materials such as sintered valve seat materials, powder metallurgy tool steels, and hard high-alloy
cast irons. The PVD coating provides resistance to crater wear and increased resistance to chipping.
The tipped PCBN insert is available in a wide range of insert styles, including positive rake
S
geometries, that are ideally suited for boring applications.
C4, C8 H
34
KM_Master12_Turning_B030_B031_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 8:59 AM Page B31
wear
resistance toughness
Composition: An ultra-fine-grain, polycrystalline diamond (PCD) tip brazed onto a carbide substrate.
Application: Designed for general-purpose turning of primarily non-ferrous materials. It can be
KD1400
applied over a wide range of continuous to interrupted cuts where superior surface finish is needed.
Use on low to medium silicon-content aluminium alloys, non-metallics, copper, and brass- and zinc- N
based alloys. The ultra-fine-grain diamond particle size enables superior surface finishes while
S
ensuring the best mechanical shock resistance of any PCD cutting tool.
—
PCD – Polycrystalline Diamond Grades
KD1405
Composition: A multimodal PCD grade with a range of grain sizes brazed onto a carbide substrate.
KD1425
Application: Engineered for extreme abrasion resistance, combined with good edge strength for
demanding applications. An ideal choice for high-silicon aluminium alloys, bi-metallic (AL/GCI)
materials, MMC, carbon-fibre reinforced plastics, and other abrasive non-metallic materials. N
35
KM_Master12_Turning_B032_B033_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 8:59 AM Page B32
feed rate — mm
0,04 0,063 0,01 0,16 0,25 0,4 0,63 1,0 1,6 2,5 5,0
0,1 0,16 0,25 0,4 0,63 1,0 1,6 2,5 4,0 6,3 10,0
insert style insert
operation application geometry profile depth of cut — mm
0,2–0,5
medium
MG-MP
machining
0,8–5,1
Chipbreaker Geometry —
section is through nose radius of insert
Primary Workpiece
Material Group
P Steel
M Stainless Steel
K Cast Iron
N Non-Ferrous Materials
S High-Temp Alloys
H Hardened Materials
Machining Operation —
for what the insert geometry is designed
36
Chip Control Geometries
Kenloc™ Inserts
feed rate — mm
0,04 0,063 0,01 0,16 0,25 0,4 0,63 1,0 1,6 2,5 5,0
0,1 0,16 0,25 0,4 0,63 1,0 1,6 2,5 4,0 6,3 10,0
insert style insert
operation application geometry profile depth of cut — mm
0,2–2,0
MG-FW
0,3–2,0
wiper
finishing
0,1–1,5
MG-FW1
0,1–1,5
0,3–0,6
MG-MW
0,8–5,1
wiper
medium
machining
0,15–0,5
MG-MW1
0,5–3
0,3–1,3
wiper
MM-RW
roughing
1,3–12,7
0,1–0,3
fine
MG-FF
finishing
0,1–2,0
0,07–0,25
GG-FS
finishing
precision
sharp
ground
0,20 - 2,0
0,1 - 0,5
GG-LF
finishing precision
ground
0,5–3,0
37
KM_Master12_Turning_B034_B035_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:06 PM Page B34
feed rate — mm
0,04 0,063 0,01 0,16 0,25 0,4 0,63 1,0 1,6 2,5 5,0
0,1 0,16 0,25 0,4 0,63 1,0 1,6 2,5 4,0 6,3 10,0
insert style insert
operation application geometry profile depth of cut — mm
0,1–0,3
MG-FP
0,3–2,5
0,05–0,25
MG-FH
0,25–1
0,1–0,3
finishing MG-FN
0,3–2,5
0,07–0,22
MG-FX
0,2–1
0,1–0,3
MP-K
0,2–2,5
0,15–0,5
MG-MH
0,3–2
medium
machining
0,15–0,35
MG-MX
0,5–1,5
0,12–0,35
medium
MG-MS
sharp
0,76–5,0
38
Chip Control Geometries
Kenloc™ Inserts
feed rate — mm
0,04 0,063 0,01 0,16 0,25 0,4 0,63 1,0 1,6 2,5 5,0
0,1 0,16 0,25 0,4 0,63 1,0 1,6 2,5 4,0 6,3 10,0
insert style insert
operation application geometry profile depth of cut — mm
0,2–0,6
MG-UP
1,0–6,4
0,3–0,5
__GP*
0,5–3,2
0,2–0,5
MG-MP
0,8–5,1
0,15–0,5
MG-P
0,75–5,0
0,2–0,5
medium
MG-MN
machining
0,5–5,1
0,13–0,5
MG-CT
O.D. turning
1,0–3,0
0,25–0,5
MG-CT
outward facing
0,25–1,0
0,2–0,4
-MS
single sided
0,6–2,3
0,2–0,5
MG-UN
0,8–3,8
39
KM_Master12_Turning_B036_B037_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 8:59 AM Page B36
feed rate — mm
0,04 0,063 0,01 0,16 0,25 0,4 0,63 1,0 1,6 2,5 5,0
0,1 0,16 0,25 0,4 0,63 1,0 1,6 2,5 4,0 6,3 10,0
insert style insert
operation application geometry profile depth of cut — mm
0,2–0,6
MG-RP
1,1–6,4
roughing
0,3–.025
MG-RN
1,1–6,4
0,3–0,8
MG
1,1–5,7
0,3–1,0
MM-RM
single sided
1,3–12,7
heavy
roughing
0,2–1,0
MM-RP
1,3–10,0
0,4–1,3
MM-RH
single sided
1,3–12,7
0,1–0,3
wiper
MT-FW
finishing
0,2–1,5
0,1–0,5
wiper,
medium MT-MW
finishing
0,4–3,3
40
KM_Master12_Turning_B040_B041_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 9:00 AM Page B40
P 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
M 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
Inserts
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N 䢇
S 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
H
CNGG-FBB
D L10 Rε
KC5010
KC5510
KC5025
KC5525
KC5410
KCM15
KCM25
KCM35
KCU10
KCU25
KCK05
KCK15
KCK20
KCP05
KCP10
KCP25
KCP30
KCP40
KCS10
KTP10
KT315
KU10
K313
ISO
K68
catalogue number mm mm mm
CNGG120404FBB 12,70 12,90 0,4 䢇
CNGG120408FBB 12,70 12,90 0,8 䢇 䢇
CNGG-FS
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
CNGG120401FS 12,70 12,90 0,1 䢇 䢇
CNGG120402FS 12,70 12,90 0,2 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
CNGG-LF
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
CNGG120401LF 12,70 12,90 0,1 䢇 䢇 䢇
CNGG120402LF 12,70 12,90 0,2 䢇 䢇 䢇
CNGP
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
CNGP120401 12,70 12,90 0,1 䢇 䢇 䢇
CNGP120402 12,70 12,90 0,2 䢇 䢇 䢇
41
KM_Master12_Turning_B040_B041_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 9:00 AM Page B41
P 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
M 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N 䢇
S 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
H
CNMA
D L10 Rεε
KC5010
KC5510
KC5025
KC5525
KC5410
KCM15
KCM25
KCM35
KCU10
KCU25
KCK05
KCK15
KCK20
KCP05
KCP10
KCP25
KCP30
KCP40
KCS10
KTP10
KT315
KU10
K313
ISO
K68
catalogue number mm mm mm
CNMA120404 12,70 12,90 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇
CNMA120408 12,70 12,90 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
CNMG
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
CNMG120404B 12,70 12,90 0,4 䢇
CNMG120408 12,70 12,90 0,8 䢇 䢇
42
KM_Master12_Turning_B042_B043_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 9:01 AM Page B42
P 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
M 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
Inserts
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N 䢇
S 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
H
CNMG-CT
D L10 Rεε
KC5010
KC5510
KC5025
KC5525
KC5410
KCM15
KCM25
KCM35
KCU10
KCU25
KCK05
KCK15
KCK20
KCP05
KCP10
KCP25
KCP30
KCP40
KCS10
KTP10
KT315
KU10
K313
ISO
K68
catalogue number mm mm mm
CNMG120408CT 12,70 12,90 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
CNMG120412CT 12,70 12,90 1,2 䢇 䢇 䢇
CNMG-FF
D L10 Rε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
CNMG090304FF 9,53 9,67 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
CNMG090308FF 9,53 9,67 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇
CNMG-FN
D L10 Rε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
CNMG090304FN 9,53 9,67 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇
CNMG090308FN 9,53 9,67 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇
43
KM_Master12_Turning_B042_B043_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 9:01 AM Page B43
P 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
M 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N 䢇
S 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
H
CNMG-FP
D L10 Rεε
KC5010
KC5510
KC5025
KC5525
KC5410
KCM15
KCM25
KCM35
KCU10
KCU25
KCK05
KCK15
KCK20
KCP05
KCP10
KCP25
KCP30
KCP40
KCS10
KTP10
KT315
KU10
K313
ISO
K68
catalogue number mm mm mm
CNMG120404FP 12,70 12,90 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
CNMG120408FP 12,70 12,90 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
CNMG-FW
D L10 Rε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
CNMG120404FW 12,70 12,90 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
CNMG120408FW 12,70 12,90 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
CNMG-MBB
D L10 Rε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
CNMG120404MBB 12,70 12,90 0,4 䢇
CNMG120408MBB 12,70 12,90 0,8 䢇 䢇
44
KM_Master12_Turning_B044_B045_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 9:01 AM Page B44
P 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
M 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
Inserts
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N 䢇
S 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
H
CNMG-MN
D L10 Rε
KC5025
KC5525
KC5410
KC5010
KC5510
KCM15
KCM25
KCM35
KCU10
KCU25
KCK05
KCK15
KCK20
KCP05
KCP10
KCP25
KCP30
KCP40
KCS10
KTP10
KT315
KU10
K313
ISO
K68
catalogue number mm mm mm
CNMG090304MN 9,53 9,67 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇
CNMG090308MN 9,53 9,67 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇
CNMG-MP
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
CNMG090308MP 9,53 9,67 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
CNMG120404MP 12,70 12,90 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
45
KM_Master12_Turning_B044_B045_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 9:02 AM Page B45
P 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
M 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N 䢇
S 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
H
CNMG-MS
D L10 Rε
KC5010
KC5510
KC5025
KC5525
KC5410
KCM15
KCM25
KCM35
KCU10
KCU25
KCK05
KCK15
KCK20
KCP05
KCP10
KCP25
KCP30
KCP40
KCS10
KTP10
KT315
KU10
K313
ISO
K68
catalogue number mm mm mm
CNMG120401MS 12,70 12,90 0,1 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
CNMG120402MS 12,70 12,90 0,2 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
CNMG-MW
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
CNMG120408MW 12,70 12,90 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇
CNMG120412MW 12,70 12,90 1,2 䢇 䢇 䢇
CNMG-P
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
CNMG120404P 12,70 12,90 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇
CNMG120408P 12,70 12,90 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
46
KM_Master12_Turning_B046_B047_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 9:02 AM Page B46
P 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
M 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
Inserts
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N 䢇
S 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
H
CNMG-RBB
D L10 Rε
KC5010
KC5510
KC5025
KC5525
KC5410
KCM15
KCM25
KCM35
KCU10
KCU25
KCK05
KCK15
KCK20
KCP05
KCP10
KCP25
KCP30
KCP40
KCS10
KTP10
KT315
KU10
K313
ISO
K68
catalogue number mm mm mm
CNMG120408RBB 12,70 12,90 0,8 䢇 䢇
CNMG-RM
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
CNMG190612RM 19,05 19,34 1,2 䢇 䢇 䢇
CNMG190616RM 19,05 19,34 1,6 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
CNMG-RN
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
CNMG120408RN 12,70 12,90 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
CNMG120412RN 12,70 12,90 1,2 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
CNMG-RP
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
CNMG120404RP 12,70 12,90 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
CNMG120408RP 12,70 12,90 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
47
KM_Master12_Turning_B046_B047_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 9:02 AM Page B47
P 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
M 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N 䢇
S 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
H
CNMG-UN
D L10 Rε
KC5010
KC5510
KC5025
KC5525
KC5410
KCM15
KCM25
KCM35
KCU10
KCU25
KCK05
KCK15
KCK20
KCP05
KCP10
KCP25
KCP30
KCP40
KCS10
KTP10
KT315
KU10
K313
ISO
K68
catalogue number mm mm mm
CNMG120404UN 12,70 12,90 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇
CNMG120408UN 12,70 12,90 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇
CNMG-UP
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
CNMG120404UP 12,70 12,90 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇
CNMG120408UP 12,70 12,90 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
CNMM-RH
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
CNMM190612RH 19,05 19,34 1,2 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
CNMM190616RH 19,05 19,34 1,6 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
48
KM_Master12_Turning_B048_B049_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 9:03 AM Page B48
P 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
M 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
Inserts
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N 䢇
S 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
H
CNMM-RM
D L10 Rε
KC5010
KC5510
KC5025
KC5525
KC5410
KCM15
KCM25
KCM35
KCU10
KCU25
KCK05
KCK15
KCK20
KCP05
KCP10
KCP25
KCP30
KCP40
KCS10
KTP10
KT315
KU10
K313
ISO
K68
catalogue number mm mm mm
CNMM120408RM 12,70 12,90 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇
CNMM120412RM 12,70 12,90 1,2 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
CNMM-RP
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
CNMM120408RP 12,70 12,90 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
CNMM120412RP 12,70 12,90 1,2 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
CNMP
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
CNMP120404 12,70 12,90 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇
CNMP120408 12,70 12,90 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇
49
KM_Master12_Turning_B048_B049_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 9:03 AM Page B49
P 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
M 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N 䢇
S 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
H
CNMP-K
D L10 Rε
KC5010
KC5510
KC5025
KC5525
KC5410
KCM15
KCM25
KCM35
KCU10
KCU25
KCK05
KCK15
KCK20
KCP05
KCP10
KCP25
KCP30
KCP40
KCS10
KTP10
KT315
KU10
K313
ISO
K68
catalogue number mm mm mm
CNMP120404K 12,70 12,90 0,4 䢇
CNMP120408K 12,70 12,90 0,8 䢇 䢇
CNMS
D L10 Rε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
CNMS120408 12,70 12,90 0,8 䢇 䢇
CNMS160608 15,88 16,12 0,8 䢇 䢇
50
KM_Master12_Turning_B050_B051_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 9:03 AM Page B50
P 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
M 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
Inserts
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N 䢇
S 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
H
DNGG-FS
D L10 Rε
KC5010
KC5510
KC5025
KC5525
KC5410
KCM15
KCM25
KCM35
KCU10
KCU25
KCK05
KCK15
KCK20
KCP05
KCP10
KCP25
KCP30
KCP40
KCS10
KTP10
KT315
KU10
K313
ISO
K68
catalogue number mm mm mm
DNGG110402FS 9,52 11,63 0,2 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
DNGG110404FS 9,52 11,63 0,4 䢇 䢇
DNGG-LF
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
DNGG150402LF 12,70 15,50 0,2 䢇 䢇
DNGG150404LF 12,70 15,50 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇
DNGP
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
DNGP150401 12,70 15,50 0,1 䢇 䢇 䢇
DNGP150402 12,70 15,50 0,2 䢇 䢇 䢇
51
KM_Master12_Turning_B050_B051_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 9:04 AM Page B51
P 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
M 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N 䢇
S 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
H
DNMA
D L10 Rε
KC5010
KC5510
KC5025
KC5525
KC5410
KCM15
KCM25
KCM35
KCU10
KCU25
KCK05
KCK15
KCK20
KCP05
KCP10
KCP25
KCP30
KCP40
KCS10
KTP10
KT315
KU10
K313
ISO
K68
catalogue number mm mm mm
DNMA110408 9,53 11,63 0,8 䢇 䢇
DNMA110412 9,53 11,63 1,2 䢇
DNMG
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
DNMG150404B 12,70 15,50 0,4 䢇
DNMG150408B 12,70 15,50 0,8 䢇 䢇
52
KM_Master12_Turning_B052_B053_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 9:04 AM Page B52
P 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
M 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
Inserts
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N 䢇
S 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
H
DNMG-CT
D L10 Rε
KC5010
KC5510
KC5025
KC5525
KC5410
KCM15
KCM25
KCM35
KCK05
KCU10
KCU25
KCK15
KCK20
KCP05
KCP10
KCP25
KCP30
KCP40
KCS10
KTP10
KT315
KU10
K313
ISO
K68
catalogue number mm mm mm
DNMG110404CT 9,53 11,63 0,4 䢇
DNMG110408CT 9,53 11,63 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇
DNMG-FF
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
DNMG110404FF 9,53 11,63 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
DNMG110408FF 9,53 11,63 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
DNMG-FN
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
DNMG110404FN 9,53 11,63 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
DNMG110408FN 9,53 11,63 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
53
KM_Master12_Turning_B052_B053_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 9:04 AM Page B53
P 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
M 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N 䢇
S 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
H
DNMG-FP
D L10 Rε
KC5010
KC5510
KC5025
KC5525
KC5410
KCM15
KCM25
KCM35
KCU10
KCU25
KCK05
KCK15
KCK20
KCP05
KCP10
KCP25
KCP30
KCP40
KCS10
KTP10
KT315
KU10
K313
ISO
K68
catalogue number mm mm mm
DNMG110404FP 9,53 11,63 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
DNMG110408FP 9,53 11,63 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
DNMG-FW
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
DNMG110404FW 9,53 11,63 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
DNMG110408FW 9,53 11,63 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
DNMG-MN
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
DNMG110404MN 9,53 11,63 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
DNMG110408MN 9,53 11,63 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
54
KM_Master12_Turning_B054_B055_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 9:05 AM Page B54
P 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
M 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
Inserts
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N 䢇
S 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
H
DNMG-MP
D L10 Rε
KC5010
KC5510
KC5025
KC5525
KC5410
KCM15
KCM25
KCM35
KCU10
KCU25
KCK05
KCK15
KCK20
KCP05
KCP10
KCP25
KCP30
KCP40
KCS10
KTP10
KT315
KU10
K313
ISO
K68
catalogue number mm mm mm
DNMG110408MP 9,53 11,63 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
DNMG110412MP 9,53 11,63 1,2 䢇 䢇 䢇
DNMG-MS
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
DNMG110408MS 9,53 11,63 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
DNMG150401MS 12,70 15,50 0,1 䢇 䢇
DNMG-MW
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
DNMG150408MW 12,70 15,50 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇
DNMG150412MW 12,70 15,50 1,2 䢇 䢇 䢇
55
KM_Master12_Turning_B054_B055_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 9:05 AM Page B55
P 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
M 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N 䢇
S 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
H
DNMG-P
D L10 Rε
KC5010
KC5510
KC5025
KC5525
KC5410
KCM15
KCM25
KCM35
KCU10
KCU25
KCK05
KCK15
KCK20
KCP05
KCP10
KCP25
KCP30
KCP40
KCS10
KTP10
KT315
KU10
K313
ISO
K68
catalogue number mm mm mm
DNMG150404P 12,70 15,50 0,4 䢇 䢇
DNMG150408P 12,70 15,50 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇
DNMG-RM
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
DNMG190608RM 15,88 19,38 0,8 䢇 䢇
DNMG190612RM 15,88 19,38 1,2 䢇 䢇
DNMG-RN
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
DNMG150408RN 12,70 15,50 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
DNMG150412RN 12,70 15,50 1,2 䢇 䢇 䢇
56
KM_Master12_Turning_B056_B057_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 9:05 AM Page B56
P 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
M 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
Inserts
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N 䢇
S 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
H
DNMG-RP
D L10 Rε
KC5010
KC5510
KC5025
KC5525
KC5410
KCM15
KCM25
KCM35
KCU10
KCU25
KCK05
KCK15
KCK20
KCP05
KCP10
KCP25
KCP30
KCP40
KCS10
KTP10
KT315
KU10
K313
ISO
K68
catalogue number mm mm mm
DNMG110408RP 9,53 11,63 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
DNMG110412RP 9,53 11,63 1,2 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
DNMG-UN
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
DNMG110408UN 9,53 11,63 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇
DNMG110412UN 9,53 11,63 1,2 䢇 䢇 䢇
DNMG-UP
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
DNMG110408UP 9,53 11,63 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
DNMG110412UP 9,53 11,63 1,2 䢇 䢇 䢇
57
KM_Master12_Turning_B056_B057_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 9:06 AM Page B57
P 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
M 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N 䢇
S 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
H
DNMM-RM
D L10 Rε
KC5010
KC5510
KC5025
KC5525
KC5410
KCM15
KCM25
KCM35
KCU10
KCU25
KCK05
KCK15
KCK20
KCP05
KCP10
KCP25
KCP30
KCP40
KCS10
KTP10
KT315
KU10
K313
ISO
K68
catalogue number mm mm mm
DNMM150408RM 12,70 15,50 0,8 䢇
DNMM150412RM 12,70 15,50 1,2 䢇
DNMM-RP
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
DNMM150608RP 12,70 15,50 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇
DNMM150612RP 12,70 15,50 1,2 䢇 䢇 䢇
DNMP
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
DNMP150404 12,70 15,50 0,4 䢇 䢇
DNMP150408 12,70 15,50 0,8 䢇 䢇
DNMP-K
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
DNMP110408K 9,53 11,63 0,8 䢇
DNMP150404K 12,70 15,50 0,4 䢇 䢇
58
KM_Master12_Turning_B058_B059_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 9:06 AM Page B58
P 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
M 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
Inserts
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N 䢇
S 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
H
DNMS
D L10 Rε
KC5010
KC5510
KC5025
KC5525
KC5410
KCM15
KCM25
KCM35
KCU10
KCU25
KCK05
KCK15
KCK20
KCP05
KCP10
KCP25
KCP30
KCP40
KCS10
KTP10
KT315
KU10
K313
ISO
K68
catalogue number mm mm mm
DNMS150408 12,70 15,50 0,8 䢇 䢇
RCGX-LF
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
RCGX190600ELF 19,05 — — 䢇 䢇
RNMA
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
RNMA090300 9,53 — — 䢇
RNMA120400 12,70 — — 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
RNMA150600 15,88 — — 䢇
RNMA190600 19,05 — — 䢇
RNMA250900 25,40 — — 䢇
RNMG
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
RNMG190600 19,05 — — 䢇 䢇 䢇
RNMG250900 25,40 — — 䢇
RNMG-RN
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
RNMG090300RN 9,53 — — 䢇 䢇
RNMG120400RN 12,70 — — 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
RNMG150600RN 15,88 — — 䢇 䢇 䢇
RNMG190600RN 19,05 — — 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
RNMG250900RN 25,40 — — 䢇 䢇 䢇
59
KM_Master12_Turning_B058_B059_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 9:06 AM Page B59
P 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
M 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N 䢇
S 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
H
RNMG-UN
D L10 Rε
KC5010
KC5510
KC5025
KC5525
KC5410
KCM15
KCM25
KCM35
KCU10
KCU25
KCK05
KCK15
KCK20
KCP05
KCP10
KCP25
KCP30
KCP40
KCS10
KTP10
KT315
KU10
K313
ISO
K68
catalogue number mm mm mm
RNMG120400UN 12,70 — — 䢇 䢇 䢇
SNGG-FS
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
SNGG090308FS 9,53 9,53 0,8 䢇 䢇
SNGG120408FS 12,70 12,70 0,8 䢇 䢇
SNGG-LF
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
SNGG090308LF 9,53 9,53 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇
SNGG120408LF 12,70 12,70 0,8 䢇 䢇
SNGP
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
SNGP120404 12,70 12,70 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇
SNGP120408 12,70 12,70 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇
60
KM_Master12_Turning_B060_B061_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 9:07 AM Page B60
P 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
M 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
Inserts
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N 䢇
S 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
H
SNMA
D L10 Rε
KC5010
KC5510
KC5025
KC5525
KC5410
KCM15
KCM25
KCM35
KCU10
KCU25
KCK05
KCK15
KCK20
KCP05
KCP10
KCP25
KCP30
KCP40
KCS10
KTP10
KT315
KU10
K313
ISO
K68
catalogue number mm mm mm
SNMA120408 12,70 12,70 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
SNMA120412 12,70 12,70 1,2 䢇 䢇 䢇
SNMG
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
SNMG120408 12,70 12,70 0,8 䢇 䢇
SNMG120412 12,70 12,70 1,2 䢇
SNMG-FF
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
SNMG090304FF 9,53 9,53 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
SNMG090308FF 9,53 9,53 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
SNMG-FN
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
SNMG090304FN 9,53 9,53 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
SNMG090308FN 9,53 9,53 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇
61
KM_Master12_Turning_B060_B061_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 9:07 AM Page B61
P 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
M 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N 䢇
S 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
H
SNMG-FP
D L10 Rε
KC5010
KC5510
KC5025
KC5525
KC5410
KCM15
KCM25
KCM35
KCU10
KCU25
KCK05
KCK15
KCK20
KCP05
KCP10
KCP25
KCP30
KCP40
KCS10
KTP10
KT315
KU10
K313
ISO
K68
catalogue number mm mm mm
SNMG120404FP 12,70 12,70 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇
SNMG120408FP 12,70 12,70 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
SNMG-FW
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
SNMG120408FW 12,70 12,70 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇
SNMG120412FW 12,70 12,70 1,2 䢇 䢇 䢇
SNMG-MN
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
SNMG090304MN 9,53 9,53 0,4 䢇
SNMG090308MN 9,53 9,53 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇
62
KM_Master12_Turning_B062_B063_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 9:08 AM Page B62
P 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
M 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
Inserts
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N 䢇
S 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
H
SNMG-MP
D L10 Rε
KC5010
KC5510
KC5025
KC5525
KC5410
KCM15
KCM25
KCM35
KCU10
KCU25
KCK05
KCK15
KCK20
KCP05
KCP10
KCP25
KCP30
KCP40
KCS10
KTP10
KT315
KU10
K313
ISO
K68
catalogue number mm mm mm
SNMG120408MP 12,70 12,70 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
SNMG120412MP 12,70 12,70 1,2 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
SNMG-MS
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
SNMG120408MS 12,70 12,70 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
SNMG120412MS 12,70 12,70 1,2 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
SNMG-MW
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
SNMG120408MW 12,70 12,70 0,8 䢇 䢇
SNMG120412MW 12,70 12,70 1,2 䢇 䢇
SNMG-P
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
SNMG120408P 12,70 12,70 0,8 䢇 䢇
SNMG120412P 12,70 12,70 1,2 䢇 䢇
63
KM_Master12_Turning_B062_B063_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 9:08 AM Page B63
P 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
M 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N 䢇
S 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
H
SNMG-RM
D L10 Rε
KC5010
KC5510
KC5025
KC5525
KC5410
KCM15
KCM25
KCM35
KCU25
KCU10
KCK05
KCK15
KCK20
KCP05
KCP10
KCP25
KCP30
KCP40
KCS10
KTP10
KT315
KU10
K313
ISO
K68
catalogue number mm mm mm
SNMG190612RM 19,05 19,05 1,2 䢇 䢇 䢇
SNMG190616RM 19,05 19,05 1,6 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
SNMG-RN
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
SNMG090412RN 9,53 9,53 1,2 䢇
SNMG120408RN 12,70 12,70 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
SNMG-RP
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
SNMG120408RP 12,70 12,70 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
SNMG120412RP 12,70 12,70 1,2 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
64
KM_Master12_Turning_B064_B065_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 9:08 AM Page B64
P 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
M 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
Inserts
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N 䢇
S 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
H
SNMG-UN
D L10 Rε
KC5010
KC5510
KC5025
KC5525
KC5410
KCM15
KCM25
KCM35
KCU10
KCU25
KCK05
KCK15
KCK20
KCP05
KCP10
KCP25
KCP30
KCP40
KCS10
KTP10
KT315
KU10
K313
ISO
K68
catalogue number mm mm mm
SNMG120408UN 12,70 12,70 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇
SNMG120412UN 12,70 12,70 1,2 䢇 䢇 䢇
SNMG-UP
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
SNMG120408UP 12,70 12,70 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
SNMG120412UP 12,70 12,70 1,2 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
SNMM-RH
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
SNMM190612RH 19,05 19,05 1,2 䢇 䢇 䢇
SNMM190616RH 19,05 19,05 1,6 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
65
KM_Master12_Turning_B064_B065_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 9:09 AM Page B65
P 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
M 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N 䢇
S 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
H
SNMM-RM
D L10 Rε
KC5010
KC5510
KC5025
KC5525
KC5410
KCM15
KCM25
KCM35
KCU10
KCU25
KCK05
KCK15
KCK20
KCP05
KCP10
KCP25
KCP30
KCP40
KCS10
KTP10
KT315
KU10
K313
ISO
K68
catalogue number mm mm mm
SNMM120408RM 12,70 12,70 0,8 䢇 䢇
SNMM120412RM 12,70 12,70 1,2 䢇
SNMM-RP
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
SNMM120408RP 12,70 12,70 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
SNMM120412RP 12,70 12,70 1,2 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
SNMP
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
SNMP120408 12,70 12,70 0,8 䢇
SNMP150612 15,88 15,88 1,2 䢇
66
KM_Master12_Turning_B066_B067_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 9:09 AM Page B66
P 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
M 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
Inserts
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N 䢇
S 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
H
SNMP-K
D L10 Rε
KC5010
KC5510
KC5025
KC5525
KC5410
KCM15
KCM25
KCM35
KCU10
KCU25
KCK05
KCK15
KCK20
KCP05
KCP10
KCP25
KCP30
KCP40
KCS10
KTP10
KT315
KU10
K313
ISO
K68
catalogue number mm mm mm
SNMP120408K 12,70 12,70 0,8 䢇 䢇
SNMS
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
SNMS120408 12,70 12,70 0,8 䢇 䢇
SNMS120412 12,70 12,70 1,2 䢇
TNGG-FS
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
TNGG160402FS 9,53 16,50 0,2 䢇 䢇
TNGG160404FS 9,53 16,50 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
TNGG-LF
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
TNGG160402LF 9,53 16,50 0,2 䢇 䢇
TNGG160404LF 9,53 16,50 0,4 䢇 䢇
67
KM_Master12_Turning_B066_B067_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 9:09 AM Page B67
P 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
M 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N 䢇
S 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
H
TNGP
D L10 Rε
KC5010
KC5510
KC5025
KC5525
KC5410
KCM15
KCM25
KCM35
KCU10
KCU25
KCK05
KCK15
KCK20
KCP05
KCP10
KCP25
KCP30
KCP40
KCS10
KTP10
KT315
KU10
K313
ISO
K68
catalogue number mm mm mm
TNGP160402 9,53 16,50 0,2 䢇 䢇 䢇
TNGP160404 9,53 16,50 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇
TNMA
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
TNMA160408 9,53 16,50 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
TNMA160412 9,53 16,50 1,2 䢇 䢇 䢇
TNMG
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
TNMG160408B 9,53 16,50 0,8 䢇
TNMG160412 9,53 16,50 1,2 䢇
68
KM_Master12_Turning_B068_B069_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 9:10 AM Page B68
P 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
M 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
Inserts
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N 䢇
S 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
H
TNMG-CT
D L10 Rεε
KC5010
KC5510
KC5025
KC5525
KC5410
KCM15
KCM25
KCM35
KCU10
KCU25
KCK05
KCK15
KCK20
KCP05
KCP10
KCP25
KCP30
KCP40
KCS10
KTP10
KT315
KU10
K313
ISO
K68
catalogue number mm mm mm
TNMG220408CT 12,70 22,00 0,8 䢇 䢇
TNMG220412CT 12,70 22,00 1,2 䢇 䢇 䢇
TNMG-FF
D L10 Rε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
TNMG110304FF 6,35 11,00 0,4 䢇 䢇
TNMG110308FF 6,35 11,00 0,8 䢇
TNMG-FN
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
TNMG110304FN 6,35 11,00 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
TNMG110308FN 6,35 11,00 0,8 䢇 䢇
TNMG-FP
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
TNMG160404FP 9,53 16,50 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
TNMG160408FP 9,53 16,50 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
69
KM_Master12_Turning_B068_B069_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 9:10 AM Page B69
P 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
M 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N 䢇
S 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
H
TNMG-FW
D L10 Rε
KC5010
KC5510
KC5025
KC5525
KC5410
KCM15
KCM25
KCM35
KCU10
KCU25
KCK05
KCK15
KCK20
KCP05
KCP10
KCP25
KCP30
KCP40
KCS10
KTP10
KT315
KU10
K313
ISO
K68
catalogue number mm mm mm
TNMG160404FW 9,53 16,50 0,2 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
TNMG160408FW 9,53 16,50 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
TNMG-MN
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
TNMG160404MN 9,53 16,50 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
TNMG160408MN 9,53 16,50 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
TNMG-MP
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
TNMG160404MP 9,53 16,50 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
TNMG160408MP 9,53 16,50 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
70
KM_Master12_Turning_B070_B071_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 9:11 AM Page B70
P 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
M 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
Inserts
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N 䢇
S 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
H
TNMG-MS
D L10 Rε
KC5010
KC5510
KC5025
KC5525
KC5410
KCM15
KCM25
KCM35
KCU10
KCU25
KCK05
KCK15
KCK20
KCP05
KCP10
KCP25
KCP30
KCP40
KCS10
KTP10
KT315
KU10
K313
ISO
K68
catalogue number mm mm mm
TNMG160402MS 9,53 16,50 0,2 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
TNMG160404MS 9,53 16,50 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
TNMG-MW
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
TNMG160408MW 9,53 16,50 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇
TNMG160412MW 9,53 16,50 1,2 䢇 䢇 䢇
TNMG-P
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
TNMG160404P 9,53 16,50 0,4 䢇 䢇
TNMG160408P 9,53 16,50 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇
TNMG-RM
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
TNMG330924RM 19,05 32,99 2,4 䢇 䢇 䢇
71
KM_Master12_Turning_B070_B071_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 9:11 AM Page B71
P 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
M 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N 䢇
S 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
H
TNMG-RN
D L10 Rε
KC5010
KC5510
KC5025
KC5525
KC5410
KCM15
KCM25
KCM35
KCU25
KCU10
KCK05
KCK15
KCK20
KCP05
KCP10
KCP25
KCP30
KCP40
KCS10
KTP10
KT315
KU10
K313
ISO
K68
catalogue number mm mm mm
TNMG160408RN 9,53 16,50 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇
TNMG160412RN 9,53 16,50 1,2 䢇 䢇 䢇
TNMG-RP
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
TNMG160408RP 9,53 16,50 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
TNMG160412RP 9,53 16,50 1,2 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
TNMG-UN
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
TNMG160408UN 9,53 16,50 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇
TNMG160412UN 9,53 16,50 1,2 䢇 䢇 䢇
72
KM_Master12_Turning_B072_B073_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 9:11 AM Page B72
P 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
M 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
Inserts
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N 䢇
S 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
H
TNMG-UP
D L10 Rε
KC5010
KC5510
KC5025
KC5525
KC5410
KCM15
KCM25
KCM35
KCU25
KCU10
KCK05
KCK15
KCK20
KCP05
KCP10
KCP25
KCP30
KCP40
KCS10
KTP10
KT315
KU10
K313
ISO
K68
catalogue number mm mm mm
TNMG160404UP 9,53 16,50 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇
TNMG160408UP 9,53 16,50 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇
TNMM-RM
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
TNMM160408RM 9,53 16,50 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇
TNMM160412RM 9,53 16,50 1,2 䢇
TNMM-RP
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
TNMM160408RP 9,53 16,50 0,8 䢇 䢇
TNMM160412RP 9,53 16,50 1,2 䢇
73
KM_Master12_Turning_B072_B073_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 9:12 AM Page B73
P 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
M 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N 䢇
S 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
H
TNMP
D L10 Rε
KC5010
KC5510
KC5025
KC5525
KC5410
KCM15
KCM25
KCM35
KCU10
KCU25
KCK05
KCK15
KCK20
KCP05
KCP10
KCP25
KCP30
KCP40
KCS10
KTP10
KT315
KU10
K313
ISO
K68
catalogue number mm mm mm
TNMP160404 9,53 16,50 0,4 䢇 䢇
TNMP160408 9,53 16,50 0,8 䢇 䢇
TNMP-K
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
TNMP160404K 9,53 16,50 0,4 䢇
TNMP160408K 9,53 16,50 0,8 䢇 䢇
TNMS
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
TNMS160404 9,53 16,50 0,4 䢇 䢇
TNMS160408 9,53 16,50 0,8 䢇 䢇
74
KM_Master12_Turning_B074_B075_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 9:12 AM Page B74
P 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
M 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
Inserts
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N 䢇
S 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
H
VNGG-FS
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
VNGG160401FS 9,53 16,61 0,1 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
VNGG160402FS 9,53 16,61 0,2 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
VNGG-LF
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
VNGG160402LF 9,53 16,61 0,2 䢇 䢇 䢇
VNGG160404LF 9,53 16,61 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇
VNGP
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
VNGP160401 9,53 16,61 0,1 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
VNGP160402 9,53 16,61 0,2 䢇 䢇 䢇
75
KM_Master12_Turning_B074_B075_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 9:12 AM Page B75
P 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
M 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N 䢇
S 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
H
VNGP-K
D L10 Rε
KC5010
KC5510
KC5025
KC5525
KC5410
KCM15
KCM25
KCM35
KCU10
KCU25
KCK05
KCK15
KCK20
KCP05
KCP10
KCP25
KCP30
KCP40
KCS10
KTP10
KT315
KU10
K313
ISO
K68
catalogue number mm mm mm
VNGP160404K 9,53 16,61 0,4 䢇
VNGP160408K 9,53 16,61 0,8 䢇
VNMA
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
VNMA160408 9,53 16,61 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇
VNMG
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
VNMG160408 9,53 16,61 0,8 䢇
VNMG160412 9,53 16,61 1,2 䢇
VNMG-FF
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
VNMG160404FF 9,53 16,61 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
VNMG160408FF 9,53 16,61 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
76
KM_Master12_Turning_B076_B077_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 9:13 AM Page B76
P 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
M 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
Inserts
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N 䢇
S 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
H
VNMG-FN
D L10 Rε
KC5010
KC5510
KC5025
KC5525
KC5410
KCM15
KCM25
KCM35
KCU25
KCU10
KCK05
KCK15
KCK20
KCP05
KCP10
KCP25
KCP30
KCP40
KCS10
KTP10
KT315
KU10
K313
ISO
K68
catalogue number mm mm mm
VNMG160404FN 9,53 16,61 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
VNMG160408FN 9,53 16,61 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
VNMG-FP
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
VNMG160404FP 9,53 16,61 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
VNMG160408FP 9,53 16,61 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
VNMG-MN
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
VNMG160404MN 9,53 16,61 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
VNMG160408MN 9,53 16,61 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
VNMG-MP
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
VNMG160404MP 9,53 16,61 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
VNMG160408MP 9,53 16,61 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
77
KM_Master12_Turning_B076_B077_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 9:13 AM Page B77
P 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
M 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N 䢇
S 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
H
VNMG-MS
D L10 Rε
KC5010
KC5510
KC5025
KC5525
KC5410
KCM15
KCM25
KCM35
KCU10
KCU25
KCK05
KCK15
KCK20
KCP05
KCP10
KCP25
KCP30
KCP40
KCS10
KTP10
KT315
KU10
K313
ISO
K68
catalogue number mm mm mm
VNMG160401MS 9,53 16,61 0,1 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
VNMG160402MS 9,53 16,61 0,2 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
VNMG-P
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
VNMG160404P 9,53 16,61 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇
VNMG160408P 9,53 16,61 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇
VNMG-RN
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
VNMG160408RN 9,53 16,61 0,8 䢇 䢇
VNMG160412RN 9,53 16,61 1,2 䢇 䢇
VNMG-RP
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
VNMG160408RP 9,53 16,61 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
VNMG160412RP 9,53 16,61 1,2 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
78
KM_Master12_Turning_B078_B079_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 9:14 AM Page B78
P 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
M 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
Inserts
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N 䢇
S 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
H
VNMG-UN
D L10 Rε
KC5010
KC5510
KC5025
KC5525
KC5410
KCM15
KCM25
KCM35
KCU10
KCU25
KCK05
KCK15
KCK20
KCP05
KCP10
KCP25
KCP30
KCP40
KCS10
KTP10
KT315
KU10
K313
ISO
K68
catalogue number mm mm mm
VNMG160404UN 9,53 16,61 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇
VNMG160408UN 9,53 16,61 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇
VNMG-UP
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
VNMG160404UP 9,53 16,61 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
VNMG160408UP 9,53 16,61 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
VNMP
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
VNMP160404 9,53 16,61 0,4 䢇 䢇
VNMP160408 9,53 16,61 0,8 䢇 䢇
VNMP-K
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
VNMP160404K 9,53 16,61 0,4 䢇 䢇
VNMP160408K 9,53 16,61 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇
VNMS
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
VNMS160404 9,53 16,61 0,4 䢇 䢇
VNMS160408 9,53 16,61 0,8 䢇 䢇
79
KM_Master12_Turning_B088_B089_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/23/12 10:09 AM Page B88
P 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
M 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
Inserts
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N 䢇
S 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
H
CCGT-HP
D L10 Rε
KC5010
KC5025
KC5410
KC5510
KC5525
KCM15
KCM35
KCM25
KCU10
KCU25
KCK05
KCK15
KCK20
KCP05
KCP10
KCP25
KCP30
KCP40
KCS10
KTP10
KT315
KU10
K313
ISO
K68
catalogue number mm mm mm
CCGT060202HP 6,35 6,45 0,2 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
CCGT060204HP 6,35 6,45 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
CCGT-LF
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
CCGT0602X0LF 6,35 6,45 0,0 䢇
CCGT060201LF 6,35 6,45 0,1 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
CCMT-11
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
CCMT06020411 6,35 6,45 0,4 䢇
CCMT09T30411 9,53 9,67 0,4 䢇
80
KM_Master12_Turning_B088_B089_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/23/12 10:10 AM Page B89
P 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
M 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N 䢇
S 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
H
CCMT-FP
D L10 Rεε
KC5025
KC5510
KC5525
KC5010
KC5410
KCM25
KCM15
KCM35
KCU10
KCU25
KCK05
KCK15
KCK20
KCP05
KCP10
KCP25
KCP30
KCP40
KCS10
KTP10
KT315
KU10
K313
ISO
K68
catalogue number mm mm mm
CCMT060202FP 6,35 6,45 0,2 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
CCMT060204FP 6,35 6,45 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
CCMT-FW
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
CCMT060202FW 6,35 6,45 0,2 䢇 䢇 䢇
CCMT060204FW 6,35 6,45 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
CCMT-LF
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
CCMT060202LF 6,35 6,45 0,2 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
CCMT060204LF 6,35 6,45 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
81
KM_Master12_Turning_B090_B091_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 9:18 AM Page B90
P 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
M 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
Inserts
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N 䢇
S 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
H
CCMT-MF
D L10 Rεε
KC5025
KC5510
KC5525
KC5410
KC5010
KCM15
KCM35
KCM25
KCU10
KCU25
KCK05
KCK15
KCK20
KCP05
KCP10
KCP25
KCP30
KCP40
KCS10
KTP10
KT315
KU10
K313
ISO
K68
catalogue number mm mm mm
CCMT060204MF 6,35 6,45 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
CCMT09T304MF 9,53 9,67 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
CCMT-MP
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
CCMT060204MP 6,35 6,45 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
CCMT09T304MP 9,53 9,67 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
CCMT-MW
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
CCMT09T304MW 9,53 9,67 0,40 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
CCMT09T308MW 9,53 9,67 0,80 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
CCMT-UF
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
CCMT060204UF 6,35 6,45 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
CCMT09T302UF 9,53 9,67 0,2 䢇 䢇 䢇
82
KM_Master12_Turning_B090_B091_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 9:18 AM Page B91
P 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
M 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N 䢇
S 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
H
CCMW
D L10 Rεε
KC5510
KC5025
KC5010
KC5525
KC5410
KCM25
KCM35
KCM15
KCU25
KCU10
KCK05
KCK15
KCK20
KCP10
KCP25
KCP30
KCP40
KCP05
KCS10
KTP10
KT315
KU10
K313
ISO
K68
catalogue number mm mm mm
CCMW060204 6,35 6,45 0,4 䢇
CCMW09T304 9,53 9,67 0,4 䢇
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
right hand
CDG127050R 3,96 0,64 0,51 䢇
CDHB
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
CDHBS4T0S0 3,97 4,03 0,1 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
CDHBS4T0X0 3,97 4,03 0,1 䢇
83
KM_Master12_Turning_B092_B093_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 9:18 AM Page B92
P 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
M 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
Inserts
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N 䢇
S 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
H
CDHH
D L10 Rεε
KC5410
KC5025
KC5010
KC5510
KC5525
KCM35
KCM15
KCM25
KCU10
KCU25
KCK05
KCK15
KCK20
KCP05
KCP10
KCP25
KCP30
KCP40
KCS10
KTP10
KT315
KU10
K313
ISO
K68
catalogue number mm mm mm
right hand
CDHHS4T002R 3,97 4,03 0,2 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
NOTE: Right-hand insert uses left-hand bars. Left-hand insert uses right-hand bars.
CDT
D T RC
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
right hand
CDT127005R 3,96 0,64 0,05 䢇 䢇
CPG
D T W
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
right hand
CPG190150R 6,35 1,65 1,52 䢇
left hand
CPG190150L 6,35 1,65 1,52 䢇
CPGH (T)
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
CPGT060202K 6,35 6,45 0,2 䢇 䢇
CPGT060204K 6,35 6,45 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇
84
KM_Master12_Turning_B092_B093_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 9:19 AM Page B93
P 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
M 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N 䢇
S 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
H
CPGT-HP
D L10 Rεε
KC5025
KC5525
KC5010
KC5510
KC5410
KCM15
KCM25
KCM35
KCK05
KCK20
KCU25
KCK15
KCU10
KCP05
KCP10
KCP25
KCP30
KCP40
KCS10
KTP10
KT315
KU10
K313
ISO
K68
catalogue number mm mm mm
CPGT060202HP 6,35 6,45 0,2 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
CPGT060204HP 6,35 6,45 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
CPGT-LF
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
CPGT060201LF 6,35 6,45 0,1 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
CPGT060202LF 6,35 6,45 0,2 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
CPMT-FP
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
CPMT050202FP 5,56 5,65 0,2 䢇 䢇
CPMT050204FP 5,56 5,65 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
85
KM_Master12_Turning_B094_B095_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:05 PM Page B94
P 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
M 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
Inserts
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N 䢇
S 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
H
CPMT-FW
D L10 Rεε
KC5025
KC5525
KC5410
KC5010
KC5510
KCM15
KCM25
KCM35
KCU10
KCU25
KCK05
KCK15
KCK20
KCP05
KCP10
KCP25
KCP30
KCP40
KCS10
KTP10
KT315
KU10
K313
ISO
K68
catalogue number mm mm mm
CPMT060202FW 6,35 6,45 0,2 䢇 䢇 䢇
CPMT060204FW 6,35 6,45 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
CPMT-LF
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
CPMT050202LF 5,56 5,65 0,2 䢇 䢇
CPMT050204LF 5,56 5,65 0,4 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
CPMT-MF
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
CPMT060208MF 6,35 6,45 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
CPMT09T308MF 9,53 9,67 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
CPMT-MP
D L10 Rεε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
CPMT060208MP 6,35 6,45 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇
CPMT09T308MP 9,53 9,67 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇 䢇
86
KM_Master12_Turning_B118_B119_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 9:28 AM Page B118
P
M
Inserts
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N
S 䢇 䢇 䢇
H 嘷 䢇 䢇
CNGA
D L10 Rεε
KY4300
KY3500
KY4400
KYK10
KYK25
KYS25
KYS30
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
CNGA120404E 12,70 12,90 0,4 䢇
CNGA120408E 12,70 12,90 0,8 䢇 䢇
CNGA-FW
D L10 Rε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
CNGA120404EFW 12,70 12,90 0,4 䢇
CNGA120408EFW 12,70 12,90 0,8 䢇
87
KM_Master12_Turning_B118_B119_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 9:28 AM Page B119
P
M
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N
S 䢇 䢇 䢇
H 嘷 䢇 䢇
DNGA
D L10 Rε
KY4300
KY3500
KY4400
KYK10
KYK25
KYS25
KYS30
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
DNGA150404E 12,70 15,50 0,4 䢇
DNGA150404T01020 12,70 15,50 0,4 䢇
DNGA-FW
D L10 Rε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
DNGA150408EFW 12,70 15,50 0,8 䢇
DNGA150412EFW 12,70 15,50 1,2 䢇
RNGA
D L10 Rε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
RNGA120400T01525 12,70 — — 䢇
88
KM_Master12_Turning_B120_B121_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 9:28 AM Page B120
P
M
Inserts
䢇 first choice K 䢇 䢇 䢇
嘷 alternate choice N
S 䢇 䢇 䢇
H 嘷 䢇 䢇
SNGA
D L10 Rεε
KY4300
KY3500
KY4400
KYK10
KYK25
KYS25
KYS30
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
SNGA120408T01020 12,70 12,70 0,8 䢇
SNGA120408T02020 12,70 12,70 0,8 䢇 䢇 䢇
TNGA
D L10 Rε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
TNGA160404E 9,53 16,50 0,4 䢇
TNGA160404T01020 9,53 16,50 0,4 䢇
VNGA
D L10 Rε
ISO
catalogue number mm mm mm
VNGA160404T01020 9,53 16,61 0,4 䢇
VNGA160408T01020 9,53 16,61 0,8 䢇
89
TURNING
TOOL
HOLDERS
DATA
KM_Master12_Turning_C002_C003_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:21 PM Page C2
chamfering
chamfering
plunging
plunging
profiling
profiling
turning
turning
facing
facing
tool insert clamping tool insert clamping
path shape style page(s) path shape style page(s)
Kenclamp 䢇 䢇 C14 D
Screw-On 䢇 䢇 C47
Kenlever™ 䢇 䢇 C21
97,5° Lead Angle
E Kendex™ 䢇 䢇 C41
MTS 䢇 䢇 C65
Screw-On 䢇 䢇 C54
MTS 䢇 䢇 C72
Kenclamp 䢇 䢇 䢇 C6
Kenlever 䢇 䢇 䢇 C16
Kenlever 䢇 䢇 䢇 C22 䢇
Kendex C38
Screw-On 䢇 䢇 䢇 C57
Screw-On 䢇 䢇 C46
MTS 䢇 䢇 䢇 C73
MTS 䢇 C63
Wedgelock™ 䢇 䢇 䢇 C34
S Kenloc 䢇 䢇 C29
93° Lead Angle 䢇 䢇
Kenclamp C11
D Kenloc 䢇 䢇 C26
Kenlever 䢇 䢇 C20
Kenclamp 䢇 䢇 C8
Screw-On 䢇 䢇 C52
Kenlever 䢇 䢇 C18
MTS 䢇 䢇 C68–C69
Screw-On 䢇 䢇 C48
Kenclamp 䢇 䢇 C13
V Kenclamp 䢇 C14
Screw-On 䢇 䢇 C56 䢇 䢇
Screw-On C57
T
Wedgelock 䢇 䢇 C34
91
KM_Master12_Turning_C002_C003_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:21 PM Page C3
chamfering
chamfering
plunging
plunging
profiling
profiling
turning
turning
facing
facing
tool insert clamping tool insert clamping
path shape style page(s) path shape style page(s)
Kenlever™ 䢇 䢇 䢇 C17
Screw-On 䢇 䢇 䢇 C47
T MTS 䢇 䢇 䢇 C70
Kenloc 䢇 䢇 C31
T Kendex 䢇 䢇 䢇 C40
Kendex 䢇 —
R Kenloc 䢇 䢇 䢇 C27
Screw-On 䢇 䢇 䢇 —
Kenclamp 䢇 䢇 䢇 C9
Fix-Perfect ™
䢇 䢇 䢇 C23
Screw-On 䢇 䢇 䢇 C50–C51
Kenclamp Style
• Uses Kenloc inserts.
• Unique clamp design provides rigid clamping.
• Ensures insert repeatability and seating.
• Reduced chatter and improved tool life. Kenloc Style
• Uses Kenloc inserts.
• Lock pin and top clamp provide rigid clamping.
• Wide variety of insert styles may be used.
• Tools may be used with or without clamp.
MTS Style Modular Tooling System
• Proven superior system in holding ceramic
inserts rigidly in turning and profiling operations.
• Uses standard insert sizes — 80°, 75°, 55°,
square, and trigon.
Kendex Style
• This system offers the added versatility of using • Uses Kendex inserts.
optional hardware to hold standard Kendex • Chipbreaker option available for ceramic inserts.
and Kenloc inserts. • Wide variety of insert styles may be used.
Wedgelock™ Style
Screw-On Style • Top and hole clamping for inserts with hole.
• Top clamping by screw for Screw-On inserts.
92
KM_Master12_Turning_C004_C005_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:21 PM Page C4
Toolholders
Catalogue Numbering System
MCLNR2525M09
M C L N R
Insert Holding Insert Tool Style Insert Hand Additional
O.D./I.D. Tooling
R = C =
C Right hand Deep pocket for
A N ceramic insert
L =
Left hand S =
B Single pocket
B N = locating wall
Kendex™ Neutral
C F =
R Straight shank,
N C no offset
D
E P L
Top Notch ™
Profiling H
D D
N
K
L E
Kenclamp™
M F
M
O
P
Kenloc™
A
O F L S
R
15°
S
S O
B G M U
T , , ,
O
C H P V
Screw-On
V
,
P W O
D J Q Y
E K R
Kenlever™
93
KM_Master12_Turning_C004_C005_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:21 PM Page C5
Toolholders
Catalogue Numbering System
MCLNR2525M09
25 25 M 09
Shank Shank Tool Insert Additional Insert
Dimensions Dimensions Length Size Information Thickness
(optional)
KC = 04 = 4,76mm
L1 ISO Kenclamp™ 06 = 6,35mm
32 A
40 B
H4 =
Wedgelock™
50 C
clamping system
60 D
70 E
M =
80 F
MTS clamping
90 G
system for ceramic
100 H
and PCBN inserts
110 J
125 K
The 7th and 8th position shall be a significant 140 L
two-digit number that indicates the holder cross 150 M
section. If the dimension for the width “B” or the 160 N
height “H” is represented by a one digit number, 170 P
a 0 (zero) will be used in front of it.
180 Q
Example: 8mm = 08
200 R
250 S
300 T
350 U
400 V
450 W
500 Y
Special X Cutting Edge Length L10
Design
Hexagon C Rhomboid
H 80°
120° D 55°
E 75°
M 86°
Octagon V 35°
O 135°
Trigon
80°
W with enlarged
Pentagon corner angles
P 108°
Rectangular
L 90°
Square
S 90°
Parallelogram
A 85°
Triangular B 82°
T 60°
K 55°
Round
R —
94
KM_Master12_Turning_C006_C007_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:21 PM Page C6
Kenclamp™ Toolholders
Kenloc™ Inserts
DCKN-KC 75°
O.D./I.D. Tooling
DCLN-KC 95°
95
KM_Master12_Turning_C006_C007_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:21 PM Page C7
Kenclamp™ Toolholders
Kenloc™ Inserts
DCRN-KC 75°
96
KM_Master12_Turning_C008_C009_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:21 PM Page C8
Kenclamp™ Toolholders
Kenloc™ Inserts
DCSN-KC 45°
O.D./I.D. Tooling
DDJN-KC 93°
97
KM_Master12_Turning_C008_C009_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:22 PM Page C9
Kenclamp™ Toolholders
Kenloc™ Inserts
DDNN-KC 63°
DRGN-KC
98
KM_Master12_Turning_C010_C011_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:22 PM Page C10
Kenclamp™ Toolholders
Kenloc™ Inserts
DSBN-KC 75°
O.D./I.D. Tooling
DSDN-KC 45°
99
KM_Master12_Turning_C010_C011_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:22 PM Page C11
Kenclamp™ Toolholders
Kenloc™ Inserts
DSKN-KC 75°
DSRN-KC 75°
100
KM_Master12_Turning_C012_C013_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:22 PM Page C12
Kenclamp™ Toolholders
Kenloc™ Inserts
DSSN-KC 45°
O.D./I.D. Tooling
DTFN-KC 90°
101
KM_Master12_Turning_C012_C013_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:22 PM Page C13
Kenclamp™ Toolholders
Kenloc™ Inserts
DTGN-KC 90°
DVJN-KC 93°
102
KM_Master12_Turning_C014_C015_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:22 PM Page C14
Kenclamp™ Toolholders
Kenloc™ Inserts
DVON-KC 117,5°
O.D./I.D. Tooling
DVVN-KC 72,5°
103
KM_Master12_Turning_C014_C015_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:22 PM Page C15
Kenclamp™ Toolholders
Kenloc™ Inserts
DWLN-KC 95°
PCBN 75°
104
KM_Master12_Turning_C016_C017_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:23 PM Page C16
Kenlever™ Toolholders
Kenloc™ Inserts
PCKN 75°
O.D./I.D. Tooling
PCLN 95°
105
KM_Master12_Turning_C016_C017_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:23 PM Page C17
Kenlever™ Toolholders
Kenloc™ Inserts
PCSN 45°
106
KM_Master12_Turning_C018_C019_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:23 PM Page C18
Kenlever™ Toolholders
Kenloc™ Inserts
PDJN 93°
O.D./I.D. Tooling
PDNN 62,5°
107
KM_Master12_Turning_C018_C019_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:23 PM Page C19
Kenlever™ Toolholders
Kenloc™ Inserts
PSBN 75°
PSDN 45°
108
KM_Master12_Turning_C020_C021_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:23 PM Page C20
Kenlever™ Toolholders
Kenloc™ Inserts
PSKN 75°
O.D./I.D. Tooling
PSSN 45°
109
KM_Master12_Turning_C020_C021_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:23 PM Page C21
Kenlever™ Toolholders
Kenloc™ Inserts
PTFN 90°
PTGN 90°
110
KM_Master12_Turning_C022_C023_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:23 PM Page C22
Kenlever™ Toolholders
Kenloc™ Inserts
PWLN 95°
O.D./I.D. Tooling
111
KM_Master12_Turning_C024_C025_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:23 PM Page C24
Kenloc™ Toolholders
Kenloc Inserts
MCKN 75°
O.D./I.D. Tooling
MCLN 95°
(continued)
112
KM_Master12_Turning_C024_C025_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:23 PM Page C25
Kenloc™ Toolholders
Kenloc Inserts
MCMN 50°
113
KM_Master12_Turning_C026_C027_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:23 PM Page C26
Kenloc™ Toolholders
Kenloc Inserts
MCRN 75°
O.D./I.D. Tooling
MDJN 93°
114
KM_Master12_Turning_C026_C027_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:24 PM Page C27
Kenloc™ Toolholders
Kenloc Inserts
MDNN 62,5°
MRGN
115
KM_Master12_Turning_C028_C029_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:24 PM Page C28
Kenloc™ Toolholders
Kenloc Inserts
MSBN 75°
O.D./I.D. Tooling
MSDN 45°
116
KM_Master12_Turning_C028_C029_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:24 PM Page C29
Kenloc™ Toolholders
Kenloc Inserts
MSKN 75°
MSSN 45°
117
KM_Master12_Turning_C030_C031_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:24 PM Page C30
Kenloc™ Toolholders
Kenloc Inserts
MSZN 45°
O.D./I.D. Tooling
MTAN-S 90°
118
KM_Master12_Turning_C030_C031_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:24 PM Page C31
Kenloc™ Toolholders
Kenloc Inserts
MTEN-S 60°
MTFN 90°
119
KM_Master12_Turning_C032_C033_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:24 PM Page C32
Kenloc™ Toolholders
Kenloc Inserts
MTGN 90°
O.D./I.D. Tooling
MVJN 93°
120
KM_Master12_Turning_C032_C033_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:24 PM Page C33
Kenloc™ Toolholders
Kenloc Inserts
MVON 117,5°
MVVN 72,5°
MWLN 95°
121
KM_Master12_Turning_C034_C035_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:24 PM Page C34
Wedgelock™ Toolholders
Wedgelock Inserts
MTJN 93°
O.D./I.D. Tooling
MWLN 95°
122
KM_Master12_Turning_C040_C041_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:25 PM Page C40
Screw-On Toolholders
Screw-On Inserts
SCAC 90°
O.D./I.D. Tooling
SCDP 45°
gage insert
catalogue number H B F L1 L2 insert screw Torx
right hand
SCDPR1212H06 12 12 7,0 100 14,0 CP..060203 MS1153 T7
left hand
SCDPL1212H06 12 12 7,0 100 14,0 CP..060203 MS1153 T7
123
KM_Master12_Turning_C040_C041_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:25 PM Page C41
Screw-On Toolholders
Screw-On Inserts
SCEP 60°
gage insert
catalogue number H B F L1 L2 insert screw Torx
right hand
SCEPR1010H06 10 10 6,5 100 12,0 CP..060203R. MS1153 T7
SCEPR1212H06 12 12 8,5 100 12,0 CP..060203R. MS1153 T7
left hand
SCEPL1010H06 10 10 6,5 100 12,0 CP..060203L. MS1153 T7
SCFC 90°
gage insert
catalogue number H B F L1 L2 insert screw Torx
right hand
SCFCR1212N09 12 12 16,0 160 16,0 CC..09T308 MS1155 T15
left hand
SCFCL1212N09 12 12 16,0 160 16,0 CC..09T308 MS1155 T15
124
KM_Master12_Turning_C042_C043_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:25 PM Page C42
Screw-On Toolholders
Screw-On Inserts
SCGC 90°
O.D./I.D. Tooling
gage insert
catalogue number H B F L1 L2 insert screw Torx
right hand
SCGCR1010M06 10 10 12,0 150 11,0 CC..060204 MS1153 T7
SCGCR1212N09 12 12 16,0 160 16,0 CC..09T308 MS1155 T15
left hand
SCGCL1010M06 10 10 12,0 150 11,0 CC..060204 MS1153 T7
SCGCL1212N09 12 12 16,0 160 16,0 CC..09T308 MS1155 T15
SCKC 75°
125
KM_Master12_Turning_C042_C043_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:25 PM Page C43
Screw-On Toolholders
Screw-On Inserts
SCLC 95°
SCLC-F 95°
126
KM_Master12_Turning_C044_C045_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:25 PM Page C44
Screw-On Toolholders
Screw-On Inserts
SCLP 95°
O.D./I.D. Tooling
gage insert
catalogue number H B F L1 L2 insert screw Torx
right hand
SCLPR1010M06 10 10 11,0 150 11,4 CP..060203 MS1153 T7
SCLPR1212M06 12 12 13,0 150 11,4 CP..060203 MS1153 T7
left hand
SCLPL1212M06 12 12 13,0 150 11,4 CP..060203 MS1153 T7
SCRC 75°
127
KM_Master12_Turning_C044_C045_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:25 PM Page C45
Screw-On Toolholders
Screw-On Inserts
SCSP 45°
SDAC 90°
SDHC 107,5°
128
SOLID
CARBIDE
DRILL BIT
DATA
KM_Master12_INTRO_004_005_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/9/12 3:13 PM Page 4
Holemaking
Grades and Grade Descriptions
wear
resistance toughness
K
• Uncoated finest grain carbide.
• Highly wear-resistant grade. N
KF1
• Uncoated carbide. N
KN15
K
• Uncoated carbide grade with high degree of temperature resistance. N
K10
• Suitable for cast iron material, non-ferrous materials, and titanium alloys.
S
• High cutting performance, safe drilling process.
• Dry machining also with cooling lubricants.
K
• Uncoated finest grain carbide. N
K605
131
KM_Master12_INTRO_004_005_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 5/14/12 9:07 AM Page 5
Holemaking
Grades and Grade Descriptions
wear
resistance toughness
K
• Nanolayer AlTiN-PVD-coated over fine-grain carbide.
KCP15
• Nanostructured coating with improved bonding process for longer tool life.
• Increased Al content for better thermal and chemical stability
(oxidation resistance) and higher toughness and hardness.
P
M
Composition: Advanced TiCN-Al2O3-CVD coating, together with a newly engineered K
tough carbide substrate, provides adequate deformation resistance along with excellent
KCU25
edge strength and offers very good wear resistance over a wide range of machining
conditions.
Application: KCU25 is a high productivity grade with high speeds and feeds, and the
first choice for productive process with very good reliability in steels, stainless steels,
and cast irons.
132
KM_Master12_INTRO_006_007_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/9/12 3:14 PM Page 6
Holemaking
Grades and Grade Descriptions
wear
resistance toughness
Application: KCU40 is the first choice for high reliability in most materials. This grade
should be used at medium speeds and high feeds due to sharper edges. KCU40 covers
steel, stainless steel, cast iron, and high-temperature alloys for high toughness applications
under certain conditions.
P
M
K
KC6005
• TiN-PVD-coated carbide.
• Highly wear-resistant substrate. S
• Reaming grade with universal applications in high-precision carbide cutting.
Grade
P
M
KC6105
• TiCN-PVD-coated carbide.
• Reaming grade with highly wear-resistant substrate for steel and stainless steel.
• Particularly high level of wear resistance for stainless steel with high-precision carbide
cutting values.
K
• TiAlN-PVD-coated carbide.
KC6305
P
M
K
KC7135
• TiCN-TiN-PVD-coated carbide.
• Highly wear-resistant grade.
• For universal application in steel, stainless steel, and irons.
• Specifically used for KSEM PCM precentring inserts.
133
KM_Master12_INTRO_006_007_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/9/12 3:14 PM Page 7
Holemaking
Grades and Grade Descriptions
wear
resistance toughness
K
KC7140
P
M
• TiN-PVD-coated carbide.
KC720
K
KC7210
• TiAlN-PVD-coated carbide.
• Excellent heat resistance with a good level of toughness.
• First choice for high-speed cutting of cast iron materials when dry machining
with TF drill and under cooling lubricants with indexable inserts.
Grade
K
KC7215
M
K
KC7225
P
KC7235
134
KM_Master12_INTRO_008_009_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/9/12 3:14 PM Page 8
Holemaking
Grades and Grade Descriptions
wear
resistance toughness
K
KC7315
P
M
K
KC7325
K
KC7410
K
• Multilayer AlCrN-PVD-coated ultra-fine-grain carbide.
KC7425
K
• TiCN-Al2O3-CVD-coated carbide with a very tough substrate.
KC7935
135
KM_Master12_INTRO_008_009_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/9/12 3:14 PM Page 9
Holemaking
Grades and Grade Descriptions
wear
resistance toughness
• CVD-diamond-coated carbide. N
• Excellent abrasive wear resistance.
• Sharp cutting edges.
• First choice for delamination free drilling of CFRP and composite materials.
KB1610
• Uncoated cermet.
KT325
K
KT6215
• TiAlN-PVD-coated cermet.
• Reaming grade with excellent wear resistance.
• Required level of toughness for HPC cutting.
• High cutting speeds in steel and cast iron fine machining.
136
KM_Master12_G002_G003_Metric_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:13 PM Page G2
* In regard to coatings, anything is possible. If a specific drill is not suitable for your workpiece material,
please contact our Engineered Solutions Department for an offer about special coatings and edge preparations.
137
KM_Master12_G002_G003_Metric_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:13 PM Page G3
138
KM_Master12_G006_G007_Metric_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:14 PM Page G6
For information on L, L3, and L4 max, see the Solid Carbide foldout table.
B041A/B042A • ~3 x D/~5 x D
䢇 first choice
嘷 alternate choice
D1 diameter
short • KC7325 long • KC7325 mm in fraction wire size L5 LS D
B041A01000CPG B042A01000CPG 1,000 .0394 — — 0,1 28 4
B041A01016CPG B042A01016CPG 1,016 .0400 — — 0,1 28 4
B041A01041CPG B042A01041CPG 1,041 .0410 — — 0,2 28 4
B041A01067CPG B042A01067CPG 1,067 .0420 — — 0,2 28 4
B041A01092CPG B042A01092CPG 1,092 .0430 — — 0,2 28 4
B041A01100CPG B042A01100CPG 1,100 .0433 — — 0,2 28 4
B041A01181CPG B042A01181CPG 1,181 .0465 — — 0,2 28 4
B041A01191CPG B042A01191CPG 1,191 .0469 — — 0,2 28 4
B041A01200CPG B042A01200CPG 1,200 .0472 — — 0,2 28 4
B041A01300CPG B042A01300CPG 1,300 .0512 — — 0,2 28 4
B041A01321CPG B042A01321CPG 1,321 .0520 — — 0,2 28 4
B041A01397CPG B042A01397CPG 1,397 .0550 — — 0,2 28 4
B041A01400CPG B042A01400CPG 1,400 .0551 — — 0,2 28 4
B041A01500CPG B042A01500CPG 1,500 .0591 — — 0,2 28 4
B041A01600CPG B042A01600CPG 1,600 .0630 — — 0,2 28 4
B041A01700CPG B042A01700CPG 1,700 .0669 — — 0,3 28 4
B041A01800CPG B042A01800CPG 1,800 .0709 — — 0,3 28 4
B041A01900CPG B042A01900CPG 1,900 .0748 — — 0,3 28 4
B041A01984CPG B042A01984CPG 1,984 .0781 — — 0,3 28 4
B041A02000CPG B042A02000CPG 2,000 .0787 — — 0,3 28 4
B041A02100CPG B042A02100CPG 2,100 .0827 — — 0,3 28 4
B041A02200CPG B042A02200CPG 2,200 .0866 — — 0,3 28 4
B041A02300CPG B042A02300CPG 2,300 .0906 — — 0,4 28 4
B041A02383CPG B042A02383CPG 2,383 .0938 3/32 — 0,4 28 4
B041A02400CPG B042A02400CPG 2,400 .0945 — — 0,4 28 4
B041A02439CPG B042A02439CPG 2,439 .0960 — 41 0,4 28 4
B041A02489CPG B042A02489CPG 2,489 .0980 — 40 0,4 28 4
B041A02500CPG B042A02500CPG 2,500 .0984 — — 0,4 28 4
B041A02578CPG B042A02578CPG 2,578 .1015 — 38 0,4 28 4
B041A02600CPG B042A02600CPG 2,600 .1024 — — 0,4 28 4
B041A02642CPG B042A02642CPG 2,642 .1040 — 37 0,4 28 4
B041A02700CPG B042A02700CPG 2,700 .1063 — — 0,4 28 4
B041A02705CPG B042A02705CPG 2,705 .1065 — 36 0,4 28 4
B041A02779CPG B042A02779CPG 2,779 .1094 7/64 — 0,4 28 4
B041A02800CPG B042A02800CPG 2,800 .1102 — — 0,5 28 4
B041A02820CPG B042A02820CPG 2,820 .1110 — 34 0,5 28 4
B041A02870CPG B042A02870CPG 2,870 .1130 — 33 0,5 28 4
B041A02900CPG B042A02900CPG 2,900 .1142 — — 0,5 28 4
B041A02947CPG B042A02947CPG 2,947 .1160 — 32 0,5 28 4
B041A03000CPG B042A03000CPG 3,000 .1181 — — 0,5 36 6
(continued)
139
KM_Master12_G006_G007_Metric_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:14 PM Page G7
D1 diameter
140
KM_Master12_G008_G009_Metric_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:15 PM Page G8
D1 diameter
141
KM_Master12_G008_G009_Metric_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:15 PM Page G9
D1 diameter
short • KC7325 long • KC7325 mm in fraction wire size L5 LS D
B041A10000CPG B042A10000CPG 10,000 .3937 — — 1,7 40 10
B041A10100CPG B042A10100CPG 10,100 .3976 — — 1,7 45 12
B041A10200CPG B042A10200CPG 10,200 .4016 — — 1,7 45 12
B041A10300CPG B042A10300CPG 10,300 .4055 — — 1,8 45 12
B041A10320CPG B042A10320CPG 10,320 .4063 13/32 — 1,8 45 12
B041A10400CPG B042A10400CPG 10,400 .4094 — — 1,8 45 12
B041A10500CPG B042A10500CPG 10,500 .4134 — — 1,8 45 12
B041A10600CPG B042A10600CPG 10,600 .4173 — — 1,8 45 12
B041A10700CPG B042A10700CPG 10,700 .4213 — — 1,8 45 12
B041A10716CPG B042A10716CPG 10,716 .4219 27/64 — 1,8 45 12
B041A10800CPG B042A10800CPG 10,800 .4252 — — 1,8 45 12
B041A10900CPG B042A10900CPG 10,900 .4291 — — 1,9 45 12
B041A11000CPG B042A11000CPG 11,000 .4331 — — 1,9 45 12
B041A11100CPG B042A11100CPG 11,100 .4370 — — 1,9 45 12
B041A11113CPG B042A11113CPG 11,113 .4375 7/16 — 1,9 45 12
B041A11200CPG B042A11200CPG 11,200 .4409 — — 1,9 45 12
B041A11300CPG B042A11300CPG 11,300 .4449 — — 1,9 45 12
B041A11400CPG B042A11400CPG 11,400 .4488 — — 2,0 45 12
B041A11500CPG B042A11500CPG 11,500 .4528 — — 2,0 45 12
B041A11509CPG B042A11509CPG 11,509 .4531 29/64 — 2,0 45 12
B041A11600CPG B042A11600CPG 11,600 .4567 — — 2,0 45 12
B041A11700CPG B042A11700CPG 11,700 .4606 — — 2,0 45 12
B041A11800CPG B042A11800CPG 11,800 .4646 — — 2,0 45 12
B041A11900CPG B042A11900CPG 11,900 .4685 — — 2,0 45 12
B041A11908CPG B042A11908CPG 11,908 .4688 15/32 — 2,0 45 12
B041A12000CPG B042A12000CPG 12,000 .4724 — — 2,1 45 12
B041A12100CPG B042A12100CPG 12,100 .4764 — — 2,1 45 14
B041A12200CPG B042A12200CPG 12,200 .4803 — — 2,1 45 14
B041A12300CPG B042A12300CPG 12,300 .4843 — — 2,1 45 14
B041A12304CPG B042A12304CPG 12,304 .4844 31/64 — 2,1 45 14
B041A12400CPG B042A12400CPG 12,400 .4882 — — 2,1 45 14
B041A12500CPG B042A12500CPG 12,500 .4921 — — 2,1 45 14
B041A12600CPG B042A12600CPG 12,600 .4961 — — 2,2 45 14
B041A12700CPG B042A12700CPG 12,700 .5000 1/2 — 2,2 45 14
142
KM_Master12_G010_G011_Metric_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:15 PM Page G10
For information on L, L3, and L4 max, see the Solid Carbide foldout table.
D1 diameter
short • KC7325 long • KC7325 extra long • KC7325 mm in fraction wire size L5 LS D
B051A01500CPG B052A01500CPG B053A01500CPG 1,500 .0591 — — 0,2 28 4
B051A01600CPG B052A01600CPG B053A01600CPG 1,600 .0630 — — 0,2 28 4
B051A01700CPG B052A01700CPG B053A01700CPG 1,700 .0669 — — 0,3 28 4
B051A01800CPG B052A01800CPG B053A01800CPG 1,800 .0709 — — 0,3 28 4
B051A01900CPG B052A01900CPG B053A01900CPG 1,900 .0748 — — 0,3 28 4
B051A01984CPG B052A01984CPG B053A01984CPG 1,984 .0781 — — 0,3 28 4
B051A02000CPG B052A02000CPG B053A02000CPG 2,000 .0787 — — 0,3 28 4
B051A02100CPG B052A02100CPG B053A02100CPG 2,100 .0827 — — 0,3 28 4
B051A02200CPG B052A02200CPG B053A02200CPG 2,200 .0866 — — 0,3 28 4
B051A02300CPG B052A02300CPG B053A02300CPG 2,300 .0906 — — 0,4 28 4
B051A02383CPG B052A02383CPG B053A02383CPG 2,383 .0938 3/32 — 0,4 28 4
B051A02400CPG B052A02400CPG B053A02400CPG 2,400 .0945 — — 0,4 28 4
B051A02439CPG B052A02439CPG B053A02439CPG 2,439 .0960 — 41 0,4 28 4
B051A02489CPG B052A02489CPG B053A02489CPG 2,489 .0980 — 40 0,4 28 4
B051A02500CPG B052A02500CPG B053A02500CPG 2,500 .0984 — — 0,4 28 4
B051A02578CPG B052A02578CPG B053A02578CPG 2,578 .1015 — 38 0,4 28 4
B051A02600CPG B052A02600CPG B053A02600CPG 2,600 .1024 — — 0,4 28 4
B051A02642CPG B052A02642CPG B053A02642CPG 2,642 .1040 — 37 0,4 28 4
B051A02700CPG B052A02700CPG B053A02700CPG 2,700 .1063 — — 0,4 28 4
B051A02705CPG B052A02705CPG B053A02705CPG 2,705 .1065 — 36 0,4 28 4
B051A02779CPG B052A02779CPG B053A02779CPG 2,779 .1094 7/64 — 0,4 28 4
B051A02800CPG B052A02800CPG B053A02800CPG 2,800 .1102 — — 0,5 28 4
B051A02820CPG B052A02820CPG B053A02820CPG 2,820 .1110 — 34 0,5 28 4
B051A02870CPG B052A02870CPG B053A02870CPG 2,870 .1130 — 33 0,5 28 4
B051A02900CPG B052A02900CPG B053A02900CPG 2,900 .1142 — — 0,5 28 4
B051A02947CPG B052A02947CPG B053A02947CPG 2,947 .1160 — 32 0,5 28 4
B051A03000CPG B052A03000CPG B053A03000CPG 3,000 .1181 — — 0,5 36 6
B051A03048CPG B052A03048CPG B053A03048CPG 3,048 .1200 — 31 0,5 36 6
B051A03100CPG B052A03100CPG B053A03100CPG 3,100 .1220 — — 0,5 36 6
B051A03175CPG B052A03175CPG B053A03175CPG 3,175 .1250 1/8 — 0,5 36 6
B051A03200CPG B052A03200CPG B053A03200CPG 3,200 .1260 — — 0,5 36 6
B051A03264CPG B052A03264CPG B053A03264CPG 3,264 .1285 — 30 0,5 36 6
B051A03300CPG B052A03300CPG B053A03300CPG 3,300 .1299 — — 0,5 36 6
B051A03400CPG B052A03400CPG B053A03400CPG 3,400 .1339 — — 0,6 36 6
B051A03455CPG B052A03455CPG B053A03455CPG 3,455 .1360 — 29 0,6 36 6
B051A03500CPG B052A03500CPG B053A03500CPG 3,500 .1378 — — 0,6 36 6
B051A03571CPG B052A03571CPG B053A03571CPG 3,571 .1406 9/64 — 0,6 36 6
B051A03600CPG B052A03600CPG B053A03600CPG 3,600 .1417 — — 0,6 36 6
B051A03658CPG B052A03658CPG B053A03658CPG 3,658 .1440 — 27 0,6 36 6
B051A03700CPG B052A03700CPG B053A03700CPG 3,700 .1457 — — 0,6 36 6
(continued)
143
KM_Master12_G010_G011_Metric_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:15 PM Page G11
D1 diameter
short • KC7325 long • KC7325 extra long • KC7325 mm in fraction wire size L5 LS D
B051A03734CPG B052A03734CPG B053A03734CPG 3,734 .1470 — 26 0,6 36 6
B051A03800CPG B052A03800CPG B053A03800CPG 3,800 .1496 — — 0,6 36 6
B051A03900CPG B052A03900CPG B053A03900CPG 3,900 .1535 — — 0,6 36 6
B051A03970CPG B052A03970CPG B053A03970CPG 3,970 .1563 5/32 — 0,7 36 6
B051A04000CPG B052A04000CPG B053A04000CPG 4,000 .1575 — — 0,7 36 6
B051A04039CPG B052A04039CPG B053A04039CPG 4,039 .1590 — 21 0,7 36 6
B051A04090CPG B052A04090CPG B053A04090CPG 4,090 .1610 — 20 0,7 36 6
B051A04100CPG B052A04100CPG B053A04100CPG 4,100 .1614 — — 0,7 36 6
B051A04200CPG B052A04200CPG B053A04200CPG 4,200 .1654 — — 0,7 36 6
B051A04217CPG B052A04217CPG B053A04217CPG 4,217 .1660 — 19 0,7 36 6
B051A04300CPG B052A04300CPG B053A04300CPG 4,300 .1693 — — 0,7 36 6
B051A04366CPG B052A04366CPG B053A04366CPG 4,366 .1719 11/64 — 0,7 36 6
B051A04400CPG B052A04400CPG B053A04400CPG 4,400 .1732 — — 0,7 36 6
B051A04500CPG B052A04500CPG B053A04500CPG 4,500 .1772 — — 0,7 36 6
B051A04600CPG B052A04600CPG B053A04600CPG 4,600 .1811 — — 0,8 36 6
B051A04623CPG B052A04623CPG B053A04623CPG 4,623 .1820 — 14 0,8 36 6
B051A04700CPG B052A04700CPG B053A04700CPG 4,700 .1850 — 13 0,8 36 6
B051A04763CPG B052A04763CPG B053A04763CPG 4,763 .1875 3/16 — 0,8 36 6
B051A04800CPG B052A04800CPG B053A04800CPG 4,800 .1890 — 12 0,8 36 6
B051A04852CPG B052A04852CPG B053A04852CPG 4,852 .1910 — 11 0,8 36 6
B051A04900CPG B052A04900CPG B053A04900CPG 4,900 .1929 — — 0,8 36 6
B051A05000CPG B052A05000CPG B053A05000CPG 5,000 .1969 — — 0,8 36 6
B051A05100CPG B052A05100CPG B053A05100CPG 5,100 .2008 — — 0,8 36 6
B051A05106CPG B052A05106CPG B053A05106CPG 5,106 .2010 — 7 0,8 36 6
B051A05159CPG B052A05159CPG B053A05159CPG 5,159 .2031 13/64 — 0,9 36 6
B051A05200CPG B052A05200CPG B053A05200CPG 5,200 .2047 — — 0,9 36 6
B051A05300CPG B052A05300CPG B053A05300CPG 5,300 .2087 — — 0,9 36 6
B051A05400CPG B052A05400CPG B053A05400CPG 5,400 .2126 — — 0,9 36 6
B051A05410CPG B052A05410CPG B053A05410CPG 5,410 .2130 — 3 0,9 36 6
B051A05500CPG B052A05500CPG B053A05500CPG 5,500 .2165 — — 0,9 36 6
B051A05558CPG B052A05558CPG B053A05558CPG 5,558 .2188 7/32 — 0,9 36 6
B051A05600CPG B052A05600CPG B053A05600CPG 5,600 .2205 — — 0,9 36 6
B051A05616CPG B052A05616CPG B053A05616CPG 5,616 .2211 — 2 0,9 36 6
B051A05700CPG B052A05700CPG B053A05700CPG 5,700 .2244 — — 1,0 36 6
B051A05800CPG B052A05800CPG B053A05800CPG 5,800 .2283 — — 1,0 36 6
B051A05900CPG B052A05900CPG B053A05900CPG 5,900 .2323 — — 1,0 36 6
B051A05954CPG B052A05954CPG B053A05954CPG 5,954 .2344 15/64 — 1,0 36 6
B051A06000CPG B052A06000CPG B053A06000CPG 6,000 .2362 — — 1,0 36 6
B051A06100CPG B052A06100CPG B053A06100CPG 6,100 .2402 — — 1,0 36 8
B051A06200CPG B052A06200CPG B053A06200CPG 6,200 .2441 — — 1,0 36 8
B051A06300CPG B052A06300CPG B053A06300CPG 6,300 .2480 — — 1,1 36 8
B051A06350CPG B052A06350CPG B053A06350CPG 6,350 .2500 1/4 E 1,1 36 8
B051A06400CPG B052A06400CPG B053A06400CPG 6,400 .2520 — — 1,1 36 8
B051A06500CPG B052A06500CPG B053A06500CPG 6,500 .2559 — — 1,1 36 8
B051A06528CPG B052A06528CPG B053A06528CPG 6,528 .2570 — F 1,1 36 8
B051A06600CPG B052A06600CPG B053A06600CPG 6,600 .2598 — — 1,1 36 8
B051A06630CPG B052A06630CPG B053A06630CPG 6,630 .2610 — G 1,1 36 8
B051A06700CPG B052A06700CPG B053A06700CPG 6,700 .2638 — — 1,1 36 8
B051A06746CPG B052A06746CPG B053A06746CPG 6,746 .2656 17/64 — 1,1 36 8
B051A06800CPG B052A06800CPG B053A06800CPG 6,800 .2677 — — 1,1 36 8
B051A06900CPG B052A06900CPG B053A06900CPG 6,900 .2717 — — 1,2 36 8
(continued)
144
KM_Master12_G012_G013_Metric_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:15 PM Page G12
D1 diameter
short • KC7325 long • KC7325 extra long • KC7325 mm in fraction wire size L5 LS D
B051A07000CPG B052A07000CPG B053A07000CPG 7,000 .2756 — — 1,2 36 8
B051A07100CPG B052A07100CPG B053A07100CPG 7,100 .2795 — — 1,2 36 8
B051A07145CPG B052A07145CPG B053A07145CPG 7,145 .2813 9/32 — 1,2 36 8
B051A07200CPG B052A07200CPG B053A07200CPG 7,200 .2835 — — 1,2 36 8
B051A07300CPG B052A07300CPG B053A07300CPG 7,300 .2874 — — 1,2 36 8
B051A07400CPG B052A07400CPG B053A07400CPG 7,400 .2913 — — 1,3 36 8
B051A07500CPG B052A07500CPG B053A07500CPG 7,500 .2953 — — 1,3 36 8
B051A07541CPG B052A07541CPG B053A07541CPG 7,541 .2969 19/64 — 1,3 36 8
B051A07600CPG B052A07600CPG B053A07600CPG 7,600 .2992 — — 1,3 36 8
B051A07700CPG B052A07700CPG B053A07700CPG 7,700 .3031 — — 1,3 36 8
B051A07800CPG B052A07800CPG B053A07800CPG 7,800 .3071 — — 1,3 36 8
B051A07900CPG B052A07900CPG B053A07900CPG 7,900 .3110 — — 1,3 36 8
B051A07938CPG B052A07938CPG B053A07938CPG 7,938 .3125 5/16 — 1,3 36 8
B051A08000CPG B052A08000CPG B053A08000CPG 8,000 .3150 — — 1,4 36 8
B051A08100CPG B052A08100CPG B053A08100CPG 8,100 .3189 — — 1,4 40 10
B051A08200CPG B052A08200CPG B053A08200CPG 8,200 .3228 — — 1,4 40 10
B051A08300CPG B052A08300CPG B053A08300CPG 8,300 .3268 — — 1,4 40 10
B051A08334CPG B052A08334CPG B053A08334CPG 8,334 .3281 21/64 — 1,4 40 10
B051A08400CPG B052A08400CPG B053A08400CPG 8,400 .3307 — — 1,4 40 10
B051A08433CPG B052A08433CPG B053A08433CPG 8,433 .3320 — Q 1,4 40 10
B051A08500CPG B052A08500CPG B053A08500CPG 8,500 .3346 — — 1,4 40 10
B051A08600CPG B052A08600CPG B053A08600CPG 8,600 .3386 — — 1,5 40 10
B051A08700CPG B052A08700CPG B053A08700CPG 8,700 .3425 — — 1,5 40 10
B051A08733CPG B052A08733CPG B053A08733CPG 8,733 .3438 11/32 — 1,5 40 10
B051A08800CPG B052A08800CPG B053A08800CPG 8,800 .3465 — — 1,5 40 10
B051A08900CPG B052A08900CPG B053A08900CPG 8,900 .3504 — — 1,5 40 10
B051A09000CPG B052A09000CPG B053A09000CPG 9,000 .3543 — — 1,5 40 10
B051A09100CPG B052A09100CPG B053A09100CPG 9,100 .3583 — — 1,5 40 10
B051A09129CPG B052A09129CPG B053A09129CPG 9,129 .3594 23/64 — 1,6 40 10
B051A09200CPG B052A09200CPG B053A09200CPG 9,200 .3622 — — 1,6 40 10
B051A09300CPG B052A09300CPG B053A09300CPG 9,300 .3661 — — 1,6 40 10
B051A09347CPG B052A09347CPG B053A09347CPG 9,347 .3680 — U 1,6 40 10
B051A09400CPG B052A09400CPG B053A09400CPG 9,400 .3701 — — 1,6 40 10
B051A09500CPG B052A09500CPG B053A09500CPG 9,500 .3740 — — 1,6 40 10
B051A09525CPG B052A09525CPG B053A09525CPG 9,525 .3750 3/8 — 1,6 40 10
B051A09600CPG B052A09600CPG B053A09600CPG 9,600 .3780 — — 1,6 40 10
B051A09700CPG B052A09700CPG B053A09700CPG 9,700 .3819 — — 1,7 40 10
B051A09800CPG B052A09800CPG B053A09800CPG 9,800 .3858 — — 1,7 40 10
B051A09900CPG B052A09900CPG B053A09900CPG 9,900 .3898 — — 1,7 40 10
B051A09921CPG B052A09921CPG B053A09921CPG 9,921 .3906 25/64 — 1,7 40 10
(continued)
145
KM_Master12_G012_G013_Metric_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:15 PM Page G13
D1 diameter
short • KC7325 long • KC7325 extra long • KC7325 mm in fraction wire size L5 LS D
B051A10000CPG B052A10000CPG B053A10000CPG 10,000 .3937 — — 1,7 40 10
B051A10100CPG B052A10100CPG B053A10100CPG 10,100 .3976 — — 1,7 45 12
B051A10200CPG B052A10200CPG B053A10200CPG 10,200 .4016 — — 1,7 45 12
B051A10300CPG B052A10300CPG B053A10300CPG 10,300 .4055 — — 1,8 45 12
B051A10320CPG B052A10320CPG B053A10320CPG 10,320 .4063 13/32 — 1,8 45 12
B051A10400CPG B052A10400CPG B053A10400CPG 10,400 .4094 — — 1,8 45 12
B051A10500CPG B052A10500CPG B053A10500CPG 10,500 .4134 — — 1,8 45 12
B051A10600CPG B052A10600CPG B053A10600CPG 10,600 .4173 — — 1,8 45 12
B051A10700CPG B052A10700CPG B053A10700CPG 10,700 .4213 — — 1,8 45 12
B051A10716CPG B052A10716CPG B053A10716CPG 10,716 .4219 27/64 — 1,8 45 12
B051A10800CPG B052A10800CPG B053A10800CPG 10,800 .4252 — — 1,8 45 12
B051A10900CPG B052A10900CPG B053A10900CPG 10,900 .4291 — — 1,9 45 12
B051A11000CPG B052A11000CPG B053A11000CPG 11,000 .4331 — — 1,9 45 12
B051A11100CPG B052A11100CPG B053A11100CPG 11,100 .4370 — — 1,9 45 12
B051A11113CPG B052A11113CPG B053A11113CPG 11,113 .4375 7/16 — 1,9 45 12
B051A11200CPG B052A11200CPG B053A11200CPG 11,200 .4409 — — 1,9 45 12
B051A11300CPG B052A11300CPG B053A11300CPG 11,300 .4449 — — 1,9 45 12
B051A11400CPG B052A11400CPG B053A11400CPG 11,400 .4488 — — 2,0 45 12
B051A11500CPG B052A11500CPG B053A11500CPG 11,500 .4528 — — 2,0 45 12
B051A11509CPG B052A11509CPG B053A11509CPG 11,509 .4531 29/64 — 2,0 45 12
B051A11600CPG B052A11600CPG B053A11600CPG 11,600 .4567 — — 2,0 45 12
B051A11700CPG B052A11700CPG B053A11700CPG 11,700 .4606 — — 2,0 45 12
B051A11800CPG B052A11800CPG B053A11800CPG 11,800 .4646 — — 2,0 45 12
B051A11900CPG B052A11900CPG B053A11900CPG 11,900 .4685 — — 2,0 45 12
B051A11908CPG B052A11908CPG B053A11908CPG 11,908 .4688 15/32 — 2,0 45 12
B051A12000CPG B052A12000CPG B053A12000CPG 12,000 .4724 — — 2,1 45 12
B051A12100CPG B052A12100CPG B053A12100CPG 12,100 .4764 — — 2,1 45 14
B051A12200CPG B052A12200CPG B053A12200CPG 12,200 .4803 — — 2,1 45 14
B051A12300CPG B052A12300CPG B053A12300CPG 12,300 .4843 — — 2,1 45 14
B051A12304CPG B052A12304CPG B053A12304CPG 12,304 .4844 31/64 — 2,1 45 14
B051A12400CPG B052A12400CPG B053A12400CPG 12,400 .4882 — — 2,1 45 14
B051A12500CPG B052A12500CPG B053A12500CPG 12,500 .4921 — — 2,1 45 14
B051A12600CPG B052A12600CPG B053A12600CPG 12,600 .4961 — — 2,2 45 14
B051A12700CPG B052A12700CPG B053A12700CPG 12,700 .5000 1/2 — 2,2 45 14
Tolerance • Metric
nominal size range D1 tolerance D tolerance h6
1–3 0,000/-0,014 (h8) 0,000/-0,006
>3–6 0,000/-0,012 (h7) 0,000/-0,008
>6–10 0,000/-0,015 (h7) 0,000/-0,009
>10–18 0,000/-0,018 (h7) 0,000/-0,011
>18–20 0,000/-0,021 (h7) 0,000/-0,013
146
KM_Master12_G014_G015_Metric_EN.qxp:KM_Master12_G012_G013_Metric_EN 3/6/12 2:16 PM Page G14
GOdrill™ • B04_CPG Series • Grade KC7325™ • Flood Coolant for Drill Diameters 1–20mm
Solid Carbide Drills
Starting
min max 1,0 2,0 3,0 4,0 6,0 8,0 10,0 12,0 16,0 20,0
Value
1 60 70 100 mm/r 0,04 - 0,09 0,05 - 0,11 0,06 - 0,13 0,09 - 0,16 0,11 - 0,22 0,13 - 0,26 0,15 - 0,31 0,18 - 0,35 0,22 - 0,42 0,28 - 0,54
2 80 90 100 mm/r 0,04 - 0,09 0,05 - 0,11 0,06 - 0,13 0,08 - 0,16 0,12 - 0,22 0,14 - 0,26 0,17 - 0,31 0,20 - 0,35 0,24 - 0,42 0,31 - 0,53
P 3 50 70 90 mm/r 0,05 - 0,11 0,06 - 0,13 0,07 - 0,15 0,09 - 0,17 0,13 - 0,23 0,15 - 0,28 0,19 - 0,33 0,22 - 0,38 0,26 - 0,47 0,34 - 0,59
4 50 70 100 mm/r 0,04 - 0,12 0,05 - 0,13 0,06 - 0,15 0,08 - 0,17 0,12 - 0,23 0,14 - 0,28 0,17 - 0,33 0,19 - 0,38 0,23 - 0,47 0,29 - 0,59
6 30 40 60 mm/r 0,03 - 0,05 0,04 - 0,06 0,05 - 0,07 0,06 - 0,10 0,08 - 0,14 0,10 - 0,18 0,12 - 0,22 0,14 - 0,24 0,18 - 0,32 0,23 - 0,41
1 20 30 40 mm/r 0,02 - 0,05 0,03 - 0,06 0,04 - 0,70 0,05 - 0,09 0,08 - 0,11 0,09 - 0,12 0,10 - 0,14 0,12 - 0,16 0,14 - 0,18 0,16 - 0,20
M 2 30 40 50 mm/r 0,02 - 0,06 0,03 - 0,07 0,04 - 0,08 0,06 - 0,10 0,08 - 0,12 0,09 - 0,14 0,10 - 0,16 0,12 - 0,18 0,14 - 0,20 0,16 - 0,22
3 20 30 40 mm/r 0,02 - 0,05 0,03 - 0,06 0,04 - 0,07 0,06 - 0,09 0,08 - 0,11 0,09 - 0,12 0,10 - 0,14 0,12 - 0,16 0,14 - 0,18 0,16 - 0,20
1 80 130 170 mm/r 0,09 - 0,18 0,10 - 0,20 0,11 - 0,22 0,12 - 0,24 0,16 - 0,31 0,20 - 0,38 0,23 - 0,44 0,25 - 0,49 0,31 - 0,06 0,38 - 0,47
K 2 90 110 120 mm/r 0,06 - 0,13 0,08 - 0,15 0,10 - 0,17 0,12 - 0,19 0,16 - 0,25 0,20 - 0,31 0,23 - 0,36 0,25 - 0,40 0,31 - 0,48 0,38 - 0,60
3 80 110 130 mm/r 0,05 - 0,11 0,06 - 0,13 0,07 - 0,15 0,09 - 0,19 0,12 - 0,25 0,14 - 0,30 0,17 - 0,35 0,19 - 0,40 0,25 - 0,48 0,30 - 0,60
1 90 230 270 mm/r 0,05 - 0,12 0,06 - 0,13 0,08 - 0,14 0,10 - 0,16 0,12 - 0,20 0,16 - 0,24 0,20 - 0,28 0,24 - 0,32 0,28 - 0,40 0,32 - 0,48
2 90 220 270 mm/r 0,04 - 0,08 0,06 - 0,12 0,08 - 0,16 0,10 - 0,20 0,12 - 0,24 0,16 - 0,28 0,20 - 0,32 0,24 - 0,36 0,28 - 0,44 0,32 - 0,52
N
3 90 180 225 mm/r 0,10 - 0,13 0,11 - 0,14 0,12 - 0,14 0,13 - 0,16 0,14 - 0,20 0,16 - 0,24 0,20 - 0,28 0,24 - 0,32 0,28 - 0,40 0,32 - 0,44
5 90 130 270 mm/r 0,04 - 0,08 0,06 - 0,12 0,08 - 0,16 0,10 - 0,20 0,12 - 0,24 0,16 - 0,28 0,20 - 0,32 0,24 - 0,36 0,28 - 0,40 0,32 - 0,48
1 20 25 30 mm/r 0,01 - 0,04 0,02 - 0,05 0,03 - 0,06 0,04 - 0,08 0,06 - 0,10 0,08 - 0,12 0,09 - 0,13 0,10 - 0,14 0,12 - 0,16 0,14 - 0,18
2 10 20 30 mm/r 0,01 - 0,03 0,02 - 0,03 0,02 - 0,04 0,03 - 0,06 0,05 - 0,08 0,07 - 0,10 0,08 - 0,11 0,09 - 0,12 0,10 - 0,14 0,11 - 0,16
S
3 20 25 40 mm/r 0,01 - 0,03 0,02 - 0,03 0,02 - 0,04 0,02 - 0,05 0,04 - 0,07 0,06 - 0,09 0,07 - 0,10 0,08 - 0,11 0,09 - 0,13 0,10 - 0,15
4 20 25 50 mm/r 0,01 - 0,03 0,02 - 0,03 0,02 - 0,04 0,03 - 0,06 0,05 - 0,08 0,07 - 0,10 0,08 - 0,11 0,09 - 0,12 0,10 - 0,14 0,11 - 0,16
GOdrill™ • B05_CPG Series • Grade KC7325™ • Internal Coolant for Drill Diameters 1–20mm
Starting
min max 1,0 2,0 3,0 4,0 6,0 8,0 10,0 12,0 16,0 20,0
Value
1 70 100 140 mm/r 0,04 - 0,09 0,05 - 0,12 0,07 - 0,14 0,08 - 0,16 0,11 - 0,22 0,13 - 0,26 0,15 - 0,31 0,18 - 0,35 0,22 - 0,42 0,28 - 0,54
2 90 120 140 mm/r 0,04 - 0,09 0,05 - 0,12 0,07 - 0,14 0,08 - 0,16 0,12 - 0,22 0,14 - 0,26 0,17 - 0,31 0,20 - 0,35 0,24 - 0,42 0,31 - 0,53
P 3 60 80 100 mm/r 0,05 - 0,10 0,06 - 0,13 0,08 - 0,15 0,09 - 0,17 0,13 - 0,23 0,15 - 0,28 0,19 - 0,33 0,22 - 0,38 0,26 - 0,47 0,34 - 0,59
4 50 80 100 mm/r 0,05 - 0,10 0,06 - 0,13 0,07 - 0,15 0,08 - 0,17 0,12 - 0,23 0,14 - 0,28 0,17 - 0,33 0,19 - 0,38 0,23 - 0,47 0,29 - 0,59
6 40 50 70 mm/r 0,03 - 0,05 0,04 - 0,06 0,05 - 0,08 0,06 - 0,10 0,08 - 0,14 0,10 - 0,18 0,13 - 0,22 0,14 - 0,24 0,18 - 0,32 0,23 - 0,41
1 20 30 40 mm/r 0,02 - 0,05 0,03 - 0,06 0,04 - 0,07 0,05 - 0,09 0,08 - 0,11 0,09 - 0,12 0,10 - 0,14 0,12 - 0,16 0,14 - 0,18 0,16 - 0,20
M 2 30 40 50 mm/r 0,02 - 0,06 0,03 - 0,07 0,04 - 0,08 0,06 - 0,10 0,08 - 0,12 0,09 - 0,14 0,10 - 0,16 0,12 - 0,18 0,14 - 0,20 0,16 - 0,22
3 20 30 40 mm/r 0,02 - 0,05 0,03 - 0,06 0,04 - 0,07 0,05 - 0,09 0,08 - 0,11 0,09 - 0,12 0,10 - 0,14 0,12 - 0,16 0,14 - 0,18 0,16 - 0,20
1 80 120 170 mm/r 0,08 - 0,16 0,09 - 0,17 0,11 - 0,22 0,12 - 0,24 0,16 - 0,31 0,20 - 0,38 0,23 - 0,44 0,25 - 0,49 0,31 - 0,60 0,38 - 0,74
K 2 80 110 140 mm/r 0,10 - 0,14 0,11 - 0,15 0,12 - 0,16 0,13 - 0,19 0,16 - 0,25 0,20 - 0,31 0,23 - 0,36 0,25 - 0,40 0,31 - 0,48 0,38 - 0,60
3 80 100 130 mm/r 0,05 - 0,13 0,07 - 0,15 0,08 - 0,17 0,09 - 0,19 0,12 - 0,25 0,14 - 0,30 0,17 _ 0,35 0,19 - 0,40 0,24 - 0,48 0,30 - 0,60
1 90 230 315 mm/r 0,05 - 0,12 0,06 - 0,13 0,08 - 0,14 0,10 - 0,16 0,12 - 0,20 0,16 - 0,24 0,20 - 0,28 0,24 - 0,32 0,28 - 0,40 0,32 - 0,48
2 90 225 270 mm/r 0,04 - 0,08 0,06 - 0,12 0,08 - 0,16 0,10 - 0,20 0,12 - 0,24 0,16 - 0,28 0,20 - 0,32 0,24 - 0,36 0,28 - 0,44 0,32 - 0,52
N
3 90 180 270 mm/r 0,10 - 0,13 0,11 - 0,14 0,12 - 0,14 0,13 - 0,16 0,14 - 0,20 0,16 - 0,24 0,20 - 0,28 0,24 - 0,32 0,28 - 0,40 0,32 - 0,44
5 90 135 180 mm/r 0,04 - 0,08 0,06 - 0,12 0,08 - 0,16 0,10 - 0,20 0,12 - 0,24 0,16 - 0,28 0,20 - 0,32 0,24 - 0,36 0,28 - 0,40 0,32 - 0,48
1 10 25 30 mm/r 0,01 - 0,04 0,02 - 0,05 0,03 - 0,06 0,04 - 0,08 0,06 - 0,10 0,08 - 0,12 0,09 - 0,13 0,10 - 0,14 0,12 - 0,16 0,14 - 0,18
2 10 20 25 mm/r 0,01 - 0,03 0,02 - 0,03 0,02 - 0,04 0,03 - 0,06 0,05 - 0,08 0,07 - 0,10 0,08 - 0,11 0,09 - 0,12 0,10 - 0,14 0,11 - 0,16
S
3 10 25 30 mm/r 0,01 - 0,03 0,02 - 0,03 0,02 - 0,04 0,02 - 0,05 0,04 - 0,07 0,06 - 0,09 0,07 - 0,10 0,08 - 0,11 0,09 - 0,13 0,10 - 0,15
4 10 25 40 mm/r 0,01 - 0,03 0,02 - 0,03 0,02 - 0,04 0,03 - 0,06 0,05 - 0,08 0,07 - 0,10 0,08 - 0,11 0,09 - 0,12 0,10 - 0,14 0,11 - 0,16
147
KM_Master12_G016_G017_Metric_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:16 PM Page G16
B105 • ~5 x D
䢇 first choice
嘷 alternate choice
D1 diameter
(continued)
148
KM_Master12_G016_G017_Metric_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:16 PM Page G17
(B105 • ~5 x D continued)
D1 diameter
149
KM_Master12_G018_G019_Metric_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:17 PM Page G18
TF Drills • B105 Series • Grade K10™ • Flood Coolant for Drill Diameters 3–20mm
Solid Carbide Drills
TF Drills • B105 Series • Grade KC7210™ • Flood Coolant for Drill Diameters 3–20mm
150
KM_Master12_G020_G021_Metric_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:17 PM Page G20
B125 • ~5 x D
䢇 first choice
嘷 alternate choice
D1 diameter
Tolerance
TF Drills • B125 Series • Grade K715™ • Through Coolant for Drill Diameters 3–20mm
151
KM_Master12_G022_G023_Metric_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:18 PM Page G22
For information on L, L3, and L4 max, see the Solid Carbide foldout table.
D1 diameter
short • KCM15 long • KCM15 extra long • KCM15 mm in fraction wire size L5 LS D
B210A03000HP B211A03000HP B212A03000HP 3,000 .1181 — — 0,6 36 6
B210A03048HP B211A03048HP B212A03048HP 3,048 .1200 — 31 0,6 36 6
— B211A03100HP — 3,100 .1220 — — 0,6 36 6
B210A03175HP B211A03175HP B212A03175HP 3,175 .1250 1/8 — 0,6 36 6
— B211A03200HP — 3,200 .1260 — — 0,6 36 6
B210A03264HP B211A03264HP B212A03264HP 3,264 .1285 — 30 0,6 36 6
B210A03300HP B211A03300HP B212A03300HP 3,300 .1299 — — 0,6 36 6
— B211A03400HP — 3,400 .1339 — — 0,6 36 6
B210A03455HP B211A03455HP B212A03455HP 3,455 .1360 — 29 0,7 36 6
B210A03500HP B211A03500HP B212A03500HP 3,500 .1378 — — 0,7 36 6
B210A03571HP B211A03571HP B212A03571HP 3,571 .1406 9/64 — 0,7 36 6
— B211A03600HP — 3,600 .1417 — — 0,7 36 6
B210A03658HP B211A03658HP B212A03658HP 3,658 .1440 — 27 0,7 36 6
B210A03700HP B211A03700HP B212A03700HP 3,700 .1457 — — 0,7 36 6
B210A03734HP B211A03734HP B212A03734HP 3,734 .1470 — 26 0,7 36 6
— B211A03800HP B212A03800HP 3,800 .1496 — — 0,7 36 6
— B211A03861HP — 3,861 .1520 — 24 0,7 36 6
— B211A03900HP — 3,900 .1535 — — 0,7 36 6
B210A04000HP B211A04000HP B212A04000HP 4,000 .1575 — — 0,8 36 6
B210A04039HP B211A04039HP B212A04039HP 4,039 .1590 — 21 0,8 36 6
B210A04090HP B211A04090HP B212A04090HP 4,090 .1610 — 20 0,8 36 6
— B211A04100HP B212A04100HP 4,100 .1614 — — 0,8 36 6
B210A04200HP B211A04200HP B212A04200HP 4,200 .1654 — — 0,8 36 6
B210A04217HP B211A04217HP B212A04217HP 4,217 .1660 — 19 0,8 36 6
— B211A04300HP — 4,300 .1693 — — 0,8 36 6
B210A04366HP B211A04366HP B212A04366HP 4,366 .1719 11/64 — 0,8 36 6
— B211A04400HP — 4,400 .1732 — — 0,8 36 6
B210A04500HP B211A04500HP B212A04500HP 4,500 .1772 — — 0,8 36 6
B210A04700HP B211A04700HP B212A04700HP 4,700 .1850 — 13 0,9 36 6
— B211A04800HP B212A04800HP 4,800 .1890 — 12 0,9 36 6
B210A04852HP B211A04852HP B212A04852HP 4,852 .1910 — 11 0,9 36 6
— B211A04900HP — 4,900 .1929 — — 0,9 36 6
B210A05000HP B211A05000HP B212A05000HP 5,000 .1969 — — 0,9 36 6
B210A05100HP B211A05100HP B212A05100HP 5,100 .2008 — — 1,0 36 6
B210A05106HP B211A05106HP B212A05106HP 5,106 .2010 — 7 1,0 36 6
B210A05159HP B211A05159HP B212A05159HP 5,159 .2031 13/64 — 1,0 36 6
B210A05200HP B211A05200HP — 5,200 .2047 — — 1,0 36 6
— B211A05300HP — 5,300 .2087 — — 1,0 36 6
B210A05400HP B211A05400HP — 5,400 .2126 — — 1,0 36 6
B210A05410HP — — 5,410 .2130 — 3 1,0 36 6
(continued)
152
KM_Master12_G022_G023_Metric_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:18 PM Page G23
D1 diameter
short • KCM15 long • KCM15 extra long • KCM15 mm in fraction wire size L5 LS D
B210A05500HP B211A05500HP B212A05500HP 5,500 .2165 — — 1,0 36 6
— B211A05600HP — 5,600 .2205 — — 1,1 36 6
B210A05616HP B211A05616HP B212A05616HP 5,616 .2211 — 2 1,1 36 6
— B211A05700HP — 5,700 .2244 — — 1,1 36 6
B210A05800HP B211A05800HP B212A05800HP 5,800 .2283 — — 1,1 36 6
— B211A05900HP — 5,900 .2323 — — 1,1 36 6
B210A05954HP B211A05954HP — 5,954 .2344 15/64 — 1,1 36 6
B210A06000HP B211A06000HP B212A06000HP 6,000 .2362 — — 1,1 36 6
B210A06100HP B211A06100HP — 6,100 .2402 — — 1,1 36 8
B210A06200HP B211A06200HP — 6,200 .2441 — — 1,2 36 8
B210A06300HP B211A06300HP — 6,300 .2480 — — 1,2 36 8
B210A06350HP B211A06350HP B212A06350HP 6,350 .2500 1/4 E 1,2 36 8
— B211A06400HP — 6,400 .2520 — — 1,2 36 8
B210A06500HP B211A06500HP B212A06500HP 6,500 .2559 — — 1,2 36 8
B210A06528HP — — 6,528 .2570 — F 1,2 36 8
— B211A06600HP — 6,600 .2598 — — 1,2 36 8
B210A06630HP B211A06630HP B212A06630HP 6,630 .2610 — G 1,2 36 8
B210A06700HP B211A06700HP — 6,700 .2638 — — 1,3 36 8
B210A06800HP B211A06800HP B212A06800HP 6,800 .2677 — — 1,3 36 8
B210A06900HP B211A06900HP — 6,900 .2717 — — 1,3 36 8
B210A07000HP B211A07000HP B212A07000HP 7,000 .2756 — — 1,3 36 8
B210A07100HP B211A07100HP — 7,100 .2795 — — 1,3 36 8
— B211A07200HP — 7,200 .2835 — — 1,3 36 8
— B211A07300HP — 7,300 .2874 — — 1,4 36 8
— B211A07400HP — 7,400 .2913 — — 1,4 36 8
B210A07500HP B211A07500HP B212A07500HP 7,500 .2953 — — 1,4 36 8
— B211A07600HP — 7,600 .2992 — — 1,4 36 8
— B211A07700HP — 7,700 .3031 — — 1,4 36 8
B210A07800HP B211A07800HP B212A07800HP 7,800 .3071 — — 1,5 36 8
— B211A07900HP — 7,900 .3110 — — 1,5 36 8
B210A07938HP — — 7,938 .3125 5/16 — 1,5 36 8
B210A08000HP B211A08000HP B212A08000HP 8,000 .3150 — — 1,5 36 8
B210A08100HP B211A08100HP — 8,100 .3189 — — 1,5 40 10
B210A08200HP B211A08200HP — 8,200 .3228 — — 1,5 40 10
— B211A08300HP — 8,300 .3268 — — 1,6 40 10
B210A08400HP B211A08400HP B212A08400HP 8,400 .3307 — — 1,6 40 10
B210A08433HP — — 8,433 .3320 — Q 1,6 40 10
B210A08500HP B211A08500HP B212A08500HP 8,500 .3346 — — 1,6 40 10
B210A08600HP B211A08600HP — 8,600 .3386 — — 1,6 40 10
B210A08700HP B211A08700HP — 8,700 .3425 — — 1,6 40 10
— B211A08800HP B212A08800HP 8,800 .3465 — — 1,6 40 10
— B211A08900HP — 8,900 .3504 — — 1,7 40 10
B210A09000HP B211A09000HP B212A09000HP 9,000 .3543 — — 1,7 40 10
B210A09093HP — — 9,093 .3580 — T 1,7 40 10
— B211A09100HP — 9,100 .3583 — — 1,7 40 10
— B211A09200HP — 9,200 .3622 — — 1,7 40 10
— B211A09300HP — 9,300 .3661 — — 1,7 40 10
— B211A09400HP — 9,400 .3701 — — 1,8 40 10
B210A09500HP B211A09500HP B212A09500HP 9,500 .3740 — — 1,8 40 10
— B211A09600HP — 9,600 .3780 — — 1,8 40 10
B210A09700HP B211A09700HP — 9,700 .3819 — — 1,8 40 10
B210A09800HP B211A09800HP — 9,800 .3858 — — 1,8 40 10
(continued)
153
KM_Master12_G024_G025_Metric_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:18 PM Page G24
D1 diameter
short • KCM15 long • KCM15 extra long • KCM15 mm in fraction wire size L5 LS D
— B211A09900HP — 9,900 .3898 — — 1,8 40 10
B210A09921HP — — 9,921 .3906 25/64 — 1,9 40 10
B210A10000HP B211A10000HP B212A10000HP 10,000 .3937 — — 1,9 40 10
— B211A10100HP — 10,100 .3976 — — 1,9 45 12
B210A10200HP B211A10200HP B212A10200HP 10,200 .4016 — — 1,9 45 12
— B211A10300HP — 10,300 .4055 — — 1,9 45 12
B210A10400HP B211A10400HP — 10,400 .4094 — — 1,9 45 12
B210A10500HP B211A10500HP B212A10500HP 10,500 .4134 — — 2,0 45 12
— B211A10600HP — 10,600 .4173 — — 2,0 45 12
— B211A10700HP — 10,700 .4213 — — 2,0 45 12
B210A10716HP — — 10,716 .4219 27/64 — 2,0 45 12
B210A10800HP B211A10800HP — 10,800 .4252 — — 2,0 45 12
— B211A10900HP — 10,900 .4291 — — 2,0 45 12
B210A11000HP B211A11000HP B212A11000HP 11,000 .4331 — — 2,1 45 12
— B211A11100HP — 11,100 .4370 — — 2,1 45 12
B210A11200HP B211A11200HP — 11,200 .4409 — — 2,1 45 12
— B211A11400HP — 11,400 .4488 — — 2,1 45 12
B210A11500HP B211A11500HP — 11,500 .4528 — — 2,1 45 12
B210A11509HP — — 11,509 .4531 29/64 — 2,1 45 12
— B211A11600HP — 11,600 .4567 — — 2,2 45 12
— B211A11700HP — 11,700 .4606 — — 2,2 45 12
— B211A11800HP B212A11800HP 11,800 .4646 — — 2,2 45 12
— B211A11900HP — 11,900 .4685 — — 2,2 45 12
B210A12000HP B211A12000HP B212A12000HP 12,000 .4724 — — 2,2 45 12
— B211A12100HP — 12,100 .4764 — — 2,3 45 14
B210A12200HP B211A12200HP — 12,200 .4803 — — 2,3 45 14
— B211A12300HP — 12,300 .4843 — — 2,3 45 14
B210A12304HP — — 12,304 .4844 31/64 — 2,3 45 14
B210A12500HP B211A12500HP B212A12500HP 12,500 .4921 — — 2,3 45 14
— B211A12600HP — 12,600 .4961 — — 2,3 45 14
B210A12700HP B211A12700HP B212A12700HP 12,700 .5000 1/2 — 2,4 45 14
B210A12800HP B211A12800HP — 12,800 .5039 — — 2,4 45 14
— B211A12900HP — 12,900 .5079 — — 2,4 45 14
B210A13000HP B211A13000HP B212A13000HP 13,000 .5118 — — 2,4 45 14
— B211A13100HP — 13,100 .5157 — — 2,4 45 14
— B211A13200HP — 13,200 .5197 — — 2,5 45 14
— B211A13300HP — 13,300 .5236 — — 2,5 45 14
B210A13495HP — — 13,495 .5313 17/32 — 2,5 45 14
B210A13500HP B211A13500HP B212A13500HP 13,500 .5315 — — 2,5 45 14
— B211A13800HP — 13,800 .5433 — — 2,6 45 14
— B211A13900HP — 13,900 .5472 — — 2,6 45 14
B210A14000HP B211A14000HP B212A14000HP 14,000 .5512 — — 2,6 45 14
B210A14100HP B211A14100HP — 14,100 .5551 — — 2,6 48 16
B210A14200HP B211A14200HP — 14,200 .5591 — — 2,6 48 16
— B211A14300HP — 14,300 .5630 — — 2,7 48 16
— B211A14400HP — 14,400 .5669 — — 2,7 48 16
B210A14500HP B211A14500HP — 14,500 .5709 — — 2,7 48 16
— B211A14600HP — 14,600 .5748 — — 2,7 48 16
— B211A14800HP — 14,800 .5827 — — 2,8 48 16
B210A15000HP B211A15000HP — 15,000 .5906 — — 2,8 48 16
— B211A15100HP — 15,100 .5945 — — 2,8 48 16
— B211A15200HP — 15,200 .5984 — — 2,8 48 16
(continued)
154
KM_Master12_G024_G025_Metric_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:18 PM Page G25
D1 diameter
short • KCM15 long • KCM15 extra long • KCM15 mm in fraction wire size L5 LS D
— B211A15300HP — 15,300 .6024 — — 2,8 48 16
— B211A15400HP — 15,400 .6063 — — 2,9 48 16
B210A15500HP B211A15500HP — 15,500 .6102 — — 2,9 48 16
— B211A15600HP — 15,600 .6142 — — 2,9 48 16
— B211A15700HP — 15,700 .6181 — — 2,9 48 16
— B211A15800HP — 15,800 .6220 — — 2,9 48 16
B210A15875HP B211A15875HP B212A15875HP 15,875 .6250 5/8 — 3,0 48 16
— B211A15900HP — 15,900 .6260 — — 3,0 48 16
B210A16000HP B211A16000HP B212A16000HP 16,000 .6299 — — 3,0 48 16
— B211A16100HP — 16,100 .6339 — — 3,0 48 18
B210A16500HP B211A16500HP — 16,500 .6496 — — 3,1 48 18
B210A16670HP — — 16,670 .6563 21/32 — 3,1 48 18
B210A17000HP B211A17000HP — 17,000 .6693 — — 3,2 48 18
B210A17500HP B211A17500HP — 17,500 .6890 — — 3,3 48 18
— B211A17700HP — 17,700 .6969 — — 3,3 48 18
B210A18000HP B211A18000HP — 18,000 .7087 — — 3,3 48 18
— B211A18400HP — 18,400 .7244 — — 3,4 50 20
B210A18500HP B211A18500HP — 18,500 .7283 — — 3,4 50 20
B210A19000HP B211A19000HP — 19,000 .7480 — — 3,5 50 20
B210A19050HP B211A19050HP B212A19050HP 19,050 .7500 3/4 — 3,5 50 20
— B211A19100HP — 19,100 .7520 — — 3,5 50 20
— B211A19200HP — 19,200 .7559 — — 3,6 50 20
— B211A19300HP — 19,300 .7598 — — 3,6 50 20
B210A19500HP B211A19500HP — 19,500 .7677 — — 3,6 50 20
B210A20000HP B211A20000HP — 20,000 .7874 — — 3,7 50 20
— B211A20500HP — 20,500 .8071 — — 3,8 50 20
— B211A21000HP — 21,000 .8268 — — 3,9 50 20
Tolerance • Metric
nominal size range D1 tolerance m7 D tolerance h6
>3–6 0,004/0,016 0,000/-0,008
>6–10 0,006/0,021 0,000/-0,009
>10–18 0,007/0,025 0,000/-0,011
>18–25,4 0,008/0,029 0,000/-0,013
155
KM_Master12_G026_G027_Metric_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:18 PM Page G26
HP Drills • B21_HP Series • Grade KCM15™ • Through Coolant for Drill Diameters 3–20mm
Solid Carbide Drills
156
KM_Master12_G028_G029_Metric_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:19 PM Page G28
For information on L, L3, and L4 max, see the Solid Carbide foldout table.
B221/B222_HP • ~3 x D/~5 x D
䢇 first choice
嘷 alternate choice
D1 diameter
157
KM_Master12_G028_G029_Metric_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:19 PM Page G29
D1 diameter
158
KM_Master12_G030_G031_Metric_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:19 PM Page G30
D1 diameter
159
KM_Master12_G030_G031_Metric_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:19 PM Page G31
D1 diameter
Tolerance • Metric
nominal size range D1 tolerance m7 D tolerance h6
>3–6 0,004/0,016 0,000/-0,008
>6–10 0,006/0,021 0,000/-0,009
>10–18 0,007/0,025 0,000/-0,011
>18–25,4 0,008/0,029 0,000/-0,013
160
KM_Master12_G032_G033_Metric_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:19 PM Page G32
HP Drills • B221_HP, B222_HP Series • Grade KCPK15™ • Flood Coolant for Drill Diameters 3–20mm
Solid Carbide Drills
Carbide Recycling
Help preserve and protect our planet!
It’s easy for your company to be environmentally conscious with the Kennametal Carbide Recycling Program.
By sending us your used carbide tools, you help preserve and protect the environment and ensure that these products are
recycled responsibly. Kennametal accepts any coated or non-coated carbide items, including inserts, drills, reamers, and taps.
161
KM_Master12_G032_G033_Metric_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:19 PM Page G33
For information on L, L3, and L4 max, see the Solid Carbide foldout table.
B224/B225_HP • ~3 x D/~5 x D
䢇 first choice
嘷 alternate choice
D1 diameter
162
KM_Master12_G034_G035_Metric_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:20 PM Page G34
D1 diameter
163
KM_Master12_G034_G035_Metric_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:20 PM Page G35
D1 diameter
164
KM_Master12_G036_G037_Metric_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:20 PM Page G36
D1 diameter
(continued)
165
KM_Master12_G036_G037_Metric_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:20 PM Page G37
D1 diameter
Tolerance • Metric
nominal size range D1 tolerance m7 D tolerance h6
>3–6 0,004/0,016 0,000/-0,008
>6–10 0,006/0,021 0,000/-0,009
>10–18 0,007/0,025 0,000/-0,011
>18–25,4 0,008/0,029 0,000/-0,013
166
KM_Master12_G038_G039_Metric_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:21 PM Page G39
NEW!
For information on L, L3, and L4 max, see the Solid Carbide foldout table.
D1 diameter
short • KCK10 long • KCK10 extra long • KCK10 mm in fraction wire size L5 LS D
B254A03000YPC B255A03000YPC B256A03000YPC 3,000 .1181 — — 0,9 36 6
B254A03048YPC B255A03048YPC B256A03048YPC 3,048 .1200 — 31 0,9 36 6
B254A03175YPC B255A03175YPC B256A03175YPC 3,175 .1250 1/8 — 0,9 36 6
B254A03200YPC B255A03200YPC B256A03200YPC 3,200 .1260 — — 0,9 36 6
B254A03250YPC B255A03250YPC — 3,250 .1280 — — 0,9 36 6
— — B256A03264YPC 3,264 .1285 — 30 0,9 36 6
B254A03300YPC B255A03300YPC B256A03300YPC 3,300 .1299 — — 0,9 36 6
— B255A03400YPC — 3,400 .1339 — — 1,0 36 6
B254A03454YPC B255A03454YPC — 3,454 .1360 — 29 1,0 36 6
B254A03500YPC B255A03500YPC B256A03500YPC 3,500 .1378 — — 1,0 36 6
B254A03571YPC B255A03571YPC B256A03571YPC 3,571 .1406 9/64 — 1,0 36 6
B254A03600YPC B255A03600YPC — 3,600 .1417 — — 1,0 36 6
— — B256A03658YPC 3,658 .1440 — 27 1,0 36 6
B254A03700YPC B255A03700YPC B256A03700YPC 3,700 .1457 — — 1,0 36 6
B254A03734YPC B255A03734YPC — 3,734 .1470 — 26 1,1 36 6
B254A03797YPC B255A03797YPC — 3,797 .1495 — 25 1,1 36 6
B254A03800YPC B255A03800YPC B256A03800YPC 3,800 .1496 — — 1,1 36 6
B254A03861YPC B255A03861YPC — 3,861 .1520 — 24 1,1 36 6
B254A03970YPC B255A03970YPC B256A03970YPC 3,970 .1563 5/32 — 1,1 36 6
B254A04000YPC B255A04000YPC B256A04000YPC 4,000 .1575 — — 1,1 36 6
B254A04039YPC B255A04039YPC — 4,039 .1590 — 21 1,1 36 6
— — B256A04090YPC 4,090 .1610 — 20 1,1 36 6
B254A04100YPC B255A04100YPC B256A04100YPC 4,100 .1614 — — 1,1 36 6
B254A04200YPC B255A04200YPC B256A04200YPC 4,200 .1654 — — 1,2 36 6
— B255A04217YPC — 4,217 .1660 — 19 1,2 36 6
— B255A04300YPC B256A04300YPC 4,300 .1693 — — 1,2 36 6
B254A04366YPC B255A04366YPC B256A04366YPC 4,366 .1719 11/64 — 1,2 36 6
B254A04496YPC B255A04496YPC — 4,496 .1770 — 16 1,2 36 6
B254A04500YPC B255A04500YPC B256A04500YPC 4,500 .1772 — — 1,2 36 6
B254A04572YPC B255A04572YPC — 4,572 .1800 — 15 1,3 36 6
— B255A04600YPC — 4,600 .1811 — — 1,3 36 6
— — B256A04623YPC 4,623 .1820 — 14 1,3 36 6
B254A04700YPC B255A04700YPC B256A04700YPC 4,700 .1850 — 13 1,3 36 6
B254A04763YPC B255A04763YPC — 4,763 .1875 3/16 — 1,3 36 6
B254A04800YPC B255A04800YPC B256A04800YPC 4,800 .1890 — 12 1,3 36 6
— — B256A04852YPC 4,852 .1910 — 11 1,3 36 6
— B255A04900YPC — 4,900 .1929 — — 1,3 36 6
B254A05000YPC B255A05000YPC B256A05000YPC 5,000 .1969 — — 1,4 36 6
B254A05055YPC B255A05055YPC — 5,055 .1990 — 8 1,4 36 6
B254A05100YPC B255A05100YPC B256A05100YPC 5,100 .2008 — — 1,4 36 6
(continued)
167
KM_Master12_G040_G041_Metric_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:21 PM Page G40
D1 diameter
short • KCK10 long • KCK10 extra long • KCK10 mm in fraction wire size L5 LS D
B254A05106YPC B255A05106YPC — 5,106 .2010 — 7 1,4 36 6
B254A05159YPC B255A05159YPC B256A05159YPC 5,159 .2031 13/64 — 1,4 36 6
— B255A05200YPC B256A05200YPC 5,200 .2047 — — 1,4 36 6
— B255A05250YPC — 5,250 .2067 — — 1,4 36 6
B254A05300YPC B255A05300YPC B256A05300YPC 5,300 .2087 — — 1,4 36 6
— B255A05400YPC — 5,400 .2126 — — 1,5 36 6
B254A05410YPC B255A05410YPC — 5,410 .2130 — 3 1,5 36 6
B254A05500YPC B255A05500YPC B256A05500YPC 5,500 .2165 — — 1,5 36 6
B254A05558YPC B255A05558YPC — 5,558 .2188 7/32 — 1,5 36 6
B254A05600YPC B255A05600YPC B256A05600YPC 5,600 .2205 — — 1,5 36 6
— — B256A05616YPC 5,616 .2211 — 2 1,5 36 6
B254A05700YPC B255A05700YPC B256A05700YPC 5,700 .2244 — — 1,5 36 6
B254A05791YPC B255A05791YPC — 5,791 .2280 — 1 1,6 36 6
B254A05800YPC B255A05800YPC B256A05800YPC 5,800 .2283 — — 1,6 36 6
— — B256A05900YPC 5,900 .2323 — — 1,6 36 6
B254A05944YPC B255A05944YPC — 5,944 .2340 — A 1,6 36 6
B254A05954YPC B255A05954YPC B256A05954YPC 5,954 .2344 15/64 — 1,6 36 6
B254A06000YPC B255A06000YPC B256A06000YPC 6,000 .2362 — — 1,6 36 6
B254A06100YPC B255A06100YPC — 6,100 .2402 — — 1,6 36 8
B254A06200YPC B255A06200YPC B256A06200YPC 6,200 .2441 — — 1,7 36 8
— B255A06300YPC — 6,300 .2480 — — 1,7 36 8
B254A06350YPC B255A06350YPC B256A06350YPC 6,350 .2500 1/4 E 1,7 36 8
— B255A06400YPC B256A06400YPC 6,400 .2520 — — 1,7 36 8
B254A06500YPC B255A06500YPC B256A06500YPC 6,500 .2559 — — 1,7 36 8
B254A06528YPC B255A06528YPC — 6,528 .2570 — F 1,7 36 8
B254A06600YPC B255A06600YPC B256A06600YPC 6,600 .2598 — — 1,8 36 8
— B255A06630YPC — 6,630 .2610 — G 1,8 36 8
B254A06700YPC B255A06700YPC B256A06700YPC 6,700 .2638 — — 1,8 36 8
B254A06746YPC B255A06746YPC — 6,746 .2656 17/64 — 1,8 36 8
B254A06800YPC B255A06800YPC B256A06800YPC 6,800 .2677 — — 1,8 36 8
B254A06900YPC B255A06900YPC — 6,900 .2717 — — 1,8 36 8
B254A06909YPC B255A06909YPC — 6,909 .2720 — I 1,8 36 8
B254A07000YPC B255A07000YPC B256A07000YPC 7,000 .2756 — — 1,9 36 8
B254A07100YPC — — 7,100 .2795 — — 1,9 36 8
— B255A07145YPC — 7,145 .2813 9/32 — 1,9 36 8
— B255A07200YPC — 7,200 .2835 — — 1,9 36 8
— B255A07300YPC B256A07300YPC 7,300 .2874 — — 1,9 36 8
B254A07366YPC B255A07366YPC — 7,366 .2900 — L 1,9 36 8
B254A07400YPC B255A07400YPC — 7,400 .2913 — — 2,0 36 8
B254A07493YPC B255A07493YPC — 7,493 .2950 — M 2,0 36 8
B254A07500YPC B255A07500YPC B256A07500YPC 7,500 .2953 — — 2,0 36 8
B254A07541YPC B255A07541YPC — 7,541 .2969 19/64 — 2,0 36 8
B254A07600YPC B255A07600YPC B256A07600YPC 7,600 .2992 — — 2,0 36 8
— B255A07700YPC — 7,700 .3031 — — 2,0 36 8
B254A07800YPC B255A07800YPC B256A07800YPC 7,800 .3071 — — 2,1 36 8
B254A07900YPC B255A07900YPC — 7,900 .3110 — — 2,1 36 8
B254A07938YPC B255A07938YPC — 7,938 .3125 5/16 — 2,1 36 8
B254A08000YPC B255A08000YPC B256A08000YPC 8,000 .3150 — — 2,1 36 8
B254A08100YPC B255A08100YPC — 8,100 .3189 — — 2,1 40 10
B254A08200YPC B255A08200YPC B256A08200YPC 8,200 .3228 — — 2,1 40 10
— B255A08300YPC B256A08300YPC 8,300 .3268 — — 2,2 40 10
B254A08334YPC B255A08334YPC — 8,334 .3281 21/64 — 2,2 40 10
(continued)
168
KM_Master12_G040_G041_Metric_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:21 PM Page G41
D1 diameter
short • KCK10 long • KCK10 extra long • KCK10 mm in fraction wire size L5 LS D
B254A08400YPC — — 8,400 .3307 — — 2,2 40 10
B254A08433YPC B255A08433YPC — 8,433 .3320 — Q 2,2 40 10
B254A08500YPC B255A08500YPC B256A08500YPC 8,500 .3346 — — 2,2 40 10
B254A08600YPC B255A08600YPC B256A08600YPC 8,600 .3386 — — 2,2 40 10
B254A08700YPC B255A08700YPC B256A08700YPC 8,700 .3425 — — 2,3 40 10
B254A08733YPC B255A08733YPC — 8,733 .3438 11/32 — 2,3 40 10
B254A08800YPC B255A08800YPC B256A08800YPC 8,800 .3465 — — 2,3 40 10
B254A08839YPC B255A08839YPC — 8,839 .3480 — S 2,3 40 10
B254A08900YPC B255A08900YPC — 8,900 .3504 — — 2,3 40 10
B254A09000YPC B255A09000YPC B256A09000YPC 9,000 .3543 — — 2,3 40 10
B254A09093YPC B255A09093YPC — 9,093 .3580 — T 2,4 40 10
B254A09100YPC B255A09100YPC B256A09100YPC 9,100 .3583 — — 2,4 40 10
B254A09129YPC B255A09129YPC — 9,129 .3594 23/64 — 2,4 40 10
B254A09200YPC B255A09200YPC B256A09200YPC 9,200 .3622 — — 2,4 40 10
— B255A09300YPC B256A09300YPC 9,300 .3661 — — 2,4 40 10
— — B256A09347YPC 9,347 .3680 — U 2,4 40 10
B254A09400YPC B255A09400YPC B256A09400YPC 9,400 .3701 — — 2,4 40 10
B254A09500YPC B255A09500YPC B256A09500YPC 9,500 .3740 — — 2,5 40 10
B254A09525YPC B255A09525YPC — 9,525 .3750 3/8 — 2,5 40 10
— B255A09600YPC B256A09600YPC 9,600 .3780 — — 2,5 40 10
— B255A09700YPC B256A09700YPC 9,700 .3819 — — 2,5 40 10
B254A09800YPC B255A09800YPC B256A09800YPC 9,800 .3858 — — 2,5 40 10
B254A09921YPC B255A09921YPC — 9,921 .3906 25/64 — 2,6 40 10
B254A10000YPC B255A10000YPC B256A10000YPC 10,000 .3937 — — 2,6 40 10
B254A10200YPC B255A10200YPC B256A10200YPC 10,200 .4016 — — 2,6 45 12
B254A10262YPC B255A10262YPC — 10,262 .4040 — Y 2,6 45 12
B254A10300YPC B255A10300YPC B256A10300YPC 10,300 .4055 — — 2,6 45 12
B254A10320YPC B255A10320YPC — 10,320 .4063 13/32 — 2,7 45 12
B254A10400YPC B255A10400YPC B256A10400YPC 10,400 .4094 — — 2,7 45 12
B254A10490YPC B255A10490YPC — 10,490 .4130 — Z 2,7 45 12
B254A10500YPC B255A10500YPC B256A10500YPC 10,500 .4134 — — 2,7 45 12
— B255A10600YPC — 10,600 .4173 — — 2,7 45 12
B254A10700YPC — B256A10700YPC 10,700 .4213 — — 2,7 45 12
B254A10716YPC B255A10716YPC — 10,716 .4219 27/64 — 2,7 45 12
B254A10800YPC B255A10800YPC B256A10800YPC 10,800 .4252 — — 2,8 45 12
B254A10900YPC B255A10900YPC — 10,900 .4291 — — 2,8 45 12
B254A11000YPC B255A11000YPC B256A11000YPC 11,000 .4331 — — 2,8 45 12
B254A11100YPC B255A11100YPC — 11,100 .4370 — — 2,8 45 12
B254A11113YPC B255A11113YPC — 11,113 .4375 7/16 — 2,8 45 12
B254A11200YPC B255A11200YPC B256A11200YPC 11,200 .4409 — — 2,9 45 12
— B255A11300YPC B256A11300YPC 11,300 .4449 — — 2,9 45 12
B254A11500YPC B255A11500YPC B256A11500YPC 11,500 .4528 — — 2,9 45 12
B254A11509YPC B255A11509YPC — 11,509 .4531 29/64 — 2,9 45 12
— — B256A11600YPC 11,600 .4567 — — 3,0 45 12
— B255A11700YPC — 11,700 .4606 — — 3,0 45 12
B254A11800YPC B255A11800YPC B256A11800YPC 11,800 .4646 — — 3,0 45 12
B254A11900YPC B255A11900YPC — 11,900 .4685 — — 3,0 45 12
B254A11908YPC B255A11908YPC — 11,908 .4688 15/32 — 3,0 45 12
B254A12000YPC B255A12000YPC B256A12000YPC 12,000 .4724 — — 3,1 45 12
— B255A12100YPC — 12,100 .4764 — — 3,1 45 14
B254A12200YPC B255A12200YPC B256A12200YPC 12,200 .4803 — — 3,1 45 14
B254A12251YPC B255A12251YPC — 12,251 .4823 — — 3,1 45 14
(continued)
169
KM_Master12_G042_G043_Metric_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:21 PM Page G42
D1 diameter
short • KCK10 long • KCK10 extra long • KCK10 mm in fraction wire size L5 LS D
— B255A12300YPC B256A12300YPC 12,300 .4843 — — 3,1 45 14
B254A12304YPC B255A12304YPC — 12,304 .4844 31/64 — 3,1 45 14
— — B256A12400YPC 12,400 .4882 — — 3,1 45 14
B254A12500YPC B255A12500YPC B256A12500YPC 12,500 .4921 — — 3,2 45 14
B254A12700YPC B255A12700YPC B256A12700YPC 12,700 .5000 1/2 — 3,2 45 14
B254A12800YPC B255A12800YPC B256A12800YPC 12,800 .5039 — — 3,2 45 14
B254A13000YPC B255A13000YPC B256A13000YPC 13,000 .5118 — — 3,3 45 14
B254A13096YPC B255A13096YPC B256A13096YPC 13,096 .5156 33/64 — 3,3 45 14
B254A13100YPC — — 13,100 .5157 — — 3,3 45 14
B254A13200YPC B255A13200YPC B256A13200YPC 13,200 .5197 — — 3,3 45 14
B254A13300YPC — — 13,300 .5236 — — 3,4 45 14
B254A13400YPC — — 13,400 .5276 — — 3,4 45 14
B254A13495YPC B255A13495YPC B256A13495YPC 13,495 .5313 17/32 — 3,4 45 14
B254A13500YPC B255A13500YPC B256A13500YPC 13,500 .5315 — — 3,4 45 14
— — B256A13700YPC 13,700 .5394 — — 3,5 45 14
B254A13800YPC — B256A13800YPC 13,800 .5433 — — 3,5 45 14
B254A13891YPC B255A13891YPC B256A13891YPC 13,891 .5469 35/64 — 3,5 45 14
B254A14000YPC B255A14000YPC B256A14000YPC 14,000 .5512 — — 3,5 45 14
B254A14100YPC B255A14100YPC — 14,100 .5551 — — 3,6 48 16
B254A14288YPC B255A14288YPC — 14,288 .5625 9/16 — 3,6 48 16
B254A14500YPC B255A14500YPC B256A14500YPC 14,500 .5709 — — 3,6 48 16
— B255A14600YPC — 14,600 .5748 — — 3,7 48 16
B254A14684YPC B255A14684YPC B256A14684YPC 14,684 .5781 37/64 — 3,7 48 16
— B255A14700YPC — 14,700 .5787 — — 3,7 48 16
B254A14750YPC B255A14750YPC — 14,750 .5807 — — 3,7 48 16
B254A14800YPC B255A14800YPC B256A14800YPC 14,800 .5827 — — 3,7 48 16
B254A15000YPC B255A15000YPC B256A15000YPC 15,000 .5906 — — 3,8 48 16
B254A15083YPC B255A15083YPC B256A15083YPC 15,083 .5938 19/32 — 3,8 48 16
B254A15200YPC B255A15200YPC B256A15200YPC 15,200 .5984 — — 3,8 48 16
B254A15250YPC B255A15250YPC — 15,250 .6004 — — 3,8 48 16
— — B256A15300YPC 15,300 .6024 — — 3,8 48 16
B254A15400YPC B255A15400YPC B256A15400YPC 15,400 .6063 — — 3,9 48 16
B254A15479YPC B255A15479YPC B256A15479YPC 15,479 .6094 39/64 — 3,9 48 16
B254A15500YPC B255A15500YPC B256A15500YPC 15,500 .6102 — — 3,9 48 16
B254A15600YPC — — 15,600 .6142 — — 3,9 48 16
B254A15800YPC B255A15800YPC B256A15800YPC 15,800 .6220 — — 4,0 48 16
B254A15875YPC B255A15875YPC — 15,875 .6250 5/8 — 4,0 48 16
B254A16000YPC B255A16000YPC B256A16000YPC 16,000 .6299 — — 4,0 48 16
— B255A16271YPC B256A16271YPC 16,271 .6406 41/64 — 4,1 48 18
— B255A16300YPC B256A16300YPC 16,300 .6417 — — 4,1 48 18
B254A16500YPC B255A16500YPC B256A16500YPC 16,500 .6496 — — 4,1 48 18
B254A16670YPC B255A16670YPC B256A16670YPC 16,670 .6563 21/32 — 4,2 48 18
B254A16800YPC B255A16800YPC B256A16800YPC 16,800 .6614 — — 4,2 48 18
— B255A16900YPC — 16,900 .6654 — — 4,2 48 18
B254A17000YPC B255A17000YPC B256A17000YPC 17,000 .6693 — — 4,2 48 18
— B255A17200YPC — 17,200 .6772 — — 4,3 48 18
B254A17300YPC B255A17300YPC — 17,300 .6811 — — 4,3 48 18
— B255A17400YPC B256A17400YPC 17,400 .6850 — — 4,3 48 18
B254A17463YPC B255A17463YPC — 17,463 .6875 11/16 — 4,3 48 18
B254A17500YPC B255A17500YPC B256A17500YPC 17,500 .6890 — — 4,3 48 18
B254A17800YPC B255A17800YPC B256A17800YPC 17,800 .7008 — — 4,4 48 18
B254A17859YPC B255A17859YPC B256A17859YPC 17,859 .7031 45/64 — 4,4 48 18
(continued)
170
KM_Master12_G042_G043_Metric_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:21 PM Page G43
D1 diameter
short • KCK10 long • KCK10 extra long • KCK10 mm in fraction wire size L5 LS D
B254A18000YPC B255A18000YPC B256A18000YPC 18,000 .7087 — — 4,5 48 18
B254A18200YPC — — 18,200 .7165 — — 4,5 50 20
B254A18258YPC B255A18258YPC B256A18258YPC 18,258 .7188 23/32 — 4,5 50 20
B254A18500YPC B255A18500YPC B256A18500YPC 18,500 .7283 — — 4,6 50 20
B254A18800YPC B255A18800YPC B256A18800YPC 18,800 .7402 — — 4,7 50 20
B254A19000YPC B255A19000YPC B256A19000YPC 19,000 .7480 — — 4,7 50 20
B254A19050YPC B255A19050YPC — 19,050 .7500 3/4 — 4,7 50 20
— B255A19446YPC B256A19446YPC 19,446 .7656 49/64 — 4,8 50 20
B254A19446YPC — — 19,446 .7656 49/64 — 4,8 50 20
B254A19500YPC B255A19500YPC B256A19500YPC 19,500 .7677 — — 4,8 50 20
B254A19700YPC B255A19700YPC — 19,700 .7756 — — 4,9 50 20
B254A19800YPC B255A19800YPC B256A19800YPC 19,800 .7795 — — 4,9 50 20
B254A20000YPC B255A20000YPC B256A20000YPC 20,000 .7874 — — 4,9 50 20
— B255A20500YPC — 20,500 .8071 — — 5,1 50 20
B254A20638YPC B255A20638YPC B256A20638YPC 20,638 .8125 13/16 — 5,1 50 20
B254A21000YPC B255A21000YPC — 21,000 .8268 — — 5,2 50 20
B254A22000YPC B255A22000YPC B256A22000YPC 22,000 .8661 — — 5,4 50 20
B254A22225YPC B255A22225YPC B256A22225YPC 22,225 .8750 7/8 — 5,5 56 25
B254A23416YPC B255A23416YPC — 23,416 .9219 59/64 — 5,7 56 25
B254A24000YPC B255A24000YPC — 24,000 .9449 — — 5,9 56 25
B254A25000YPC B255A25000YPC — 25,000 .9843 — — 6,1 56 25
— — B256A25004YPC 25,004 .9844 63/64 — 6,1 56 25
Tolerance • Metric
nominal size range D1 tolerance m7 D tolerance h6
>3–6 0,004/0,016 0,000/-0,008
>6–10 0,006/0,021 0,000/-0,009
>10–18 0,007/0,025 0,000/-0,011
>18–25,4 0,008/0,029 0,000/-0,013
YPC Drills • B25_YPC Series • Grade KCK10™ • Through Coolant for Drill Diameters 3–20mm
171
KM_Master12_G048-G049_Metric_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:22 PM Page G48
B269_HP • ~12 x D
䢇 first choice
嘷 alternate choice
D1 diameter
(continued)
172
KM_Master12_G048-G049_Metric_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:22 PM Page G49
D1 diameter
Tolerance • Metric
nominal size range D1 tolerance m7 D tolerance h6
>3–6 0,004/0,016 0,000/-0,008
>6–10 0,006/0,021 0,000/-0,009
>10–18 0,007/0,025 0,000/-0,011
>18–25,4 0,008/0,029 0,000/-0,013
173
KM_Master12_G050-G051_Metric_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:22 PM Page G50
HP Drills • B269_HP Series • Grade KCPK15™ • Through Coolant for Drill Diameters 3–20mm
Solid Carbide Drills
Holemaking
Visit http://www.kennametal.com/holemaking/ to browse our electronic catalogue any time you’re looking for Kennametal’s best tooling
solutions. It’s fast, free, and always available. The online e-catalogue is updated weekly with products and solutions for milling, turning, drilling,
and tooling systems applications.
174
KM_Master12_G052-G053_Metric_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:23 PM Page G52
NEW!
B271Z_HPG/HPS • 15 x D
䢇 first choice
嘷 alternate choice
D1 diameter
(continued)
175
KM_Master12_G052-G053_Metric_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:23 PM Page G53
(B271Z_HPG/HPS • 15 x D continued)
D1 diameter
176
KM_Master12_G054-G055_Metric_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:23 PM Page G54
NEW!
B272Z_HPG/HPS • 20 x D
䢇 first choice
嘷 alternate choice
D1 diameter
(continued)
177
KM_Master12_G054-G055_Metric_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:23 PM Page G55
(B272Z_HPG/HPS • 20 x D continued)
D1 diameter
178
KM_Master12_G056-G057_Metric_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:45 AM Page G56
NEW!
B273Z_HPG/HPS • 25 x D
䢇 first choice
嘷 alternate choice
D1 diameter
(continued)
179
KM_Master12_G056-G057_Metric_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:45 AM Page G57
(B273Z_HPG/HPS • 25 x D continued)
D1 diameter
180
KM_Master12_G058-G059_Metric_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:24 PM Page G58
NEW!
B274Z_HPG/HPS • 30 x D
䢇 first choice
嘷 alternate choice
D1 diameter
181
KM_Master12_G058-G059_Metric_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:24 PM Page G59
(B274Z_HPG/HPS • 30 x D continued)
D1 diameter
Tolerance • Metric
nominal D1 HPG D1HPS D
size range tolerance h7 tolerance h8 tolerance h6
1–3 0,000/-0,010 0,000/-0,014 0,000/-0,006
>3–6 0,000/-0,012 0,000/-0,018 0,000/-0,008
>6–10 0,000/-0,015 0,000/-0,022 0,000/-0,009
>10–18 0,000/-0,018 0,000/-0,027 0,000/-0,011
182
KM_Master12_G062-G063_Metric_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/6/12 2:24 PM Page G62
Deep-Hole Drills • B27_HPG Series • Grade KC7425™ • Through Coolant for Drill Diameters 3–16mm
Solid Carbide Drills
Deep-Hole Drills • B27_HPS Series • Grade KN25™ • Through Coolant for Drill Diameters 3–16mm
183
SOLID
CARBIDE
END MILL
DATA
KM_Master12_M002_M003_METRIC_SEM.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 7:31 AM Page M2
D1
*Beyond™ grade. diameter length flute internal
series (mm) of cut Z helix coolant
HARVI I
Chipbreaker* F4BS..WM-WX-WL 6–25 1,5 x D1
HARVI I
Ball Nose* F4AW..WL-WX 6–16 1 x D1
WS-WM-WL-WX
F3AA...
Aluminium 3–20 1,9–4 x D1
WS-WM-WL-WX
185
KM_Master12_M002_M003_METRIC_SEM.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 7:31 AM Page M3
cutting
centre product data
shank cutting neck P M K N S H page(s) page(s)
M11 M22
M12 M22
M13 M23
M14 M23
M15 M24
M16–M17 M24
M18–M19 M25
M28 M30
M29 M30
M32 M42
M33 M42
M34 M43
M35 M43
M36 M45
M37 M44
M38 M46
M39 M47
M40 M48
M41 M49
M51 M62
M52 M62
M53 M62
M54 M62
M55 M63
M56 M63
first choice
alternate choice
186
KM_Master12_M004_M005_METRIC_SEM.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 7:31 AM Page M4
D1
*Beyond™ grade. diameter length flute internal
series (mm) of cut Z helix coolant
F3AA...
Aluminium 6–25 1,5 x D1
WS-WM-WL-WX
F3BA...
Aluminium 6–25 1,8–2,1 x D1
WS-WM-WL-WX
F3BA...
Aluminium 8–25 1,8–2 x D1
WS-WM-WL-WX
187
KM_Master12_M004_M005_METRIC_SEM.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 7:32 AM Page M5
cutting
centre product data
shank cutting neck P M K N S H page(s) page(s)
M57 M63
M58 M64
M59 M64
M60 M64
M66 M70
M67 M70
M68 M70
M69 M71
M73 M79
M74 M79
M75 M80
M76 M81
M77 M82
M78 M83
M85 M92
M86 M92
M87 M93
M89 M94
M90 M94
M91 M95
M97 M106
M98 M106
M99 M107
first choice
alternate choice
188
KM_Master12_M006_M007_METRIC_SEM.qxp:Layout 1 3/8/12 11:59 AM Page M6
D1
*Beyond™ grade. diameter length flute internal
series (mm) of cut Z helix coolant
F3BT-F4BT-F6BT...
HP Rougher 4–25 1 x D1
WM-WL-WX
F3BH-F4BJ-F5BJ...
HP Rougher* 4–25 1,8–2,7 x D1
WS-WM-WL-WX
F3BH-F4BJ...
HP Rougher* 8–20 1,3–1,9 x D1
WS-WM-WL-WX
F2AH...
GP 3–20 3,3–6,6 x D1
WS-WM-WL-WX
189
KM_Master12_M006_M007_METRIC_SEM.qxp:Layout 1 3/8/12 11:59 AM Page M7
cutting
centre product data
shank cutting neck P M K N S H page(s) page(s)
M100 M107
M101 M108
M102 M108
M104 M109
M105 M110
M114 M134
M115 M134
M116 M135
M117 M135
M118 M134
M119–
M120 M136
M121 M136
M122 M136
M123 M137
M124 M137
M125 M138
M126 M138
M127 M140
M128 M141
M129 M142
M130 M139
M131 M140
M132 M141
M133 M142
first choice
alternate choice
190
KM_Master12_M008_M009_METRIC_SEM.qxp:KM_Master12_M004_M005_METRIC_SEM.qxp 3/8/12 8:24 AM Page M8
wear
resistance toughness
Carbide grade made from high-quality, micrograin materials for cutting all types of workpiece materials.
K600
Very high toughness ensures a controlled wear rate. The micrograin structure enables extremely sharp
Section
N
cutting edges.
P
KCPM15
Coated carbide grade with thick PVD coating and optimised chemistry and process M
for increased wear resistance. Outstanding protection in milling stainless steel K
to mitigate crater, DOCN (depth-of-cut notching), and flank wear. Excellent
performance up to 52 HRC.
P
KC643M
M
Coated fine-grain grade with PVD (AlTiN). KC643M is a hard PVD coating particularly suitable
K
for cutting steel, cast iron, stainless steel (wet), and titanium (wet). This grade can be used
for materials with hardness up to 52 HRC.
S
P
KC633M
M
Coated carbide grade with PVD multilayer coating. KC633M is designed for dry milling most types
of material, apart from the hardened variety. This grade is characterised by good hardness and wear
resistance. It provides outstanding protection for solid carbide tools against cratering and abrasion.
S
Solid End Milling
P
KC625M
Grade
Coated carbide grade with PVD (TiCN) coating. For universal use due to its high wear resistance K
and hardness. Only use wet or with MQL (Minimum Quantity Lubrication).
S
KC639M
PVD (AlTiN) coated carbide on a new sub-micron carbide substrate. This hard coating provides
outstanding performance in milling hardened materials (58–65 HRC).
H
KC637M
Coated, tough, wear-resistant carbide grade with hard PVD coating, particularly suitable
for machining steels above 48 HRC.
H
P
KC635M
M
Universal carbide grade with PVD coating (TiAlN). KC635M is a high-performance grade K
for finishing operations. This grade is characterised by high hardness and wear resistance.
S
KCN05
High-Performance Grade
A pure, diamond-coated carbide for milling CFRP and graphite. It is a very tough and wear-resistant grade. N
191
KM_Master12_M010_M011_METRIC_SEM.qxp:Layout 1 3/8/12 8:25 AM Page M11
• Centre cutting.
• Single tool for roughing and finishing applications.
• Unequal flute spacing minimises chatter
for smoother machining.
detail X
first choice
alternate choice
192
KM_Master12_M014_M015_METRIC_SEM.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 7:33 AM Page M14
first choice
alternate choice
193
KM_Master12_M014_M015_METRIC_SEM.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 7:33 AM Page M15
first choice
alternate choice
194
KM_Master12_M016_M017_METRIC_SEM.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 7:33 AM Page M16
first choice
alternate choice
(continued)
195
KM_Master12_M016_M017_METRIC_SEM.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 7:33 AM Page M17
(continued)
first choice
alternate choice
196
KM_Master12_M022_M023_METRIC_SEM.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 7:34 AM Page M22
NOTE: Lower value of cutting speed is used for high stock removal applications or for higher hardness (machinability) within group.
Higher value of cutting speed is used for finishing applications or for lower hardness (machinability) within group.
Above parameters are based on ideal conditions. For smaller taper machining centres, please adjust parameters accordingly on >12mm diameter.
197
KM_Master12_M022_M023_METRIC_SEM.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 7:34 AM Page M23
NOTE: Lower value of cutting speed is used for high stock removal applications or for higher hardness (machinability) within group.
Higher value of cutting speed is used for finishing applications or for lower hardness (machinability) within group.
Above parameters are based on ideal conditions. For smaller taper machining centres, please adjust parameters accordingly on >12mm diameter.
198
KM_Master12_M024_M025_METRIC_SEM.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 7:34 AM Page M24
HARVI I™ • UDDE
Solid End Milling
NOTE: Lower value of cutting speed is used for high stock removal applications or for higher hardness (machinability) within group.
Higher value of cutting speed is used for finishing applications or for lower hardness (machinability) within group.
Above parameters are based on ideal conditions. For smaller taper machining centres, please adjust parameters accordingly on >12mm diameter.
199
KM_Master12_M024_M025_METRIC_SEM.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 7:35 AM Page M25
Cutting Speed — vc
D1 — Diameter
m/min
Material
Group ap ae min max mm 6,0 8,0 10,0 12,0 14,0 16,0 20,0 25,0
1 Ap1 max 0,05 x D* 300 400 fz 0,044 0,060 0,072 0,083 0,092 0,101 0,114 0,124
2 Ap1 max 0,05 x D* 280 380 fz 0,044 0,060 0,072 0,083 0,092 0,101 0,114 0,124
3 Ap1 max 0,05 x D* 240 320 fz 0,036 0,050 0,061 0,070 0,079 0,087 0,101 0,114
P
4 Ap1 max 0,05 x D* 180 300 fz 0,033 0,045 0,054 0,062 0,070 0,077 0,088 0,098
5 Ap1 max 0,05 x D* 120 200 fz 0,029 0,040 0,048 0,056 0,063 0,070 0,081 0,091
6 Ap1 max 0,05 x D* 100 150 fz 0,025 0,034 0,040 0,047 0,052 0,057 0,065 0,071
1 Ap1 max 0,05 x D* 180 230 fz 0,036 0,050 0,061 0,070 0,079 0,087 0,101 0,114
M 2 Ap1 max 0,05 x D* 120 160 fz 0,029 0,040 0,048 0,056 0,063 0,070 0,081 0,091
3 Ap1 max 0,05 x D* 120 140 fz 0,025 0,034 0,040 0,047 0,052 0,057 0,065 0,071
1 Ap1 max 0,05 x D* 240 300 fz 0,044 0,060 0,072 0,083 0,092 0,101 0,114 0,124
K 2 Ap1 max 0,05 x D* 220 260 fz 0,036 0,050 0,061 0,070 0,079 0,087 0,101 0,114
3 Ap1 max 0,05 x D* 200 260 fz 0,029 0,040 0,048 0,056 0,063 0,070 0,081 0,091
1 Ap1 max 0,05 x D* 100 180 fz 0,036 0,050 0,061 0,070 0,079 0,087 0,101 0,114
2 Ap1 max 0,05 x D* 50 80 fz 0,019 0,026 0,032 0,037 0,042 0,046 0,054 0,061
S
3 Ap1 max 0,05 x D* 120 160 fz 0,029 0,040 0,048 0,056 0,063 0,070 0,081 0,091
4 Ap1 max 0,05 x D* 100 120 fz 0,026 0,037 0,045 0,052 0,058 0,064 0,074 0,084
H 1 Ap1 max 0,05 x D* 160 140 fz 0,033 0,045 0,054 0,062 0,070 0,077 0,088 0,098
* For the above cutting data, do not exceed an overall ae of 0,8mm.
NOTE: Lower value of cutting speed is used for high stock removal applications or for higher hardness (machinability) within group.
Higher value of cutting speed is used for finishing applications or for lower hardness (machinability) within group.
Above parameters are based on ideal conditions. For smaller taper machinining centers, please adjust parameters accordingly on >12mm diameter.
200
KM_Master12_M050_M051_METRIC_SEM.qxp*.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 7:42 AM Page M51
first choice
alternate choice
201
KM_Master12_M052_M053_METRIC_SEM.qxp*.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 7:42 AM Page M52
first choice
alternate choice
202
KM_Master12_M052_M053_METRIC_SEM.qxp*.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 7:43 AM Page M53
first choice
alternate choice
203
KM_Master12_M054_M055_METRIC_SEM.qxp*.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 7:43 AM Page M54
• Centre cutting.
first choice
alternate choice
204
KM_Master12_M054_M055_METRIC_SEM.qxp*.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 7:43 AM Page M55
first choice
alternate choice
205
KM_Master12_M056_M057_METRIC_SEM.qxp*.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 7:43 AM Page M56
first choice
alternate choice
206
KM_Master12_M056_M057_METRIC_SEM.qxp*.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 7:43 AM Page M57
first choice
alternate choice
207
KM_Master12_M058_M059_METRIC_SEM.qxp*.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 7:43 AM Page M58
first choice
alternate choice
208
KM_Master12_M058_M059_METRIC_SEM.qxp*.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 7:43 AM Page M59
first choice
alternate choice
209
KM_Master12_M060_M061_METRIC_SEM.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 7:43 AM Page M60
• Aluminium profile.
• Centre cutting.
first choice
alternate choice
210
KM_Master12_M062_M063_METRIC_SEM.qxp*.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 7:44 AM Page M62
ABDE... • ABDF...
F2AA...ADL45...
NOTE: ap for milling machine with ceramic bearings spindle, multiply by 0,5.
For better surface finish, reduce feed per tooth.
Above parameters are based on ideal conditions. For smaller taper machining centres, please adjust parameters accordingly on >12mm diameter.
211
KM_Master12_M062_M063_METRIC_SEM.qxp*.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 7:44 AM Page M63
F2AA...AWM/L/X45R...
F3AA...AWS/L45...
F3AA...AWM/L/X45R...
NOTE: ap for milling machine with ceramic bearings spindle, multiply by 0,5.
For better surface finish, reduce feed per tooth.
Above parameters are based on ideal conditions. For smaller taper machining centres, please adjust parameters accordingly on >12mm diameter.
212
KM_Master12_M064_M065_METRIC_SEM.qxp*.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 7:44 AM Page M64
F3BA...BWS/M/L/X30...
F3BA..BWM/L/X30C...
F3BA...ADL40E...
NOTE: These guidelines may require possible variations to achieve optimum results.
ap for milling machine with ceramic bearings spindle, multiply by 0,5.
For better surface finish, reduce feed per tooth.
Above parameters are based on ideal conditions. For smaller taper machining centres, please adjust parameters accordingly on >12mm diameter.
213
KM_Master12_M126_M127_METRIC_SEM.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 7:52 AM Page M126
NEW!
first choice
alternate choice
214
KM_Master12_M126_M127_METRIC_SEM.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 7:52 AM Page M127
• Centre cutting.
first choice
alternate choice
215
KM_Master12_M128_M129_METRIC_SEM.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 7:52 AM Page M128
• Centre cutting.
first choice
alternate choice
216
KM_Master12_M128_M129_METRIC_SEM.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 7:52 AM Page M129
first choice
alternate choice
217
KM_Master12_M130_M131_METRIC_SEM.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 7:53 AM Page M130
NEW!
first choice
alternate choice
218
KM_Master12_M130_M131_METRIC_SEM.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 7:53 AM Page M131
• Centre cutting.
first choice
alternate choice
219
KM_Master12_M132_M133_METRIC_SEM.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 7:53 AM Page M132
• Centre cutting.
first choice
alternate choice
220
KM_Master12_M132_M133_METRIC_SEM.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 7:53 AM Page M133
first choice
alternate choice
221
KM_Master12_M138_M139_METRIC_SEM.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 7:54 AM Page M138
F4AJ...AWM/L/X30...
222
KM_Master12_M138_M139_METRIC_SEM.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 7:54 AM Page M139
223
KM_Master12_M140_M141_METRIC_SEM.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 7:54 AM Page M140
F2ALDN30...
F4ALDN30....
Solid End Milling
224
General Application Solid Carbide End Mills
Application Data
F2AL...ADL30...
F4AL...ADL30...
225
General Application Solid Carbide End Mills
Application Data
F2/4AL...AWM/L/X30L...
F2/4AL...AWM/L/X30L...
Solid End Milling
NOTE: Lower value of cutting speed is used for high stock removal applications or for higher hardness (machinability) within group.
Higher value of cutting speed is used for finishing applications or for lower hardness (machinability) within group.
Above parameters are based on ideal conditions. For smaller taper machining centres, please adjust parameters accordingly on >12mm diameter.
226
FACE
MILLING
CUTTER
DATA
KM_Master12_INTRO_N002_N003_METRIC.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:47 AM Page N3
K1–K2 Grey, ductile, CGI, and malleable cast irons >80 KSI
Cast Iron K
K3 Ductile, CGI, and malleable cast irons >80 KSI
Non-Ferrous N1–N2 Aluminium alloys <12.2% Si
N
Materials N3 Aluminium alloys >12.2% Si
S1–S2 Iron- and cobalt-based heat-resistant alloys
Ap1 max
229
KM_Master12_INTRO_N004_N005_METRIC.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:49 AM Page N4
Material 2
Ap1: 3,2mm 3 Axial depth of cut
Cutting Edges: 12
Dia: 25–125mm
230
KM_Master12_INTRO_N004_N005_METRIC.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:49 AM Page N5
6
Step 7 • Defining the Feed per Tooth
Geometry (S.GD)
20% radial width of cut, follow arrows for value.
% = radial width of cut (Ae) ÷ cutter diameter (D1)
Using a round or ball nose insert, consider the axial depth of cut; see separate chart on the cutter page.
Always consider starting with the “Light Machining” value. Once established, increase the feed per tooth from the chart.
These are minimum values and can be increased when the application has been proven.
Light Machining — Low Feed Rate, Higher Speed
General Purpose — Normal Feed, Normal Speed
Heavy Machining — Higher Feed, Reduced Speed
231
KM_Master12_INTRO_N006_N007_METRIC.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 10:30 AM Page N6
Indexable Milling
Application Selection Guide
------
Choose the Application P Steel
M Stainless Steel
• Face Milling first choice K Cast Iron
• Chamfer Milling N Non-Ferrous Materials
alternate choice
• Shoulder Milling S High-Temp Alloys
• Slotting H Hardened Materials
• Copy Milling
• Ceramic Milling
• Thread Milling
Dodeka™ Mini 15° • High-Feed Dodeka™ Mini 45° Dodeka™ Mini 60° • Heavy Duty
Face Mills
Ap1: 1,60mm Ap1: 3,2mm Ap1: 4,4mm
Cutting Edges: 12 Cutting Edges: 12 Cutting Edges: 12
Dia: 25–80mm Dia: 25–125mm Dia: 40–125mm
k = 15° Pages: O4–O5 k = 45° Pages: O8–O10 k = 60° Page: O13
Ap1: 2,2mm Ap1: 4,5mm Ap1: 4,5mm
Cutting Edges: 12 Cutting Edges: 12 Cutting Edges: 12
Dia: 50–160mm Dia: 40–315mm Dia: 80–160mm
k = 15° Page: O16 k = 45° Pages: O19–O20 k = 45° Page: O21
Dodeka MAX ™
Dodeka MAX JIS ™
MEGA 45° • Heavy Duty MEGA 45° • Heavy Duty • JIS MEGA 15 • Heavy Duty
MEGA 60 • Heavy Duty MEGA 60 • Heavy Duty • JIS MEGA 90 • Heavy Duty MEGA 90 • Heavy Duty • JIS
232
KM_Master12_INTRO_N006_N007_METRIC.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 10:31 AM Page N7
Indexable Milling
Application Selection Guide
KSSM™ 45° • Beyond BLAST™ KSSM™ 45° • Beyond BLAST™ • JIS KSSM™ 45° KSSM™ 45° JIS
Ap1: 6,6mm Ap1: 6,6mm Ap1: 6,6mm Ap1: 6,6mm
Cutting Edges: 4 Cutting Edges: 4 Cutting Edges: 4 Cutting Edges: 4
Dia: 50–200mm Dia: 80–200mm Dia: 40–160mm Dia: 80–160mm
k = 45° Page: O50 k = 45° Page: O51 k = 45° Pages: O55–O56 k = 45° Page: O57
KSOM™ Mini KSOM™ Mini JIS KSOM™ • OF.T07L6... KSOM™ • OF.T07L6... JIS
Ap1: 3,5mm (8 edges)
Ap1: 3,5mm (8 edges)
Ap1: 5mm (8 edges)
Ap1: 5mm (8 edges)
Ap2: 9mm (4 edges) Ap2: 9mm (4 edges) Ap2: 11mm (4 edges) Ap2: 11mm (4 edges)
Dia: 32–160mm Dia: 80–160mm Dia: 63–160mm Dia: 80–160mm
k = 43° Pages: O64–O66 k = 43° Page: O67 k = 43° Page: O72 k = 43° Page: O73
™
Fix-Perfect • Finisher ™
Fix-Perfect 70° • Cast Iron • IC12 ™
Fix-Perfect 90° • Cast Iron • IC12
HexaCut™ 45° • Cast Iron HexaCut™ 60° • Cast Iron KSSR • Left and Right Hand KSSR JIS
PCD carbide
Ap1: 0,7–18mm Ap1: 9,5mm (carbide)
28 alternative cartridges Ap1: 2,5-5,2mm (PCD)
Ap1: 3mm Cutting Edges: 1 (PCD);
Note: See cartridges
for Ap1 value Cutting Edges: 1 4 (carbide)
Dia: 125–315mm Dia: 63–315mm Dia: 40–315mm
Variable Page: O126 k = 90° Pages: O129–O130 k = 90° Pages: O139–O143
233
KM_Master12_INTRO_N012_N013_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:47 AM Page N12
Indexable Milling
ANSI Inserts Catalogue Numbering System
HNGJ0604ANENLD
H N G J 06
Insert Shape Insert Clearance Tolerance Geometry Size
Angle Class and
Clamping
Type
Parallelogram
A 85° A “L” for shapes
A C T R O C H E
Rhomboid
C 80° B
6,00 – – 06 – – – –
E 75°
6,35 06 11 06 02 06 03 06
8,00 – – 08 – – – –
Hexagon C
H 120° 9,52 09 16 09 04 09 05 09
Indexable inserts 10,00 – – 10 – – – –
with facets/wipers
12,00 – – 12 – – – –
Rectangular D 12,70 12 22 12 05 12 07 13
L 90°
15,88 15 27 15 06 16 09 16
16,00 – – 16 – – – –
Octagon E 19,05 19 33 19 07 19 11 19
O 135°
20,00 – – 20 – – – –
25,00 – – 25 – – – –
Round F
R —
25,40 25 44 25 10 25 14 26
For shapes A, L, and X, see position #1;
Indexable inserts
use length of leading cutting edge.
with corner radii
S
Square
90°
G
Triangular
T 60° N
F double sided
tolerance tolerance tolerance tolerance tolerance tolerance tolerance tolerance
class on “A” on “M” on “T” class on “A” on “M” on “T” A without
A 0,025 0,005 0,025 J 0,05–0,13* 0,005 0,025 M cylindrical hole single sided
B 0,025 0,005 0,13 K 0,05–0,13* 0,013 0,025
C 0,025 0,013 0,025 L 0,05–0,13* 0,025 0,025 G double sided
D 0,025 0,013 0,13 M 0,05–0,10* 0,05–0,25* 0,13
E 0,025 0,025 0,025 N 0,05–0,10* 0,05–0,25* 0,025 W partly cylindrical without
F 0,013 0,005 0,025 P** 0,038 0,038 0,038 hole, 40–60°
G 0,025 0,025 0,13 U 0,08–0,25* 0,13–0,30* 0,13 T countersink single sided
H 0,013 0,013 0,025 — — — —
*See table below for tolerances according to insert size and class. Q partly cylindrical without
with
**Kennametal standard only. hole, 40–60°
U double countersink double sided
tolerances on “A” tolerances on “M”
A B partly cylindrical without
classes J, K, L, M, N class U classes M & N class U hole, 70–90°
H countersink single sided
4,76–10,00 0,051 0,076 0,076 0,127
11,11–14,29 0,076 0,127 0,127 0,203
C partly cylindrical without
15,00–20,64 0,102 0,178 0,152 0,279 hole, 70–90°
J double countersink double sided
22,00–31,16 0,127 0,254 0,178 0,381
31,75–35,00 0,152 0,254 0,203 0,381 X special design
234
KM_Master12_INTRO_N012_N013_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:47 AM Page N13
Indexable Milling
ANSI Inserts Catalogue Numbering System
HNGJ0604ANENLD
04 AN E N L D
Thickness Corner Cutting Edge Insert Edge Rake Added
Configuration Form Hand Prep Face Info
Size Angle
J = Polished
rake face
F P = Partial
Sharp T-land
insert W = Wiper/radiused
direction of
thickness
cutter rotation facet
E
Honed
T
2,38 02 direction of
3,18 03
T cutter rotation
3,97 T3
4,76 04 T-land
5,56 05
6,35 06
7,94 07
S
direction of
Honed T-land cutter rotation
M0 round insert
wiper edge
01 0,1mm clearance P
02 0,2mm If letter is replaced by
number(s), refer to table
04 0,4mm for radius “r”. A 3º
05 0,5mm B 5º N A B C P D E F G
235
KM_Master12_INTRO_N014_N015_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:47 AM Page N14
Indexable Milling
Grades and Grade Descriptions
wear
resistance toughness
A premium uncoated carbide grade designed for high edge wear resistance in non-ferrous K
and cast iron materials. Coolant use recommended. N
An uncoated carbide grade suitable for machining cast iron, high-temperature alloys,
K313
K
and non-ferrous materials. This grade can be used both wet and dry and is designed
for light and general machining. N
S
K110M
A universal uncoated carbide grade for machining non-ferrous materials for use in light K
and general machining. K110M can be used with or without coolant. N
S
Grade
P
K125M
An extremely hard TiB2-PVD-coated grade that provides very good wear characteristics
at higher cutting speeds. KC410M resists edge build up, can help reduce burring, and
generates excellent surface finishes. This grade is best suited for aluminium with <10% N
silicon and other non-ferrous materials.
KC422M
A very wear resistant TiB2-PVD-coated grade. Its hard coating and tough substrate make
KC422M an excellent choice for medium to roughing applications in aluminium with <10%
silicon and other non-ferrous materials. N
P
KC505M
236
KM_Master12_INTRO_N014_N015_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:47 AM Page N15
Indexable Milling
Grades and Grade Descriptions
wear
resistance toughness
A thicker TiAlN-PVD-coated carbide grade that combines high wear-resistance with good K
toughness. KC514M is primarily for light to medium machining of cast irons and can be
used wet or dry.
P
M
KC515M
A K10 substrate premium grade with built-in wear resistance and a TiAlN coating for
extended life during finishing applications. Used in ball nose finishing and back draft K
inserts for the die and mould industry and is capable of running at moderate to high
cutting speeds.
KC520M
P
M
KC522M
P
M
KC525M
A new universal TiAlN-PVD-coated carbide grade primarily for use in light and general
machining of milling steel, stainless steel, and high-temperature alloys. KC525M can
be used with or without coolant.
S
P
KC527M
A TiAlN-PVD-coated carbide grade ideal for medium milling applications in steel and K
high strength ductile cast irons. For best results, use dry, but can be used wet.
237
KM_Master12_INTRO_N016_N017_METRIC.qxp:Layout 1 3/22/12 12:26 PM Page N16
Indexable Milling
Grades and Grade Descriptions
wear
resistance toughness
A premium TiAlN-PVD-coated carbide grade enabling extended tool life at moderate feeds
and high cutting speeds. First choice for milling in all steels, including die and mould steels,
and is recommended for use without coolant.
P
M
KC537M
An extremely hard TiB2-PVD-coated grade that provides very good wear characteristics
at high cutting speeds and is best suited for machining aluminium with <10% silicon and
other non-ferrous materials. KC5410 resists built-up edge, can help reduce the burring N
effect, and will generate excellent surface finishes.
P
M
KC610M
P
KC620M
A TiN-PVD-coated carbide grade suitable for machining cast iron, non-ferrous materials, K
and aluminium alloys that can be used for wet or dry machining. N
P
M
KC635M
H
P
M
KCPM20
P
KC715M
KC715M has a deformed substrate and PVD coating that can handle high
temperatures and higher surface speeds making it ideal for dry machining.
KC715M is primarily for use in light and general machining of steel,
stainless steel, and cast steel.
238
KM_Master12_INTRO_N016_N017_METRIC.qxp:Layout 1 3/22/12 12:26 PM Page N17
Indexable Milling
Grades and Grade Descriptions
wear
resistance toughness
P
M
KC725M
P
M
KC730M
A TiN-PVD-coated carbide grade with a tough substrate and is recommended for general
milling with moderate speeds. KC730M can be used wet or dry.
P
M
KC735M
KCK15
P
M
KTPK20
P
KCPK30
P
M
KCMP30
239
KM_Master12_INTRO_N018_N019_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:48 AM Page N18
Indexable Milling
Grades and Grade Descriptions
wear
resistance toughness
P
M
KC927M
M
KYSM10
A ceramic cutting material based on micro-grain Si3N4 primarily for use in light to general K
machining of grey cast iron and ferritic ductile cast iron. Dry machining is preferred while
using this grade.
KYHS10
KYHS10 — previously KY4300 — is an Al2O3 matrix reinforced with SiC whiskers for K
excellent toughness suited for machining high-temperature and ferrous alloys with a
high Brinell hardness.
S
H
240
KM_Master12_INTRO_N018_N019_Metric.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:48 AM Page N19
Indexable Milling
Grades and Grade Descriptions
wear
resistance toughness
Combines excellent wear properties, fracture toughness, and thermal shock resistance for
general purpose to finish machining of high-temperature alloys. KYSP30 provides superior
depth-of-cut notch resistance compared to whisker ceramics.
S
KYS30 is the latest in the line of α/βSiAlON grades for general purpose to finish machining
KYS30
of high-temperature alloys. This grade provides excellent wear characteristics, with better
toughness and thermal shock resistance than whisker ceramics. KYS30 also gives
improved thermal stability. S
KB1340
A PCBN cutting material with micrograin structure for light to general machining of grey K
cast iron and hard materials. The grade has good wear resistance and is ideal for finishing.
Grade
KD1410
A PCD-tip brazed to carbide for machining aluminium with a very high silicon content,
abrasive non-ferrous materials, and fibre-reinforced plastics. KD1410 can be used at very
high cutting speeds, even where good surface finishes are required. This grade can be used N
both wet or dry but is suggested to use coolant where good surface finishes are required.
KD1415
PCD-tip brazed to carbide for general machining of aluminium with a low silicon content,
non-ferrous heavy metals, and plastics. KD1415 can be used at high cutting speeds and
for continuous cutting, even where outstanding surface finishes are required. KD1415 is N
suitable for wet and dry machining.
KD1420
A varied-grain, PCD-brazed tip grade suited for machining low silicon aluminium,
non-ferrous heavy metals, and plastics. It can be used for high cutting speeds where
outstanding surface finishes are required and is suitable for dry and wet machining. N
241
KM_Master12_O004_O005_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:32 AM Page O4
order number catalogue number D1 D1 max D DPM G3X L1 WF Ap1 max Z kg max RPM
4153686 KSHRHF025D02M16HN06 25 38,2 29 17,0 M16 32 22 1,6 2 0,18 20000
4153687 KSHRHF025D03M16HN06 25 38,2 29 17,0 M16 32 22 1,6 3 0,16 20000
4153688 KSHRHF032D03M16HN06 32 45,2 29 17,0 M16 40 22 1,6 3 0,24 17600
4153689 KSHRHF032D04M16HN06 32 45,2 29 17,0 M16 40 22 1,6 4 0,25 17600
4153690 KSHRHF040D04M16HN06 40 53,2 29 17,0 M16 40 22 1,6 4 0,30 15800
4153691 KSHRHF040D05M16HN06 40 53,2 29 17,0 M16 40 22 1,6 5 0,30 15800
Face Mills
order number catalogue number D1 D1 max D L LBX Ap1 max Z kg max RPM
4153692 KSHRHF025D02A20HN06L120 25 38,2 20 120 32 1,6 2 0,33 20000
4153703 KSHRHF025D03A20HN06L120 25 38,2 20 120 32 1,6 3 0,31 20000
4153704 KSHRHF032D03A25HN06L130 32 45,2 25 130 40 1,6 3 0,52 17600
4153705 KSHRHF032D04A25HN06L130 32 45,2 25 130 40 1,6 4 0,53 17600
Spare Parts
insert
D1 screw Nm wrench
25 193.492 3,5 170.025
32 193.492 3,5 170.025
40 193.492 3,5 170.025
NOTE: D1 = 40 for Spare Parts table.
242
KM_Master12_O004_O005_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:32 AM Page O5
Spare Parts
insert
D1 screw Nm wrench
40 193.492 3,5 170.025
50 193.492 3,5 170.025
63 193.492 3,5 170.025
80 193.492 3,5 170.025
Up to 40% shorter
machining cycle time.
243
KM_Master12_O006_O007_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:31 AM Page O6
Indexable Inserts
P
M
first choice K
alternate choice N
S
H
HNGJ-LDJ
Face Mills
KCPM20
KC410M
KC510M
KC520M
KC522M
KC725M
KCPK30
KCK15
K313
cutting
catalogue number D BS L10 Rεε S hm edges
HNGJ0604ANFNLDJ 12,00 1,54 6,44 1,00 4,48 0,02 12
HNGJ-LD
KCPM20
KC410M
KC510M
KC520M
KC522M
KC725M
KCPK30
KCK15
K313
cutting
catalogue number D BS L10 Rε S hm edges
HNGJ0604ANENLD 12,00 1,54 6,44 1,0 4,48 0,05 12
HNGJ060432ANENLD 12,00 — 6,43 3,2 4,48 0,05 12
HNPJ-GD
KCPM20
KC410M
KC510M
KC520M
KC522M
KC725M
KCPK30
KCK15
K313
cutting
catalogue number D BS L10 Rε S hm edges
HNPJ0604ANSNGD 12,00 1,45 6,44 1,0 4,45 0,08 12
HNPJ-HD
KCPM20
KC410M
KC510M
KC520M
KC522M
KC725M
KCPK30
KCK15
K313
cutting
catalogue number D BS L10 Rε S hm edges
HNPJ0604ANSNHD 12,00 1,45 6,44 1,0 4,40 0,14 12
HNPJ060432ANSNHD 12,00 — 6,43 3,2 4,42 0,10 12
244
KM_Master12_O006_O007_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:31 AM Page O7
Material
KCPM20 KC725M KCK15 KCPK30
Group
1 660 580 535 315 275 255 — — — 545 475 440
2 410 370 330 260 230 195 — — — 335 305 275
3 370 330 305 240 205 170 — — — 305 275 250
P
4 275 255 230 215 180 145 — — — 225 210 190
5 330 300 275 180 160 145 — — — 310 275 255
6 230 200 175 160 120 95 — — — 190 165 —
1 270 240 205 205 180 165 — — — 250 220 190
M 2 245 215 190 185 160 130 — — — 225 195 170
3 195 175 150 140 120 95 — — — 175 160 140
1 435 390 350 — — — 505 460 410 355 320 285
K 2 345 310 280 — — — 400 355 330 280 255 230
3 290 255 240 — — — 335 300 275 235 210 195
1–2 — — — — — — — — — — — —
N
3 — — — — — — — — — — — —
1 — — — 45 35 30 — — — — — —
2 — — — 45 35 30 — — — — — —
S
3 — — — 55 45 30 — — — — — —
4 — — — 75 55 35 — — — — — —
1 — — — — — — — — — — — —
H 2 — — — — — — — — — — — —
3 — — — — — — — — — — — —
NOTE: FIRST choice starting speeds are in bold type.
As the average chip thickness increases, the speed should be decreased.
245
KM_Master12_O008_O009_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:31 AM Page O8
order number catalogue number D1 D1 max D DPM G3X L1 WF Ap1 max Z kg max RPM
4125881 KSHR025D02M16HN06 25 33,2 29 17,0 M16 32 22 3,2 2 0,14 20000
4125882 KSHR025D03M16HN06 25 33,2 29 17,0 M16 32 22 3,2 3 0,13 20000
4126343 KSHR032D03M16HN06 32 40,2 29 17,0 M16 40 22 3,2 3 0,21 17600
4126344 KSHR032D04M16HN06 32 40,2 29 17,0 M16 40 22 3,2 4 0,21 17600
4126345 KSHR040D04M16HN06 40 48,2 29 17,0 M16 40 22 3,2 4 0,26 15800
4126346 KSHR040D05M16HN06 40 48,2 29 17,0 M16 40 22 3,2 5 0,26 15800
Face Mills
Spare Parts
insert
D1 screw Nm wrench
25 193.492 3,5 170.025
32 193.492 3,5 170.025
40 193.492 3,5 170.025
246
KM_Master12_O008_O009_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:31 AM Page O9
order number catalogue number D1 D1 max D L LBX Ap1 max Z kg max RPM
4126351 KSHR025D02A20HN06L120 25 33,2 20 120 32 3,2 2 0,28 20000
4126352 KSHR025D03A20HN06L120 25 33,2 20 120 32 3,2 3 0,28 20000
4126385 KSHR025D02A25HN06L200 25 33,2 25 200 32 3,2 2 0,72 20000
4126386 KSHR025D03A25HN06L200 25 33,2 25 200 32 3,2 3 0,71 20000
4126383 KSHR032D03A25HN06L130 32 40,2 25 130 40 3,2 3 0,50 17600
4126384 KSHR032D04A25HN06L130 32 40,2 25 130 40 3,2 4 0,50 17600
Spare Parts
insert
D1 screw Nm wrench
25 193.492 3,5 170.025
32 193.492 3,5 170.025
247
KM_Master12_O010_O011_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:30 AM Page O10
Spare Parts
248
KM_Master12_O010_O011_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:31 AM Page O11
Indexable Inserts
P
M
first choice K
alternate choice N
S
H
HNGJ-LDJ/XNGJ-LDJ3W
KCPM20
KC410M
KC510M
KC520M
KC522M
KC725M
KCPK30
KCK15
K313
cutting
catalogue number D BS L10 Rε S hm edges
HNGJ0604ANFNLDJ 12,00 1,54 6,44 1,0 4,48 0,02 12
XNGJ0604ANFNLDJ3W 12,00 4,80 7,20 1,6 4,51 0,02 3
* For wiper insert XNGJ, 3 left-hand (LH) and 3 right-hand (RH) wiper edges per insert.
HNGJ-LD/XNGJ-LD
KCPM20
KC410M
KC510M
KC520M
KC522M
KC725M
KCPK30
KCK15
K313
cutting
catalogue number D BS L10 Rε S hm edges
HNGJ0604ANENLD 12,00 1,54 6,44 1,0 4,48 0,05 12
HNGJ060432ANENLD 12,00 — 6,43 3,2 4,48 0,05 12
* For wiper insert XNGJ, 3 left-hand (LH) and 3 right-hand (RH) wiper edges per insert.
HNPJ-GD
KCPM20
KC410M
KC510M
KC520M
KC522M
KC725M
KCPK30
KCK15
K313
cutting
catalogue number D BS L10 Rε S hm edges
HNPJ0604ANSNGD 12,00 1,45 6,44 1,0 4,45 0,08 12
HNPJ-HD
KCPM20
KC410M
KC510M
KC520M
KC522M
KC725M
KCPK30
KCK15
K313
cutting
catalogue number D BS L10 Rε S hm edges
HNPJ0604ANSNHD 12,00 1,45 6,44 1,0 4,40 0,14 12
HNPJ060432ANSNHD 12,00 — 6,43 3,2 4,42 0,10 12
249
KM_Master12_O012_O013_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:30 AM Page O12
Material
K313 KC410M KC510M KC520M KC522M
Group
1 — — — — — — — — — — — — 395 345 325
2 — — — — — — — — — — — — 330 290 240
3 — — — — — — — — — — — — 305 255 215
P
4 — — — — — — 295 240 200 — — — 270 225 180
5 — — — — — — — — — — — — 225 200 180
6 — — — — — — — — — — — — 200 150 120
1 — — — — — — — — — — — — 245 215 200
M 2 — — — — — — — — — — — — 225 190 160
3 — — — — — — — — — — — — 170 145 115
1 — — — — — — 350 315 285 325 295 260 275 250 220
K 2 — — — — — — 275 250 230 255 225 215 215 195 180
3 — — — — — — 235 205 190 215 190 170 180 160 145
1–2 955 835 715 1460 1300 1195 770 685 630 — — — — — —
N
3 — — — 1300 1195 1100 695 640 585 — — — — — —
1 — — — — — — — — — — — — 50 45 35
2 — — — — — — — — — — — — 50 45 35
S
3 — — — — — — — — — — — — 60 50 35
4 — — — — — — — — — — — — 85 60 45
1 — — — — — — 190 155 110 — — — 145 110 85
H 2 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
3 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
Material
KCPM20 KC725M KCK15 KCPK30
Group
1 660 580 535 315 275 255 — — — 545 475 440
2 410 370 330 260 230 195 — — — 335 305 275
3 370 330 305 240 205 170 — — — 305 275 250
P
4 275 255 230 215 180 145 — — — 225 210 190
5 330 300 275 180 160 145 — — — 310 275 255
6 230 200 175 160 120 95 — — — 190 165 —
1 270 240 205 205 180 165 — — — 250 220 190
M 2 245 215 190 185 160 130 — — — 225 195 170
Face Mills
250
KM_Master12_O012_O013_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:30 AM Page O13
Spare Parts
251
KM_Master12_O014_O015_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:30 AM Page O14
Indexable Inserts
P
M
first choice K
alternate choice N
S
H
Face Mills
HNGJ-LDJ
KCPM20
KC410M
KC510M
KC520M
KC522M
KC725M
KCPK30
KCK15
K313
cutting
catalogue number D BS L10 Rε S hm edges
HNGJ0604ANFNLDJ 12,00 1,54 6,44 1,00 4,48 0,02 12
HNGJ-LD
KCPM20
KC410M
KC510M
KC520M
KC522M
KC725M
KCPK30
KCK15
K313
cutting
catalogue number D BS L10 Rε S hm edges
HNGJ0604ANENLD 12,00 1,54 6,44 1,0 4,48 0,05 12
HNGJ060432ANENLD 12,00 — 6,43 3,2 4,48 0,05 12
HNPJ-GD
KCPM20
KC410M
KC510M
KC520M
KC522M
KC725M
KCPK30
KCK15
K313
cutting
catalogue number D BS L10 Rε S hm edges
HNPJ0604ANSNGD 12,00 1,45 6,44 1,0 4,45 0,08 12
HNPJ-HD
KCPM20
KC410M
KC510M
KC520M
KC522M
KC725M
KCPK30
KCK15
K313
cutting
catalogue number D BS L10 Rε S hm edges
HNPJ0604ANSNHD 12,00 1,45 6,44 1,0 4,40 0,14 12
HNPJ060432ANSNHD 12,00 — 6,43 3,2 4,42 0,10 12
252
KM_Master12_O014_O015_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:30 AM Page O15
Material
KCPM20 KC725M KCK15 KCPK30
Group
1 660 580 535 315 275 255 — — — 545 475 440
2 410 370 330 260 230 195 — — — 335 305 275
3 370 330 305 240 205 170 — — — 305 275 250
P
4 275 255 230 215 180 145 — — — 225 210 190
5 330 300 275 180 160 145 — — — 310 275 255
6 230 200 175 160 120 95 — — — 190 165 —
1 270 240 205 205 180 165 — — — 250 220 190
M 2 245 215 190 185 160 130 — — — 225 195 170
3 195 175 150 140 120 95 — — — 175 160 140
1 435 390 350 — — — 505 460 410 355 320 285
K 2 345 310 280 — — — 400 355 330 280 255 230
3 290 255 240 — — — 335 300 275 235 210 195
1–2 — — — — — — — — — — — —
N
3 — — — — — — — — — — — —
1 — — — 45 35 30 — — — — — —
2 — — — 45 35 30 — — — — — —
S
3 — — — 55 45 30 — — — — — —
4 — — — 75 55 35 — — — — — —
1 — — — — — — — — — — — —
H 2 — — — — — — — — — — — —
3 — — — — — — — — — — — —
NOTE: FIRST choice starting speeds are in bold type.
As the average chip thickness increases, the speed should be decreased.
253
KM_Master12_O016_O017_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:30 AM Page O16
Spare Parts
D1 screw Nm wrench cap screw screw assembly lock screw shower plate
50 193.492 3,5 170.025 125.025 — — —
63 193.492 3,5 170.025 125.025 — — —
80 193.492 3,5 170.025 125.230 — — —
100 193.492 3,5 170.025 — MS2189C — —
125 193.492 3,5 170.025 — — 420.200 470.232
160 193.492 3,5 170.025 — — 420.200 470.233
254
KM_Master12_O016_O017_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:30 AM Page O17
Indexable Inserts
P
M
first choice K
alternate choice N
S
H
KCPM20
KC410M
KC520M
KC522M
KC725M
KCPK30
KCK15
cutting
catalogue number D S L10 BS Rε hm edges
HNGJ0905ANFNLDJ 15,88 5,56 9,00 1,80 1,2 0,02 12
HNGJ0905ANENLD 15,88 5,56 9,00 1,80 1,2 0,05 12
HNGJ-GD
KCPM20
KC410M
KC520M
KC522M
KC725M
KCPK30
KCK15
cutting
catalogue number D S L10 BS Rε hm edges
HNGJ0905ANSNGD 15,88 5,56 9,00 1,80 1,2 0,06 12
HNGJ-HD
KCPM20
KC410M
KC520M
KC522M
KC725M
KCPK30
KCK15
cutting
catalogue number D S L10 BS Rε hm edges
HNGJ0905ANSNHD 15,88 5,46 8,59 1,66 1,2 0,06 12
HNGJ090543ANSNHD 15,88 5,44 8,50 — 4,4 0,06 12
HNPJ-GD
KCPM20
KC410M
KC520M
KC522M
KC725M
KCPK30
KCK15
cutting
catalogue number D S L10 BS Rε hm edges
HNPJ0905ANSNGD 15,88 5,56 8,58 1,80 1,2 0,10 12
HNPJ-HD
KCPM20
KC410M
KC520M
KC522M
KC725M
KCPK30
KCK15
cutting
catalogue number D S L10 BS Rε hm edges
HNPJ0905ANSNHD 15,88 5,46 8,59 1,66 1,2 0,18 12
HNPJ090543ANSNHD 15,88 5,44 8,50 — 4,3 0,13 12
255
KM_Master12_O018_O019_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:29 AM Page O18
Material
KCK15 KCPM20 KCPK30
Group
1 — — — 660 580 535 545 475 440
2 — — — 410 370 330 335 305 275
3 — — — 370 330 305 305 275 250
P
4 — — — 275 255 230 225 210 190
5 — — — 330 300 275 310 275 255
6 — — — 230 200 175 190 165 —
1 — — — 270 240 205 250 220 190
M 2 — — — 245 215 190 225 195 170
3 — — — 195 175 150 175 160 140
1 505 460 410 435 390 350 355 320 285
K 2
Face Mills
256
KM_Master12_O018_O019_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:29 AM Page O19
Dodeka™ 45°
End Mills
Spare Parts
insert
D1 screw Nm wrench
40 193.492 3,5 170.025
257
KM_Master12_O020_O021_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:28 AM Page O20
Dodeka™ 45°
Shell Mills
order number catalogue number D1 D1 max D D4 D41 D6 L Ap1 max Z kg max RPM
3647201 KSHR40A04RS45HN09 40 51,0 22 — — 39 40 4,5 4 0,25 15800
3324831 KSHR50A04RS45HN09 50 61,0 22 — — 38 40 4,5 4 0,32 12700
3324832 KSHR50A05RS45HN09 50 61,0 22 — — 38 40 4,5 5 0,33 12700
3749959 KSHR63A05RS45HN09 63 74,0 22 — — 50 40 4,5 5 0,60 10100
3325163 KSHR63A06RS45HN09 63 74,0 22 — — 50 40 4,5 6 0,56 10100
3325164 KSHR63A07RS45HN09 63 74,0 22 — — 50 40 4,5 7 0,57 10100
3749960 KSHR80A05RS45HN09 80 91,0 27 — — 60 50 4,5 5 1,12 7900
3325165 KSHR80A06RS45HN09 80 91,0 27 — — 60 50 4,5 6 1,07 7900
3325166 KSHR80A09RS45HN09 80 91,0 27 — — 60 50 4,5 9 1,11 7900
3749961 KSHR100B06RS45HN09 100 111,0 32 — — 80 50 4,5 6 1,73 6300
3325167 KSHR100B08RS45HN09 100 111,0 32 — — 80 40 4,5 8 1,68 6300
3325168 KSHR100B11RS45HN09 100 111,0 32 — — 80 50 4,5 11 1,73 6300
3749962 KSHR125B08RS45HN09 125 135,9 40 — — 90 63 4,5 8 2,84 5050
3325169 KSHR125B10RS45HN09 125 135,9 40 — — 90 63 4,5 10 2,77 5050
3325170 KSHR125B14RS45HN09 125 136,0 40 — — 90 63 4,5 14 2,86 5050
Face Mills
Spare Parts
258
KM_Master12_O020_O021_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:28 AM Page O21
Dodeka™ 45°
Shell Mills
Spare Parts
insert
D1 screw Nm wrench
80 193.492 3,5 170.025
100 193.492 3,5 170.025
125 193.492 3,5 170.025
160 193.492 3,5 170.025
NOTE: Metric cutter diameters with inch bore sizes.
259
KM_Master12_O022_O023_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:28 AM Page O22
Dodeka™ 45°
Inserts
XNGJ-LDJ3W *
XNGJ-GD3W *
P
M
first choice K
alternate choice N
S
H
KCPM20
KC410M
KC725M
KCPK30
KCK15
cutting
catalogue number D S L10 BS Rε edges
XNGJ0905ANFNLDJ3W 15,88 5,51 9,60 6,00 2 3
XNGJ0905ANSNGD3W 15,88 5,51 9,60 6,00 2 3
260
KM_Master12_O022_O023_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:28 AM Page O23
Dodeka™ 45°
Indexable Inserts
P
M
first choice K
alternate choice N
S
H
KCPM20
KC410M
KC520M
KC522M
KC725M
KCPK30
KCK15
cutting
catalogue number D S L10 BS Rεε hm edges
HNGJ0905ANFNLDJ 15,88 5,56 9,00 1,80 1,2 0,02 12
HNGJ0905ANENLD 15,88 5,56 9,00 1,80 1,2 0,05 12
HNGJ-GD
KCPM20
KC410M
KC520M
KC522M
KC725M
KCPK30
KCK15
cutting
catalogue number D S L10 BS Rε hm edges
HNGJ0905ANSNGD 15,88 5,56 9,00 1,80 1,2 0,06 12
HNGJ-HD
KCPM20
KC410M
KC520M
KC522M
KC725M
KCPK30
KCK15
cutting
catalogue number D S L10 BS Rε hm edges
HNGJ0905ANSNHD 15,88 5,46 8,59 1,66 1,2 0,06 12
HNGJ090543ANSNHD 15,88 5,44 8,50 — 4,4 0,06 12
HNPJ-GD
KCPM20
KC410M
KC520M
KC522M
KC725M
KCPK30
KCK15
cutting
catalogue number D S L10 BS Rε hm edges
HNPJ0905ANSNGD 15,88 5,56 8,58 1,80 1,2 0,10 12
HNPJ-HD
KCPM20
KC410M
KC520M
KC522M
KC725M
KCPK30
KCK15
cutting
catalogue number D S L10 BS Rε hm edges
HNPJ0905ANSNHD 15,88 5,46 8,59 1,66 1,2 0,18 12
HNPJ090543ANSNHD 15,88 5,44 8,50 — 4,3 0,13 12
261
KM_Master12_O024_O025_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:28 AM Page O24
Dodeka™ 45°
Recommended Starting Speeds and Feeds • 45° Approach Angle
Material
KCK15 KCPM20 KCPK30
Group
1 — — — 660 580 535 545 475 440
2 — — — 410 370 330 335 305 275
3 — — — 370 330 305 305 275 250
P
4 — — — 275 255 230 225 210 190
5 — — — 330 300 275 310 275 255
6 — — — 230 200 175 190 165 —
1 — — — 270 240 205 250 220 190
M 2 — — — 245 215 190 225 195 170
3 — — — 195 175 150 175 160 140
1 505 460 410 435 390 350 355 320 285
Face Mills
262
KM_Master12_O026_O027_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:27 AM Page O26
order number catalogue number D1 D1 max D D4 D41 D6 L Ap1 max Z kg max RPM
4059463 KSHR80A04RS45HN13 80 97,3 27 — — 60 50 8,0 4 1,26 7900
4060935 KSHR100B05RS45HN13 100 117,3 32 — — 80 50 8,0 5 1,81 6300
4060936 KSHR125B06RS45HN13 125 142,3 40 — — 90 63 8,0 6 3,07 5050
4059485 KSHR160C09RS45HN13 160 177,3 40 66,7 — 110 63 8,0 9 4,34 3900
4060912 KSHR200C10RS45HN13 200 217,3 60 101,6 — 130 63 8,0 10 6,41 3180
4060937 KSHR200C12RS45HN13 200 217,3 60 101,6 — 130 63 8,0 12 6,48 3180
4060933 KSHR250C12RS45HN13 250 267,3 60 101,6 — 130 63 8,0 12 10,30 2550
4060938 KSHR250C14RS45HN13 250 267,3 60 101,6 — 130 63 8,0 14 10,27 2550
4060934 KSHR315C14RS45HN13 315 332,3 60 101,6 177,8 230 80 8,0 14 24,04 2020
4059486 KSHR315C18RS45HN13 315 332,3 60 101,6 177,8 230 80 8,0 18 24,62 2020
Spare Parts
Face Mills
263
KM_Master12_O026_O027_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:27 AM Page O27
D
order number catalogue number D1 D1 max mm in D4 D41 D6 L Ap1 max Z kg max RPM
4060996 KSHR80A04RS45HN13J 80 97,3 25,400 1.000 — — 60 50 8,0 4 1,23 7900
4060997 KSHR100B05RS45HN13J 100 117,3 31,750 1.250 — — 80 50 8,0 5 1,82 6300
4060998 KSHR125B06RS45HN13J 125 142,3 38,100 1.500 — — 90 63 8,0 6 3,20 5050
4060999 KSHR160C09RS45HN13J 160 177,3 50,800 2.000 — — 110 63 8,0 9 4,45 3900
4060993 KSHR200C10RS45HN13J 200 217,3 47,625 1.875 101,6 — 130 63 8,0 10 7,69 3180
4061000 KSHR200C12RS45HN13J 200 217,3 47,625 1.875 101,6 — 130 63 8,0 12 7,81 3180
4060994 KSHR250C12RS45HN13J 250 267,3 47,625 1.875 101,6 — 130 63 8,0 12 11,75 2550
4061001 KSHR250C14RS45HN13J 250 267,3 47,625 1.875 101,6 — 130 63 8,0 14 11,81 2550
4060995 KSHR315C14RS45HN13J 315 332,3 47,625 1.875 101,6 177,8 230 80 8,0 14 25,38 2020
4061002 KSHR315C18RS45HN13J 315 332,3 47,625 1.875 101,6 177,8 230 80 8,0 18 25,51 2020
Spare Parts
264
KM_Master12_O028_O029_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/9/12 11:30 AM Page O28
Indexable Inserts
P
M
first choice K
alternate choice N
S
H
Face Mills
HNGJ-GD
KC520M
KC725M
KCPK30
KCK15
cutting
catalogue number D S L10 BS Rε hm edges
HNGJ1307ANENGD 22,23 7,41 12,83 1,88 1,2 0,05 12
HNPJ-GD
KC520M
KC725M
KCPK30
KCK15
cutting
catalogue number D S L10 BS Rε hm edges
HNPJ130720ANSNGD 22,23 7,53 12,83 — 2,0 0,13 12
HNPJ-HD
KC520M
KC725M
KCPK30
KCK15
cutting
catalogue number D S L10 BS Rε hm edges
HNPJ1307ANSNHD 22,23 7,31 12,83 1,88 1,2 0,25 12
HNPJ130720ANSNHD 22,23 7,42 12,83 — 2,0 0,23 12
265
KM_Master12_O028_O029_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/9/12 11:30 AM Page O29
266
KM_Master12_O032_O033_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:19 AM Page O32
order number catalogue number D1 D1 max D D2 D4 D41 D6 L Ap1 max Z kg max RPM
4040931 MEGA45D125B06LN24 125 160,3 40 169 — — 90 63 17,2 6 4,40 12620
4040932 MEGA45D160C07LN24 160 195,4 40 201 66,7 — 130 63 17,2 7 6,46 11150
4102923 MEGA45D200C07LN24 200 235,4 60 239 101,6 — 160 63 17,2 7 8,41 9970
4040953 MEGA45D200C09LN24 200 235,4 60 239 101,6 — 160 63 17,2 9 8,83 9970
4102924 MEGA45D250C09LN24 250 285,4 60 287 101,6 177,8 225 63 17,2 9 13,54 8920
4040954 MEGA45D250C11LN24 250 285,4 60 287 101,6 177,8 225 63 17,2 11 13,97 8920
4102925 MEGA45D315C10LN24 315 350,4 60 352 101,6 177,8 225 80 17,2 10 22,57 7950
4040955 MEGA45D315C13LN24 315 350,4 60 352 101,6 177,8 225 80 17,2 13 23,03 7950
Spare Parts
Face Mills
267
KM_Master12_O032_O033_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:19 AM Page O33
D
order number catalogue number D1 D1 max mm in D2 D4 D41 D6 L Ap1 max Z kg max RPM
4040956 MEGA45D125B06LN24J 125 160,3 38,100 1.500 169 — — 97 63 17,2 6 4,87 12620
4040957 MEGA45D160C07LN24J 160 195,4 50,800 2.000 201 101,6 — 130 63 17,2 7 7,10 11150
4102926 MEGA45D200C07LN24J 200 235,4 47,625 1.875 239 101,6 — 160 63 17,2 7 9,21 9970
4040958 MEGA45D200C09LN24J 200 235,4 47,625 1.875 239 101,6 — 160 63 17,2 9 9,63 9970
4102927 MEGA45D250C09LN24J 250 285,4 47,625 1.875 287 101,6 177,8 225 63 17,2 9 14,97 8920
4040959 MEGA45D250C11LN24J 250 285,4 47,625 1.875 287 101,6 177,8 225 63 17,2 11 15,40 8920
4102928 MEGA45D315C10LN24J 315 350,4 47,625 1.875 352 101,6 177,8 225 80 17,2 10 23,48 7950
4040960 MEGA45D315C13LN24J 315 350,4 47,625 1.875 352 101,6 177,8 225 80 17,2 13 23,94 7950
Spare Parts
268
KM_Master12_O034_O035_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:19 AM Page O34
Indexable Inserts
LNPU-HD
P
M
first choice K
alternate choice N
S
H
Face Mills
LNPU-HD
KC520M
KC725M
KCPK30
KCK15
cutting
catalogue number LI BS W Rε S hm edges
LNPU2410ANSRHD 29,00 2,25 25,02 1,20 10,00 0,23 4
269
KM_Master12_O034_O035_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:19 AM Page O35
270
KM_Master12_O038_O039_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:19 AM Page O38
order number catalogue number D1 D1 max D D2 D4 D41 D6 L Ap1 max Z kg max RPM
4163319 MEGA15D125B06LN22 125 172,2 40 185 — — 100 63 6,1 6 4,72 9200
4163320 MEGA15D160C07LN22 160 207,1 40 220 66,7 — 130 63 6,1 7 6,49 8130
4163321 MEGA15D200C09LN22 200 247,0 60 260 101,6 — 160 63 6,1 9 9,72 7270
4163322 MEGA15D250C11LN22 250 296,9 60 305 101,6 177,8 225 63 6,1 11 14,36 6500
4163703 MEGA15D315C13LN22 315 361,8 60 372 101,6 177,8 225 80 6,0 13 21,52 5790
NOTE: For spare parts, see page O40.
271
KM_Master12_O038_O039_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:19 AM Page O39
LNPU-HD
P
M
first choice K
alternate choice N
S
H
LNPU-HD
KC520M
KC725M
KCPK30
KCK15
cutting
catalogue number LI BS W Rε S hm edges
LNPU221012PNSRHD 26,50 2,31 25,01 1,20 10,00 0,23 4
Material
KC520M KC725M KCK15 KCPK30
Group
1 — — — 315 275 255 — — — 545 475 440
2 — — — 260 230 195 — — — 335 305 275
3 — — — 240 205 170 — — — 305 275 250
P
4 — — — 215 180 145 — — — 225 210 190
5 — — — 180 160 145 — — — 310 275 255
6 — — — 160 120 95 — — — 190 165 —
1 — — — — — — — — — — — —
M 2 — — — — — — — — — — — —
3 — — — — — — — — — — — —
1 325 295 260 — — — 505 460 410 355 320 285
K 2 255 225 215 — — — 400 355 330 280 255 230
3 215 190 170 — — — 335 300 275 235 210 195
1–2 — — — — — — — — — — — —
N
3 — — — — — — — — — — — —
1 — — — — — — — — — — — —
2 — — — — — — — — — — — —
S
3 — — — — — — — — — — — —
4 — — — — — — — — — — — —
1 — — — — — — — — — — — —
H 2 — — — — — — — — — — — —
3 — — — — — — — — — — — —
NOTE: FIRST choice starting speeds are in bold type.
As the average chip thickness increases, the speed should be decreased.
272
KM_Master12_O040_O041_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:18 AM Page O40
order number catalogue number D1 D1 max D D2 D4 D41 D6 L Ap1 max Z kg max RPM
4147458 MEGA60D125B06LN22 125 150,0 40 155 — — 90 63 21,4 6 3,76 11130
4147459 MEGA60D160C07LN22 160 184,9 40 190 66,7 — 130 63 21,4 7 5,73 9830
4147460 MEGA60D200C07LN22 200 224,9 60 225 101,6 — 160 63 21,4 7 8,17 8790
4147461 MEGA60D200C09LN22 200 224,9 60 225 101,6 — 160 63 21,4 9 8,26 8790
4147462 MEGA60D250C09LN22 250 274,9 60 275 101,6 177,8 225 63 21,4 9 12,93 7870
4147483 MEGA60D250C11LN22 250 274,9 60 275 101,6 177,8 225 63 21,4 11 13,09 7870
4147484 MEGA60D315C10LN22 315 339,9 60 340 101,6 177,8 225 80 21,4 10 21,29 7010
4147485 MEGA60D315C13LN22 315 339,9 60 340 101,6 177,8 225 80 21,4 13 21,39 7010
Spare Parts
Face Mills
273
KM_Master12_O040_O041_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:18 AM Page O41
Spare Parts
274
KM_Master12_O042_O043_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:18 AM Page O42
Indexable Inserts
LNPU-HD
P
M
first choice K
alternate choice N
S
H
Face Mills
LNPU-HD
KC520M
KC725M
KCPK30
KCK15
cutting
catalogue number LI BS W Rε S hm edges
LNPU221012PNSRHD 26,50 2,31 25,01 1,20 10,00 0,23 4
275
KM_Master12_O042_O043_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:18 AM Page O43
276
KM_Master12_O044_O045_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:24 AM Page O44
Spare Parts
Face Mills
277
KM_Master12_O044_O045_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:24 AM Page O45
Spare Parts
278
KM_Master12_O046_O047_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/9/12 12:24 PM Page O46
Indexable Inserts
LNPU-HD
P
M
first choice K
N
alternate choice
S
H
Face Mills
LNPU-HD
KC520M
KC725M
KCPK30
KCK15
cutting
catalogue number LI BS W Rε S hm edges
LNPU221012PNSRHD 26,50 2,31 25,01 1,20 10,00 0,23 4
279
KM_Master12_O046_O047_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/9/12 12:24 PM Page O47
Material
KC520M KC725M KCK15 KCPK30
Group
1 — — — 260 230 215 — — — 455 395 370
2 — — — 220 190 160 — — — 280 255 230
3 — — — 200 170 140 — — — 255 230 205
P
4 — — — 180 150 120 — — — 190 175 160
5 — — — 150 135 120 — — — 260 230 210
6 — — — 130 100 80 — — — 160 135 —
1 — — — — — — — — — — — —
M 2 — — — — — — — — — — — —
3 — — — — — — — — — — — —
1 270 245 215 — — — 420 385 340 295 265 240
K 2 210 190 175 — — — 335 295 275 235 210 190
3 175 160 145 — — — 280 250 230 195 175 160
1–2 — — — — — — — — — — — —
N
3 — — — — — — — — — — — —
1 — — — — — — — — — — — —
2 — — — — — — — — — — — —
S
3 — — — — — — — — — — — —
4 — — — — — — — — — — — —
1 — — — — — — — — — — — —
H 2 — — — — — — — — — — — —
3 — — — — — — — — — — — —
NOTE: FIRST choice starting speeds are in bold type.
As the average chip thickness increases, the speed should be decreased.
280
KM_Master12_O050_O051_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:23 AM Page O50
Spare Parts
281
KM_Master12_O050_O051_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:23 AM Page O51
Spare Parts
282
KM_Master12_O052_O053_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:23 AM Page O52
BS 45˚
L10
20˚
SECX-ENGN SECX-SNGN SECX-GD2 Rε D S
SECX-GN SECX-GD2
P
M
first choice K
alternate choice N
S
H
Face Mills
SECX-GN
KC725M
cutting
catalogue number D BS L10 Rε S hm edges
SECX1404AEENGN 14,00 1,85 14,00 1,00 4,76 0,06 4
SECX1404AESNGN 14,00 1,85 14,00 1,00 4,76 0,08 4
SECX-GD2
KC725M
cutting
catalogue number D BS L10 Rε S hm edges
SECX1404AEENGD2 14,00 1,85 14,00 1,00 4,76 0,06 4
283
KM_Master12_O052_O053_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:23 AM Page O53
284
KM_Master12_O054_O055_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:29 AM Page O55
KSSM™ 45°
End Mills
Spare Parts
285
KM_Master12_O056_O057_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:29 AM Page O56
KSSM™ 45°
Shell Mills
Spare Parts
286
KM_Master12_O056_O057_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:29 AM Page O57
KSSM™ 45°
Shell Mills • JIS
Spare Parts
287
KM_Master12_O058_O059_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:29 AM Page O58
KSSM™ 45°
Inserts
Indexable Inserts
P
M
first choice K
alternate choice N
S
H
Face Mills
SECT-LE
KCPM20
KC410M
KC520M
KC725M
KCPK30
KY3500
KCK15
cutting
catalogue number D S L10 BS Rε hm edges
SECT1404AEFNLE 14,00 4,76 14,00 2,65 1,0 0,02 4
SECT-LD2
KCPM20
KC410M
KC520M
KC725M
KCPK30
KY3500
KCK15
cutting
catalogue number D S L10 BS Rε hm edges
SECT1404AEENLD2 14,00 4,76 14,00 2,65 1,0 0,04 4
SEKT-GP2
KCPM20
KC410M
KC520M
KC725M
KCPK30
KY3500
KCK15
cutting
catalogue number D S L10 BS Rε hm edges
SEKT1404AEENGP2 14,00 4,76 14,00 2,65 1,0 0,05 4
SEKT1404AESNGP2 14,00 4,76 14,00 2,65 1,0 0,11 4
288
KM_Master12_O058_O059_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:29 AM Page O59
KSSM™ 45°
Indexable Inserts
SECW-GNW
P
M
first choice K
alternate choice N
S
H
SEPT-GB2
KCPM20
KC410M
KC520M
KC725M
KCPK30
KY3500
KCK15
cutting
catalogue number D S L10 BS Rεε hm edges
SEPT1404AEENGB2 14,00 4,76 14,00 2,65 1,0 0,08 4
SEPT1404AESNGB2 14,00 4,76 14,00 2,65 1,0 0,13 4
SECW-GNW
KCPM20
KC410M
KC520M
KC725M
KCPK30
KY3500
KCK15
cutting
catalogue number D S L10 BS Rε hm edges
SECW1404AEENGNW 14,00 4,76 8,26 8,26 0,8 0,04 2
SECW-GN
KCPM20
KC410M
KC520M
KC725M
KCPK30
KY3500
KCK15
cutting
catalogue number D S L10 BS Rε hm edges
SECW1404AESNGN 14,00 4,76 14,00 2,65 1,0 0,16 4
289
KM_Master12_O060_O061_METRIC_EN.qxp:Layout 1 3/7/12 9:29 AM Page O60
KSSM™ 45˚
Recommended Starting Speeds and Feeds • 45° Approach Angle
Material
KCPM20 KCPK30 KY3500
Group
1 660 580 535 545 475 440 — — —
2 410 370 330 335 305 275 — — —
3 370 330 305 305 275 250 — — —
P
4 275 255 230 225 210 190 — — —
5 330 300 275 310 275 255 — — —
6 230 200 175 190 165 — — — —
1 270 240 205 250 220 190 — — —
M 2 245 215 190 225 195 170 — — —
3 195 175 150 175 160 140 — — —
1 435 390 350 355 320 285 965 880 780
Face Mills
290
SHANK
TOOL
HOLDERS
DATA
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_E002_E003.qxp:WIDIA 10:50 AM Page E3
BT Shank Tools
Catalog Numbering System
BT40BER40120M
BT 40 B ER 40 120 M
Shank Shank Special Feature Toolholder Toolholder Tool Identification
Style Taper (optional) Style Size Length Value
Size
BB = Bar blank KR = Romicron boring adapters STRC = Rapid Change — solid tapping
adapter chuck
DA = Double-angle collet chuck MT = Morse taper adapter
SWN = Whistle Notch™ 2° — short —
DC = Drill chuck RC = Rapid Change — T&C tapping (not to DIN standard)
adapter chuck
EM = End mill adapter TA = Tap chuck adapter
SA = Slotting cutter adapter
ER = DIN 6499 single-angle collet chuck TCRC = Rapid Change — T&C tapping
SER = DIN 6499 single-angle collet chuck — adapter chuck
HC = Hydraulic chuck — Standard Line short with internal locknut
TG = Tremendous Grip single-angle
HCB = Hydraulic chuck — Basic Line SFTT = SAFE-LOCK™ Shrink Fit collet chuck
thermo toolholder
HCSL = Hydraulic chuck — Slim Line TGF = Tremendous Grip single-angle
SM2C = Shell mill adapter with coolant collet chuck — flush face
HCSLT = Hydraulic chuck — Slim Line — Trend and small diameter
HCT = Hydraulic chuck — Trend Line TT = Shrink Fit thermo toolholder
SMC = Shell mill adapter with coolant
HPMC = Bearing milling chuck — TTHT = Shrink Fit thermo toolholder —
SS = Adapter for straight shanks (drills) high torque
high performance
SSF = Adapter for straight shanks with WD = Whistle Notch with drive
HSK = HSK adapter flat (drills)
JT = Jacobs taper adapter WN = Whistle Notch (2° metric; 5° inch)
ST = Screw-on adapters
KM = KM™ adapter
293
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_E008_E009.qxp:WIDIA 10:51 AM Page E9
collet series
Collet Capacity
mm inch
TG Round-BT Form AD
294
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_E010_E011.qxp:WIDIA 10:51 AM Page E10
collet series
BT30 Shank Tools
Collet Capacity
mm inch
ER Hex-BT Form AD
collet
order number catalog number series D11 L1 L9 V kg
1258023 BT30ER16060M ER16 28 60 32 33 0,48
1826220 BT30ER16100M ER16 28 100 32 48 0,64
3847457 BT30ER16150M ER16 28 150 32 48 0,85
1021296 BT30ER20060M ER20 34 60 36 31 0,49
3847458 BT30ER20100M ER20 34 100 36 44 0,74
Spare Parts
(continued)
295
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_E010_E011.qxp:WIDIA 10:51 AM Page E11
collet series
ER Round-BT Form AD
collet
order number catalog number series D11 L1 L9 V kg
1258025 BT30ER25060M ER25 42 60 40 16 0,52
1826221 BT30ER25100M ER25 42 100 40 40 0,73
1156350 BT30ER32070M ER32 50 70 46 10 0,65
3847459 BT30ER32100M ER32 50 100 46 34 0,88
3847460 BT30ER40100M ER40 63 100 52 10 1,15
Spare Parts
296
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_E012_E013.qxp:WIDIA 10:51 AM Page E12
• Grip 1:1.
collet series
Collet Capacity
mm inch
BT30 Shank Tools
DA Hex-BT Form AD
collet
order number catalog number series D11 L1 L9 V lbs
1258011 BT30DA208060M DA200 1.08 2.36 1.50 1.17 1.10
Spare Parts
(continued)
297
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_E012_E013.qxp:WIDIA 10:51 AM Page E13
collet series
DA Round-BT Form AD
collet
order number catalog number series D11 L1 L9 V lbs
1191712 BT30DA188060M DA180 1.69 2.36 2.13 .35 1.54
Spare Parts
298
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_E014_E015.qxp:WIDIA 10:51 AM Page E14
DC-BT Form AD
D1 D1 max
WN MM-BT Form AD
299
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_E014_E015.qxp:WIDIA 10:51 AM Page E15
EM MM-BT Form AD
EM IN-BT Form AD
300
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_E016_E017.qxp:WIDIA 10:51 AM Page E16
(continued)
301
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_E016_E017.qxp:WIDIA 10:51 AM Page E17
302
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_E018_E019.qxp:WIDIA 10:51 AM Page E18
ST-BT Form AD
system size
KM-BT Form AD
303
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_E034_E035.qxp:WIDIA 10:52 AM Page E34
collet series
BT40 Shank Tools
Collet Capacity
mm inch
TG Round-BT Form AD
304
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_E034_E035.qxp:WIDIA 10:53 AM Page E35
collet series
Collet Capacity
mm inch
ER Short-BT Form AD
305
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_E036_E037.qxp:WIDIA 10:53 AM Page E36
collet series
BT40 Shank Tools
Collet Capacity
mm inch
collet
order number catalog number series D11 L1 L9 V kg
1315660 BT40BER16060M ER16 28 60 32 39 1,03
1623345 BT40BER16120M ER16 28 120 32 48 1,27
3847461 BT40BER16150M ER16 28 150 32 48 1,39
3847462 BT40BER20060M ER20 34 60 37 38 1,04
3847513 BT40BER20120M ER20 34 120 37 63 1,41
3847514 BT40BER20150M ER20 34 150 37 63 1,59
Spare Parts
(continued)
306
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_E036_E037.qxp:WIDIA 10:53 AM Page E37
collet series
collet
order number catalog number series D11 L1 L9 V kg
1718315 BT40BER25070M ER25 42 70 40 38 1,15
1610709 BT40BER25120M ER25 42 120 40 60 1,61
3798342 BT40BER25150M ER25 42 150 40 60 1,90
1538985 BT40BER32070M ER32 50 70 46 40 1,15
1538986 BT40BER32120M ER32 50 120 46 54 1,82
3798343 BT40BER32150M ER32 50 150 46 54 2,26
1871535 BT40BER40080M ER40 63 80 52 28 1,37
1871538 BT40BER40120M ER40 63 120 52 33 2,29
Spare Parts
307
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_E038_E039.qxp:WIDIA 10:53 AM Page E38
• Grip 1:1.
collet series
Collet Capacity
BT40 Shank Tools
mm inch
collet
order number catalog number series D11 L1 L9 V lbs
1191725 BT40DA208070M DA200 1.08 2.76 1.50 1.26 2.20
1191722 BT40DA108070M DA100 1.44 2.76 1.77 1.10 2.20
Spare Parts
(continued)
308
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_E038_E039.qxp:WIDIA 10:53 AM Page E39
collet series
DA Round-BT form AD
collet
order number catalog number series D11 L1 L9 V lbs
1191723 BT40DA188070M DA180 1.69 2.76 1.89 1.30 2.65
1258159 BT40DA188100M DA180 1.69 3.94 1.89 2.05 3.09
1191724 BT40DA188150M DA180 1.69 5.91 1.97 1.77 3.75
Spare Parts
309
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_E040_E041.qxp:WIDIA 10:53 AM Page E40
DC-BT Form A
D1 D1 max
locknut
order number catalog number mm in mm in D2 L1 L1S wrench Nm kg
3583293 BT40DC13096M 1,0 .039 13,0 .512 51 108 96 PSW45M 55 1,74
NOTE: Tighten to the recommended tightening torque.
Locknut wrench not supplied.
For retention knobs, see page L45.
310
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_E040_E041.qxp:WIDIA 10:53 AM Page E41
311
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_E042_E043.qxp:WIDIA 10:53 AM Page E42
312
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_E042_E043.qxp:WIDIA 10:53 AM Page E43
313
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_E044_E045.qxp:WIDIA 10:53 AM Page E44
EM MM-BT Form AD
(continued)
314
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_E044_E045.qxp:WIDIA 10:53 AM Page E45
EM IN-BT Form AD
315
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_E046_E047.qxp:WIDIA 10:54 AM Page E46
316
COLLETS
AND
SLEEVES
DATA
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_J010_J011.qxp:WIDIA 11:32 AM Page J11
100 TG C 160 M
System Size Collet Style Special Features Collet Bore Size Identification
(optional) Value
319
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_J012_J013.qxp:WIDIA 11:33 AM Page J12
TG • Tremendous Grip
• Provides Tremendous Grip and accuracy for all drilling applications.
• 0,4mm [.016" (1/64)] range of collapse.
• Grips on back taper and margin of drill for maximum feed rates and more accurate holes.
• Manufactured to DIN 6499 Class 2 accuracy.
320
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_J014_J015.qxp:WIDIA 11:33 AM Page J14
(continued)
321
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_J014_J015.qxp:WIDIA 11:33 AM Page J15
50TGC 50TGCHP
50TG standard — 50TGHP high precision — collet capacity collet capacity
D1 standard coolant high precision coolant max mm min mm L9
7,5 50TG075M — — — 7,50 7,10 29,1
8,0 — 50TGC080M — — 8,00 7,87 22,9
8,0 — — — 50TGCHP080M 7,90 7,87 23,0
8,0 50TG080M — — — 8,00 7,60 29,3
8,0 — — 50TGHP080M — 8,00 7,75 29,4
8,5 50TG085M — — — 8,50 8,10 29,4
9,0 50TG090M — — — 9,00 8,60 29,6
9,5 50TG095M — — — 9,50 9,10 29,9
10,0 — 50TGC100M — — 10,00 9,87 30,0
10,0 — — — 50TGCHP100M 9,90 9,87 30,0
10,0 — — 50TGHP100M — 10,00 9,75 30,0
10,0 50TG100M — — — 10,00 9,60 30,0
10,5 50TG105M — — — 10,50 10,10 30,2
11,0 50TG110M — — — 11,00 10,60 30,3
11,5 50TG115M — — — 11,50 11,10 30,5
12,0 — 50TGC120M — — 12,00 11,87 30,3
12,0 50TG120M — — — 12,00 11,60 30,6
12,0 — — — 50TGCHP120M 11,90 11,87 30,6
12,0 — — 50TGHP120M — 12,00 11,75 30,6
12,5 50TG125M — — — 12,50 12,10 30,8
13,0 50TG130M — — — 13,00 12,60 30,9
13,5 50TG135M — — — 13,50 13,10 36,5
NOTE: Inserting the cutting tool less than 2/3 the gripping length into the collet can permanently damage the collet.
Full length of the gripping bore must be maintained to achieve maximum accuracy and safety.
Collet accuracies are based on size-for-size conditions. Using the collapsible range can influence the accuracy and gripping powers.
Never try to stretch the collets by clamping oversized cutting tools.
322
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_J016_J017.qxp:WIDIA 11:33 AM Page J16
(continued)
323
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_J016_J017.qxp:WIDIA 11:33 AM Page J17
50TGC 50TGCHP
50TG standard — 50TGHP high precision — collet capacity collet capacity
D1 standard coolant high precision coolant max inch min inch L9
11/64 — 50TGC0172 — — .1719 .1669 .861
11/64 50TG0172 — — — .1720 .1563 .860
3/16 — — 50TGHP0188 — .1875 .1775 .865
3/16 — 50TGC0188 — 50TGCHP0188 .1875 .1825 .866
3/16 50TG0188 — — — .1880 .1719 .865
13/64 50TG0203 — — — .2030 .1875 .870
13/64 — 50TGC0203 — — .2031 .1981 .871
7/32 — 50TGC0219 — — .2188 .2138 .876
7/32 50TG0219 — — — .2190 .2031 .875
15/64 50TG0234 — — — .2340 .2188 .880
1/4 — 50TGC0250 — 50TGCHP0250 .2500 .2450 .885
1/4 — — 50TGHP0250 — .2500 .2400 1.139
1/4 50TG0250 — — — .2500 .2344 1.139
17/64 — 50TGC0266 — — .2656 .2606 .890
17/64 50TG0266 — — — .2660 .2500 1.144
9/32 50TG0281 — — — .2810 .2656 1.148
9/32 — 50TGC0281 — — .2813 .2763 .894
19/64 50TG0297 — — — .2970 .2813 1.153
5/16 50TG0312 — — — .3120 .2969 1.158
5/16 — 50TGC0312 — 50TGCHP0312 .3125 .3075 .904
5/16 — — 50TGHP0312 — .3125 .3025 1.158
21/64 50TG0328 — — — .3280 .3125 1.163
21/64 — 50TGC0328 — — .3281 .3231 .908
11/32 — 50TGC0344 — — .3438 .3388 .913
11/32 50TG0344 — — — .3440 .3281 1.167
23/64 50TG0359 — — — .3590 .3438 1.172
23/64 — 50TGC0359 — — .3594 .3544 .918
3/8 — 50TGC0375 — 50TGCHP0375 .3750 .3700 .922
3/8 50TG0375 — — — .3750 .3594 1.177
3/8 — — 50TGHP0375 — .3750 .3650 1.177
25/64 — 50TGC0391 — — .3906 .3856 1.182
25/64 50TG0391 — — — .3910 .3750 1.181
13/32 50TG0406 — — — .4060 .3906 1.186
13/32 — 50TGC0406 — — .4063 .4013 1.187
27/64 — 50TGC0422 — — .4219 .4169 1.192
27/64 50TG0422 — — — .4220 .4063 1.191
7/16 — — 50TGHP0438 — .4375 .4275 1.195
7/16 — 50TGC0438 — 50TGCHP0438 .4375 .4325 1.196
7/16 50TG0438 — — — .4380 .4219 1.196
29/64 50TG0453 — — — .4530 .4375 1.200
(continued)
324
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_J018_J019.qxp:WIDIA 11:33 AM Page J18
50TGC 50TGCHP
50TG standard — 50TGHP high precision — collet capacity collet capacity
D1 standard coolant high precision coolant max inch min inch L9
29/64 — 50TGC0453 — — .4531 .4481 1.201
15/32 50TG0469 — — — .4680 .4531 1.205
15/32 — 50TGC0469 — — .4688 .4638 1.206
31/64 50TG0484 — — — .4840 .4688 1.209
31/64 — 50TGC0484 — — .4844 .4794 1.210
1/2 — — 50TGHP0500 — .5000 .4900 1.214
1/2 50TG0500 — — — .5000 .4844 1.214
1/2 — 50TGC0500 — 50TGCHP0500 .5000 .4950 1.215
33/64 — 50TGC0516 — — .5156 .5106 1.220
33/64 50TG0516 — — — .5160 .5000 1.209
17/32 50TG0531 — — — .5310 .5156 1.438
17/32 — 50TGC0531 — — .5313 .5263 1.438
NOTE: Inserting the cutting tool less than 2/3 the gripping length into the collet can permanently damage the collet.
Full length of the gripping bore must be maintained to achieve maximum accuracy and safety.
Collet accuracies are based on size-for-size conditions. Using the collapsible range can influence the accuracy and gripping powers.
Never try to stretch the collets by clamping oversized cutting tools.
325
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_J018_J019.qxp:WIDIA 11:33 AM Page J19
326
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_J022_J023.qxp:WIDIA 11:33 AM Page J22
(continued)
327
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_J022_J023.qxp:WIDIA 11:33 AM Page J23
75TGC 75TGCHP
75TG standard — 75TGHP high precision — collet capacity collet capacity
D1 standard coolant high precision coolant max mm min mm L9
8,0 75TG080M — — — 8,00 7,60 38,1
8,5 75TG085M — — — 8,50 8,10 38,3
9,0 75TG090M — — — 9,00 8,60 38,4
9,5 75TG095M — — — 9,50 9,10 38,6
10,0 — — — 75TGCHP100M 10,00 9,87 38,7
10,0 — — 75TGHP100M — 10,00 9,75 38,7
10,0 75TG100M — — — 10,00 9,60 38,7
10,0 — 75TGC100M — — 10,00 9,87 38,7
10,5 75TG105M — — — 10,50 10,10 38,8
11,0 75TG110M — — — 11,00 10,60 39,0
11,5 75TG115M — — — 11,50 11,10 39,1
12,0 — 75TGC120M — — 12,00 11,87 39,3
12,0 75TG120M — — — 12,00 11,60 39,3
12,0 — — 75TGHP120M — 12,00 11,75 39,3
12,0 — — — 75TGCHP120M 12,00 11,87 39,3
12,5 75TG125M — — — 12,50 12,10 39,4
13,0 75TG130M — — — 13,00 12,60 39,6
13,5 75TG135M — — — 13,50 13,10 39,7
14,0 — 75TGC140M — 75TGCHP140M 14,00 13,87 39,9
14,0 — — 75TGHP140M — 14,00 13,75 46,8
14,0 75TG140M — — — 14,00 13,60 46,8
14,5 75TG145M — — — 14,50 14,10 46,8
15,0 75TG150M — — — 15,00 14,60 46,8
15,5 75TG155M — — — 15,50 15,10 46,8
16,0 — 75TGC160M — 75TGCHP160M 16,00 15,87 40,5
16,0 75TG160M — — — 16,00 15,60 46,8
16,0 — — 75TGHP160M — 16,00 15,75 46,8
16,5 75TG165M — — — 16,50 16,10 46,8
17,0 75TG170M — — — 17,00 16,60 46,8
17,5 75TG175M — — — 17,50 17,10 46,8
18,0 — 75TGC180M — 75TGCHP180M 18,00 17,87 41,1
18,0 75TG180M — — — 18,00 17,60 46,8
18,0 — — 75TGHP180M — 18,00 17,75 46,8
19,0 75TG190M — — — 19,00 18,60 46,8
19,5 75TG195M — — — 19,50 19,10 46,8
20,0 75TG200M — — — 20,00 19,60 46,8
20,0 — 75TGC200M — 75TGCHP200M 20,00 19,87 46,8
20,0 — — 75TGHP200M — 20,00 19,75 46,8
NOTE: Inserting the cutting tool less than 2/3 the gripping length into the collet can permanently damage the collet.
Full length of the gripping bore must be maintained to achieve maximum accuracy and safety.
Collet accuracies are based on size-for-size conditions. Using the collapsible range can influence the accuracy and gripping powers.
Never try to stretch the collets by clamping oversized cutting tools.
328
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_J024_J025.qxp:WIDIA 2:11 PM Page J24
TG Collet — NP TG Collet — NP
(continued)
329
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_J024_J025.qxp:WIDIA 2:11 PM Page J25
(continued)
330
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_J026_J027.qxp:WIDIA 11:34 AM Page J26
331
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_J026_J027.qxp:WIDIA 11:34 AM Page J27
TG Collet
TG Collet — NP
332
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_J030_J031.qxp:WIDIA 11:34 AM Page J30
(continued)
333
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_J030_J031.qxp:WIDIA 11:34 AM Page J31
(continued)
334
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_J032_J033.qxp:WIDIA 11:34 AM Page J32
NOTE: Inserting the cutting tool less than 2/3 of the gripping length into the collet can influence the coolant sealing performance
and permanently damage the collet.
Full length of the gripping bore needs to be maintained to achieve maximum accuracy and safety.
Collet accuracies are based on size-for-size conditions. Using the collapsible range can influence the accuracy and gripping powers.
Never try to stretch the collets by clamping oversized cutting tools.
335
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_J034_J035.qxp:WIDIA 11:34 AM Page J34
TG Collet — NP
(continued)
336
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_J034_J035.qxp:WIDIA 11:35 AM Page J35
(continued)
337
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_J036_J037.qxp:WIDIA 11:35 AM Page J36
(continued)
338
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_J036_J037.qxp:WIDIA 11:35 AM Page J37
339
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_J066_J067.qxp:WIDIA 11:38 AM Page J67
(continued)
340
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_J068_J069.qxp:WIDIA 11:38 AM Page J68
341
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_J038_J039.qxp:WIDIA 11:35 AM Page J38
TG Collet
TG Collet — NP
342
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_J042_J043.qxp:WIDIA 11:35 AM Page J42
TG Collet TG Collet
TG Collet — NP TG Collet — NP
150TGNP
150TG standard — collet capacity collet capacity
D1 standard non-pullout max mm min mm L9 LWP
12,0 150TG120M — 12,0 11,6 44,0 —
13,0 150TG130M — 13,0 12,6 44,0 —
14,0 150TG140M — 14,0 13,6 44,0 —
14,5 150TG145M — 14,5 14,1 44,0 —
15,0 150TG150M — 15,0 14,6 54,0 —
16,0 150TG160M — 16,0 15,6 54,0 —
18,0 150TG180M — 18,0 17,6 54,0 —
19,0 150TG190M — 19,0 18,6 76,2 —
20,0 150TG200M — 20,0 19,6 76,2 —
21,0 150TG210M — 21,0 20,6 76,2 —
(continued)
343
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_J042_J043.qxp:WIDIA 11:35 AM Page J43
150TGNP
150TG standard — collet capacity collet capacity
D1 standard non-pullout max mm min mm L9 LWP
22,0 150TG220M — 22,0 21,6 76,2 —
25,0 150TG250M — 25,0 24,6 76,2 —
25,0 — 150TGNP250M 25,0 — — 22
25,5 150TG255M — 25,5 25,1 76,2 —
26,0 150TG260M — 26,0 25,6 76,2 —
27,0 150TG270M — 27,0 26,6 76,2 —
28,0 150TG280M — 28,0 27,6 76,2 —
30,0 150TG300M — 30,0 29,6 76,2 —
32,0 150TG320M — 32,0 31,6 76,2 —
32,0 — 150TGNP320M 32,0 — — 22
34,0 150TG340M — 34,0 33,6 76,2 —
35,0 150TG350M — 35,0 34,6 76,2 —
36,0 150TG360M — 36,0 35,6 76,2 —
38,0 150TG380M — 38,0 37,6 76,2 —
40,0 150TG400M — 40,0 39,6 76,2 —
NOTE: Inserting the cutting tool less than 2/3 of the gripping length into the collet can influence the coolant sealing performance
and permanently damage the collet.
Full length of the gripping bore needs to be maintained to achieve maximum accuracy and safety.
Collet accuracies are based on size-for-size conditions. Using the collapsible range can influence the accuracy and gripping powers.
Never try to stretch the collets by clamping oversized cutting tools.
344
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_J044_J045.qxp:WIDIA 11:35 AM Page J44
150TGCHP 150TGNP
150TG high precision — milling — collet capacity collet capacity
D1 standard coolant non-pullout max inch min inch L9 LWP
3/8 150TG0375 — — .3750 .3594 2.000 —
25/64 150TG0391 — — .3906 .3750 2.000 —
13/32 150TG0406 — — .4063 .3906 2.000 —
27/64 150TG0422 — — .4219 .4063 2.000 —
7/16 150TG0438 — — .4375 .4219 2.000 —
29/64 150TG0453 — — .4531 .4375 2.000 —
15/32 150TG0468 — — .4688 .4531 2.000 —
31/64 150TG0484 — — .4844 .4688 2.000 —
1/2 150TG0500 — — .5000 .4844 2.560 —
1/2 — — 150TGNP0500 .5000 — — .828
33/64 150TG0516 — — .5156 .5000 2.560 —
17/32 150TG0531 — — .5313 .5156 2.560 —
(continued)
345
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_J044_J045.qxp:WIDIA 11:36 AM Page J45
150TGCHP 150TGNP
150TG high precision — milling — collet capacity collet capacity
D1 standard coolant non-pullout max inch min inch L9 LWP
35/64 150TG0547 — — .5469 .5313 2.560 —
9/16 150TG0562 — — .5625 .5469 2.560 —
37/64 150TG0578 — — .5781 .5625 2.560 —
19/32 150TG0594 — — .5938 .5781 2.560 —
39/64 150TG0609 — — .6094 .5938 2.560 —
5/8 150TG0625 — — .6250 .6094 2.560 —
5/8 — — 150TGNP0625 .6250 — — .875
41/64 150TG0641 — — .6406 .6250 2.560 —
21/32 150TG0656 — — .6563 .6406 2.560 —
43/64 150TG0672 — — .6719 .6563 2.560 —
11/16 150TG0688 — — .6875 .6719 2.560 —
45/64 150TG0703 — — .7031 .6875 2.560 —
23/32 150TG0719 — — .7188 .7031 2.560 —
47/64 150TG0734 — — .7344 .7188 2.560 —
3/4 150TG0750 — — .7500 .7344 2.560 —
3/4 — — 150TGNP0750 .7500 — — .938
49/64 150TG0766 — — .7656 .7500 2.560 —
25/32 150TG0781 — — .7813 .7656 2.560 —
51/64 150TG0797 — — .7969 .7813 2.560 —
13/16 150TG0812 — — .8125 .7969 2.560 —
53/64 150TG0828 — — .8281 .8125 2.560 —
27/32 150TG0844 — — .8438 .8281 2.560 —
55/64 150TG0859 — — .8594 .8438 2.560 —
7/8 150TG0875 — — .8750 .8594 2.560 —
7/8 — — 150TGNP0875 .8750 — — .938
57/64 150TG0891 — — .8906 .8750 2.560 —
29/32 150TG0906 — — .9063 .8906 2.560 —
59/64 150TG0922 — — .9219 .9063 2.560 —
15/16 150TG0938 — — .9375 .9219 2.560 —
61/64 150TG0953 — — .9531 .9375 2.560 —
31/32 150TG0969 — — .9688 .9531 2.560 —
63/64 150TG0984 — — .9844 .9688 2.560 —
1 150TG1000 — — 1.0000 .9844 2.560 —
1 — 150TGCHP1000 — — — — —
1 — — 150TGNP1000 1.0000 — — 1.063
1 1/64 150TG1016 — — 1.0156 1.0000 2.560 —
1 1/32 150TG1031 — — 1.0313 1.0156 2.560 —
1 3/64 150TG1047 — — 1.0469 1.0313 2.560 —
1 1/16 150TG1062 — — 1.0625 1.0469 2.560 —
1 5/64 150TG1078 — — 1.0781 1.0625 2.560 —
1 3/32 150TG1094 — — 1.0938 1.0781 2.560 —
1 7/64 150TG1109 — — 1.1094 1.0938 2.560 —
1 9/64 150TG1141 — — 1.1200 1.1094 2.560 —
1 1/8 150TG1125 — — 1.1250 1.1200 2.560 —
1 5/32 150TG1156 — — 1.1563 1.1250 2.560 —
1 11/64 150TG1172 — — 1.1719 1.1563 2.560 —
1 3/16 150TG1187 — — 1.1875 1.1719 2.560 —
1 13/64 150TG1203 — — 1.2031 1.1875 2.560 —
(continued)
346
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_J046_J047.qxp:WIDIA 11:36 AM Page J46
150TGCHP 150TGNP
150TG high precision — milling — collet capacity collet capacity
D1 standard coolant non-pullout max inch min inch L9 LWP
1 7/32 150TG1219 — — 1.2188 1.2031 2.560 —
1 15/64 150TG1234 — — 1.2344 1.2188 2.560 —
1 1/4 150TG1250 — — 1.2500 1.2344 2.560 —
1 1/4 — — 150TGNP1250 1.2500 — — 1.063
1 1/4 — 150TGCHP1250 — — — — —
1 17/64 150TG1266 — — 1.2656 1.2500 2.560 —
1 9/32 150TG1281 — — 1.2813 1.2656 2.560 —
1 19/64 150TG1297 — — 1.2969 1.2813 2.560 —
1 5/16 150TG1312 — — 1.3125 1.2969 2.560 —
1 21/64 150TG1328 — — 1.3281 1.3125 2.560 —
1 11/32 150TG1344 — — 1.3438 1.3281 2.560 —
1 23/64 150TG1359 — — 1.3594 1.3438 2.560 —
1 3/8 150TG1375 — — 1.3750 1.3594 2.560 —
1 25/64 150TG1391 — — 1.3906 1.3750 2.560 —
1 13/32 150TG1406 — — 1.4063 1.3906 2.560 —
1 27/64 150TG1422 — — 1.4219 1.4063 2.560 —
1 7/16 150TG1438 — — 1.4375 1.4219 2.560 —
1 29/64 150TG1453 — — 1.4531 1.4375 2.560 —
1 15/32 150TG1469 — — 1.4688 1.4531 2.560 —
1 1/2 150TG1500 — — 1.5000 1.4688 2.560 —
1 1/2 — — 150TGNP1500 1.5000 — — 1.063
1 1/2 — 150TGCHP1500 — — — — —
1 31/32 150TG1484 — — 1.9688 1.5000 2.560 —
NOTE: Inserting the cutting tool less than 2/3 of the gripping length into the collet can influence the coolant sealing performance
and permanently damage the collet.
Full length of the gripping bore needs to be maintained to achieve maximum accuracy and safety.
Collet accuracies are based on size-for-size conditions. Using the collapsible range can influence the accuracy and gripping powers.
Never try to stretch the collets by clamping oversized cutting tools.
347
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_J046_J047.qxp:WIDIA 11:36 AM Page J47
TG Collet
TG Collet — NP
348
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_J050_J051.qxp:WIDIA 11:36 AM Page J51
40ERC160M
40 ER C 160 M
System Size Collet Style Special Feature Collet Bore Size Identification
(optional) Value
349
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_J052_J053.qxp:WIDIA 11:36 AM Page J52
ER • Single Angle
• Provides good grip and accuracy for all drilling applications.
• Wide clamping range.
• Available in both inch and metric bores.
• 1mm (.040") range of collapse.
• Manufactured to DIN 6499.
• Accuracy to DIN 6499 Class 2.
350
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_J054_J055.qxp:WIDIA 2:11 PM Page J54
ER Collets • Metric
(continued)
351
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_J054_J055.qxp:WIDIA 2:11 PM Page J55
(continued)
352
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_J056_J057.qxp:WIDIA 11:37 AM Page J56
ER Collets • Inch
ER16 ER20 ER25 ER32 ER40
D2 = .669 D2 = .827 D2 = 1.024 D2 = 1.299 D2 = 1.614 collet capacity collet capacity
D1 L = 1.083 L = 1.240 L = 1.339 L = 1.575 L = 1.811 max inch min inch
1/16 16ER0062 20ER0062 25ER0062 — — .0625 .0425
3/32 — 20ER0094 — — — .0938 .0538
3/32 16ER0094 — 25ER0094 — — .0938 .0738
1/8 16ER0125 20ER0125 25ER0125 32ER0125 40ER0125 .1250 .0850
5/32 16ER0156 20ER0156 25ER0156 32ER0156 40ER0156 .1563 .1163
3/16 16ER0188 20ER0188 25ER0188 32ER0188 40ER0188 .1875 .1475
7/32 16ER0219 20ER0219 25ER0219 32ER0219 40ER0219 .2188 .1788
1/4 16ER0250 20ER0250 25ER0250 32ER0250 40ER0250 .2500 .2100
9/32 16ER0281 20ER0281 25ER0281 32ER0281 40ER0281 .2813 .2413
5/16 16ER0312 20ER0312 25ER0312 32ER0312 40ER0312 .3125 .2725
11/32 16ER0344 20ER0344 25ER0344 32ER0344 40ER0344 .3438 .3038
3/8 16ER0375 20ER0375 25ER0375 32ER0375 40ER0375 .3750 .3350
13/32 16ER0406 20ER0406 25ER0406 32ER0406 40ER0406 .4063 .3663
7/16 — 20ER0438 25ER0438 32ER0438 40ER0438 .4375 .3975
15/32 — 20ER0469 25ER0469 32ER0469 40ER0469 .4688 .4288
1/2 — 20ER0500 25ER0500 32ER0500 40ER0500 .5000 .4600
17/32 — — 25ER0531 32ER0531 40ER0531 .5313 .4913
9/16 — — — 32ER0562 40ER0562 .5625 .5225
9/16 — — 25ER0562 — — .5626 .5225
19/32 — — 25ER0594 32ER0594 40ER0594 .5938 .5538
5/8 — — 25ER0625 32ER0625 40ER0625 .6250 .5850
21/32 — — — 32ER0656 40ER0656 .6563 .6163
11/16 — — — 32ER0688 40ER0688 .6875 .6475
23/32 — — — 32ER0719 40ER0719 .7188 .6788
3/4 — — — 32ER0750 40ER0750 .7500 .7100
25/32 — — — 32ER0781 40ER0781 .7813 .7413
13/16 — — — 32ER0812 40ER0812 .8125 .7725
27/32 — — — — 40ER0844 .8438 .8038
7/8 — — — — 40ER0875 .8750 .8350
29/32 — — — — 40ER0906 .9063 .8663
15/16 — — — — 40ER0938 .9375 .8975
31/32 — — — — 40ER0969 .9688 .9288
1 — — — — 40ER1000 1.0000 .9600
NOTE: Inserting the cutting tool less than 2/3 the gripping length into the collet can permanently damage the collet.
Full length of the gripping bore must be maintained to achieve maximum accuracy and safety.
Collet accuracies are based on size-for-size conditions.
Never try to stretch the collets by clamping oversized cutting tools.
353
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_J056_J057.qxp:WIDIA 11:37 AM Page J57
354
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_J062_J063.qxp:WIDIA 11:37 AM Page J63
180DAC160M
180 DA C 160 M
System Size Collet Style Special Feature Collet Bore Size Identification
(optional) Value
355
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_J064_J065.qxp:WIDIA 1:43 PM Page J64
DA • Double Angle
• 0,8mm [.031" (1/32")] maximum range of collapse
dependent on collet capacity.
356
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_J064_J065.qxp:WIDIA 1:43 PM Page J65
DA Collet • Metric
357
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_J066_J067.qxp:WIDIA 11:38 AM Page J66
(continued)
358
KEN_TOOLINGSYSTEMS11_J068_J069.qxp:WIDIA 11:38 AM Page J69
dimensional incremental
order number catalog number series quantity range division
1293409 000DAS000M DA000 13 1mm - 4mm .25
1297410 300DAS000M DA300 11 1mm - 6mm .5
1296078 200DAS000M DA200 19 1mm - 10mm .5
1294736 100DAS000M DA100 24 2,5mm - 14mm .5
1191011 180DAS000M DA180 35 3mm - 20mm .5
dimensional incremental
order number catalog number series quantity range division
1289026 S303SET DA300 8 3/64 - 1/4 1/32 (3/32–1/4) + 3/64 & 5/64
1289027 S304SET DA300 9 1/8 - 1/4 1/64
1289028 S305SET DA300 5 1/8 - 1/4 1/32
1288983 S203SET DA200 9 1/8 - 3/8 1/32
1288984 S204SET DA200 17 1/8 - 3/8 1/64
1288923 S103SET DA100 11 1/4 - 9/16 1/32
1288925 S104SET DA100 21 1/4 - 9/16 1/64
1288963 S183SET DA180 17 1/4 - 3/4 1/32
1288964 S184SET DA180 33 1/4 - 3/4 1/64
359
LINEAR
MOTION
GUIDES
DATA
Classification Table of the LM Guides
LM Guide
Ball Guide
Model NSR-TBC
Self-aligning
Wide Type
Model SHW Miniature Type
Low Center of Gravity
Model RSR
Ultra Compact
Miniature Type
Wide Type
Model SRS Model EPF
Lightweight and Compact Finite stroke
Model HRW
Wide Rail
4-way Equal Load
Cross Type
Model SCR
4-way Equal Load
361
Features and Types
Classification Table of the LM Guides
Roller Guide
Standard Type
Model HCR
Model JR Type
Straight-Curved Type
Model JR
Structural Member Rail
Model HMG
4-way Equal Load
362
Point of Selection LM Guide
Selection Starts
1 Setting Conditions Set conditions necessary for designing load on the LM Guide.
Change span, number
of LM blocks and Mounting orientation A1-12 Symbol for number of axes A1-13
number of LM rails
3 Calculating the Applied Load Calculate the applied load on the LM block.
Calculating the applied load A1-40 Load rating of the LM Guide in all directions A1-57
Judgment on the
static safety factor
NO
YES
Average the applied load fluctuating during operation
6 Calculating the Average Load to convert the value to an average load. A1-62
Selection Completed
363
•Space in the guide section
•Dimensions (span, number of LM blocks, number of LM rails, thrust)
•Installation direction (horizontal, vertical, slant mount, wall mount, suspended)
•Magnitude, direction and position of the working load
•Operating frequency (duty cycle)
•Speed (acceleration)
•Stroke length
•Required service life
•Precision of motion
•Environment
•In a special environment (vacuum, clean room, high temperature, environment exposed to
contaminated environment, etc.), it is necessary to take into account material, surface treatment,
lubrication and contamination protection.
364
Selecting a Type
Types of LM Guides
THK offers a wide array of types and dimensions with LM Guides as standard so that you can select
the optimal product for any application. With the unit structure of each model, you can easily obtain
high running accuracy with no clearance simply by mounting the product on a plane surface with
bolts. We have a proven track record and know-how in extensive applications with LM Guides.
365
External dimensions (mm)
Features Major application
Height Width
● Long service life, long-term ● Thin, compact design, large ● Surface grinder table
24 to 48 34 to 70 maintenance-free operation radial load capacity ● Tool grinder table
● Low dust generation, low noise, ● Superb in planar running accuracy ● Electric discharge machine
24 to 33 34 to 48 acceptable running sound ● Superb capability of ● Printed circuit board
● Superbly high speed absorbing mounting error drilling machine
● Smooth motion in all ● Stainless steel type also ● Chip mounter
24 to 33 52 to 73 mounting orientations available as standard ● High-speed transfer
equipment
24 to 135 34 to 250 ● Traveling unit of robots
● Machining center
● NC lathe
24 to 48 34 to 70 ● Five axis milling machine
● Conveyance system
24 to 48 34 to 70 ● Mold guide of pressing
● Thin, compact design, large radial load capacity machines
● Superb in planar running accuracy ● Inspection equipment
24 to 48 34 to 70 ● Testing machine
● Superb capability of absorbing mounting error
● Stainless steel type also available as standard ● Food-related machine
24 to 68 52 to 140 ● Type M1, achieving max service temperature of 150℃, also ● Medical equipment
available ● 3D measuring instrument
● Packaging machine
24 to 48 52 to 100 ● Injection molding machine
● Woodworking machine
24 to 48 52 to 100 ● Ultra precision table
● Semiconductor/liquid
crystal manufacturing
24 to 48 52 to 100 equipment
24 to 28 34 to 42 ● Photolithography machine
● Minimum generation of outgases (water, organic matter)
● Organic EL display
● Small amount of particles generated
manufacturing machine
24 to 28 34 to 42 ● Can be used at high temperature (up to 150℃)
● Ion implantation equipment
366
Load Basic load rating (kN)
Specification
Classification Type capacity Basic dynamic Basic static
Table
diagram load rating load rating
NR-RX A1-222 37.1 to 208.7 68.1 to 351.7
367
External dimensions (mm)
Features Major application
Height Width
31 to 75 72 to 170
● Low dust generation, low noise, acceptable running sound
● Superbly high speed
31 to 75 72 to 170 ● Smooth motion in all mounting orientations
● Ultra-heavy load capacity optimal for machine tools
31 to 75 50 to 126 ● Low profile, compact 4-way type
● High vibration resistance and impact resistance due to im-
proved damping characteristics
31 to 75 50 to 126
83 to 105 195 to 260 ● Ultra-heavy load capacity optimal for machine tools
● High vibration resistance and impact resistance due to im-
proved damping characteristics
83 to 105 195 to 260 ● Low-Profile compact design, 4-way equal load
368
Load Basic load rating (kN)
Specification
Classification Type capacity Basic dynamic Basic static
Table
diagram load rating load rating
SRG-A, C A1-402 11.3 to 131 25.8 to 266
369
External dimensions (mm)
Features Major application
Height Width
24 to 70 47 to 140
● Long service life, long-term maintenance-free operation ● Machining center
30 to 120 63 to 250 ● Low noise, acceptable running sound ● NC lathe
● Superbly high speed ● Grinding machine
24 to 80 34 to 100 ● Smooth motion due to prevention of rollers from skewing ● Five axis milling
● Ultra-heavy load capacity optimal for machine tools machine
● Jig borer
30 to 90 44 to 126 ● Drilling machine
● NC milling machine
44 to 63 100 to 140 ● Horizontal milling
machine
● Mold processing
44 to 75 100 to 170 ● Long service life, long-term maintenance-free operation machine
● Low noise, acceptable running sound ● Graphite working
44 to 63 70 to 100 ● Superbly high speed machine
● Smooth motion due to prevention of rollers from skewing ● Electric discharge
● Ultra-heavy load capacity optimal for machine tools machine
44 to 75 70 to 126 ● Low center of gravity, ultra-high rigidity ● Wire-cut electric
discharge machine
70 to 150 135 to 300
● Machining center
● NC lathe
24 to 90 47 to 170 ● XYZ axes of heavy
cutting machine tools
● Grinding head feeding
axis of grinding
machines
24 to 90 47 to 170 ● Components requiring a
heavy moment and high
accuracy
● NC milling machine
● Long service life, long-term maintenance-free operation ● Horizontal milling
24 to 90 34 to 126 ● Low dust generation, low noise, acceptable running sound machine
● Superbly high speed ● Gantry five axis milling
● Smooth motion in all mounting orientations machine
● Heavy load, high rigidity ● Z axis of electric
● Has dimensions almost the same as that of the full-ball type discharge machines
LM Guide model HSR, which is practically a global standard ● Wire-cut electric
24 to 90 34 to 126 size discharge machine
● Superb capability of absorbing mounting error ● Car elevator
● Food-related machine
● Testing machine
● Vehicle doors
28 to 80 34 to 100 ● Printed circuit board
drilling machine
● ATC
● Construction equipment
● Shield machine
28 to 80 34 to 100 ● Semiconductor/liquid
crystal manufacturing
equipment
370
Calculating the Applied Load
An equivalent-load equation applicable when a moment acts on an LM Guide is shown below.
P = K•M
P : Equivalent load per LM Guide (N)
K : Equivalent moment factor
M : Applied moment (N-mm)
Equivalent Factor
Equivalent Factors for the MA Moment
PR=KAR•MA
Equivalent in the radial direction
PL=KAL•MA
Equivalent in the reverse-radial direction
Fig.3 Equivalent Factors for the MA Moment
C0 C0L
= =1
KAR•MA KAL•MA
PT=KB•MB
Equivalent in the lateral direction
PT=KB•MB
Equivalent in the lateral direction
Fig.4 Equivalent Factors for the MB Moment
C0T
=1
KB•MB
371
Equivalent Factors for the MC Moment
PR=KCR•MC
Equivalent in the radial direction
PL=KCL•MC
Equivalent in the reverse-radial direction
C0 C0L
= =1
KCR•MC KCL•MC
372
Table1 Equivalent Factors (Models SHS, SSR, SVR, SVS, SHW and SRS)
Equivalent factor
Model No.
KAR1 KAL1 KAR2 KAL2 KB1 KB2 KCR KCL
15 1.38×10-1 2.69×10-2 1.38×10-1 2.69×10-2 1.50×10-1
15L 1.07×10-1 2.22×10-2 1.07×10-1 2.22×10-2 1.50×10-1
20 1.15×10-1 2.18×10-2 1.15×10-1 2.18×10-2 1.06×10-1
20L 8.85×10-2 1.79×10-2 8.85×10-2 1.79×10-2 1.06×10-1
25 9.25×10 -2
1.90×10 -2
9.25×10 -2
1.90×10 -2
9.29×10-2
25L 7.62×10 -2
1.62×10 -2
7.62×10 -2
1.62×10 -2
9.29×10-2
30 8.47×10-2 1.63×10-2 8.47×10-2 1.63×10-2 7.69×10-2
30L 6.52×10-2 1.34×10-2 6.52×10-2 1.34×10-2 7.69×10-2
SHS
35 6.95×10 -2
1.43×10 -2
6.95×10 -2
1.43×10 -2
6.29×10-2
35L 5.43×10 -2
1.16×10 -2
5.43×10 -2
1.16×10 -2
6.29×10-2
45 6.13×10-2 1.24×10-2 6.13×10-2 1.24×10-2 4.69×10-2
45L 4.79×10-2 1.02×10-2 4.79×10-2 1.02×10-2 4.69×10-2
55 4.97×10 -2
1.02×10 -2
4.97×10 -2
1.02×10 -2
4.02×10-2
55L 3.88×10 -2
8.30×10 -3
3.88×10 -2
8.30×10 -3
4.02×10-2
65 3.87×10-2 7.91×10-3 3.87×10-2 7.91×10-3 3.40×10-2
65L 3.06×10-2 6.51×10-3 3.06×10-2 6.51×10-3 3.40×10-2
15XW (TB) 2.08×10-1 1.04×10-1 3.75×10-2 1.87×10-2 1.46×10-1 2.59×10-2 1.71×10-1 8.57×10-2
15XV 3.19×10-1 1.60×10-1 5.03×10-2 2.51×10-2 2.20×10-1 3.41×10-2 1.71×10-1 8.57×10-2
20XW (TB) 1.69×10-1 8.46×10-2 3.23×10-2 1.62×10-2 1.19×10-1 2.25×10-2 1.29×10-1 6.44×10-2
20XV 2.75×10-1 1.37×10-1 4.28×10-2 2.14×10-2 1.89×10-1 2.89×10-2 1.29×10-1 6.44×10-2
SSR
25XW (TB) 1.41×10-1 7.05×10-2 2.56×10-2 1.28×10-2 9.86×10-2 1.77×10-2 1.10×10-1 5.51×10-2
25XV 2.15×10-1 1.08×10-1 3.40×10-2 1.70×10-2 1.48×10-1 2.31×10-2 1.10×10-1 5.51×10-2
30XW 1.18×10-1 5.91×10-2 2.19×10-2 1.10×10-2 8.26×10-2 1.52×10-2 9.22×10-2 4.61×10-2
35XW 1.01×10-1 5.03×10-2 1.92×10-2 9.60×10-3 7.04×10-2 1.33×10-2 7.64×10-2 3.82×10-2
25 1.13×10-1 7.28×10-2 2.25×10-2 1.45×10-2 7.14×10-2 1.43×10-2 9.59×10-2 6.17×10-2
25L 9.14×10-2 5.88×10-2 1.85×10-2 1.19×10-2 5.80×10-2 1.17×10-2 9.59×10-2 6.17×10-2
30 1.01×10-1 6.50×10-2 1.89×10-2 1.21×10-2 6.36×10-2 1.19×10-2 8.45×10-2 5.43×10-2
30L 7.56×10-2 4.86×10-2 1.57×10-2 1.01×10-2 4.79×10-2 1.00×10-2 8.45×10-2 5.43×10-2
35 9.19×10-2 5.91×10-2 1.68×10-2 1.08×10-2 5.77×10-2 1.06×10-2 7.08×10-2 4.55×10-2
35L 6.80×10-2 4.37×10-2 1.39×10-2 8.97×10-3 4.31×10-2 8.86×10-3 7.08×10-2 4.55×10-2
SVR
45 6.73×10-2 4.33×10-2 1.35×10-2 8.71×10-3 4.25×10-2 8.59×10-3 5.32×10-2 3.42×10-2
45L 5.40×10-2 3.47×10-2 1.10×10-2 7.09×10-3 3.41×10-2 6.97×10-3 5.30×10-2 3.41×10-2
55 5.89×10-2 3.79×10-2 1.14×10-2 7.35×10-3 3.72×10-2 7.24×10-3 4.63×10-2 2.98×10-2
55L 4.55×10-2 2.92×10-2 9.45×10-3 6.08×10-3 2.89×10-2 6.02×10-3 4.63×10-2 2.98×10-2
65 4.85×10-2 3.12×10-2 1.01×10-2 6.48×10-3 3.06×10-2 6.40×10-3 3.91×10-2 2.51×10-2
65L 3.58×10-2 2.30×10-2 7.73×10-3 4.97×10-3 2.28×10-2 4.93×10-3 3.91×10-2 2.51×10-2
373
Equivalent factor
Model No.
KAR1 KAL1 KAR2 KAL2 KB1 KB2 KCR KCL
25 1.09×10-1 9.14×10-2 2.17×10-2 1.82×10-2 1.00×10-1 2.00×10-2 9.95×10-2 8.35×10-2
25L 8.82×10-2 7.40×10-2 1.78×10-2 1.50×10-2 8.13×10-2 1.64×10-2 9.95×10-2 8.35×10-2
30 9.71×10-2 8.15×10-2 1.82×10-2 1.52×10-2 8.95×10-2 1.67×10-2 8.78×10-2 7.37×10-2
30L 7.29×10-2 6.11×10-2 1.51×10-2 1.27×10-2 6.72×10-2 1.39×10-2 8.78×10-2 7.37×10-2
35 8.84×10-2 7.42×10-2 1.61×10-2 1.35×10-2 8.14×10-2 1.48×10-2 7.36×10-2 6.17×10-2
35L 6.56×10-2 5.50×10-2 1.34×10-2 1.13×10-2 6.04×10-2 1.24×10-2 7.36×10-2 6.17×10-2
SVS
45 6.48×10-2 5.44×10-2 1.30×10-2 1.09×10-2 5.98×10-2 1.20×10-2 5.45×10-2 4.57×10-2
45L 5.22×10-2 4.38×10-2 1.07×10-2 8.94×10-3 4.81×10-2 9.81×10-3 5.44×10-2 4.56×10-2
55 5.67×10-2 4.76×10-2 1.10×10-2 9.24×10-3 5.23×10-2 1.01×10-2 4.78×10-2 4.01×10-2
55L 4.39×10-2 3.68×10-2 9.12×10-3 7.65×10-3 4.05×10-2 8.40×10-3 4.78×10-2 4.01×10-2
65 4.67×10-2 3.92×10-2 9.72×10-3 8.15×10-3 4.30×10-2 8.95×10-3 4.04×10-2 3.39×10-2
65L 3.46×10-2 2.90×10-2 7.46×10-3 6.26×10-3 3.19×10-2 6.88×10-3 4.04×10-2 3.39×10-2
12 2.48×10-1 4.69×10-2 2.48×10-1 4.69×10-2 1.40×10-1
12HR 1.70×10-1 3.52×10-2 1.70×10-1 3.52×10-2 1.40×10-1
14 1.92×10-1 3.80×10-2 1.92×10-1 3.80×10-2 9.93×10-2
17 1.72×10-1 3.41×10-2 1.72×10-1 3.41×10-2 6.21×10-2
SHW
21 1.59×10 -1
2.95×10 -2
1.59×10 -1
2.95×10 -2
5.57×10-2
27 1.21×10 -1
2.39×10 -2
1.21×10 -1
2.39×10 -2
4.99×10-2
35 8.15×10-2 1.64×10-2 8.15×10-2 1.64×10-2 3.02×10-2
50 6.22×10-2 1.24×10-2 6.22×10-2 1.24×10-2 2.30×10-2
5M 6.33×10 -1
9.20×10 -2
6.45×10 -1
9.30×10 -2
3.85×10-1
5GM 6.71×10 -1
9.15×10 -2
6.66×10 -1
9.08×10 -2
3.85×10-1
5N 5.23×10-1 7.87×10-2 5.32×10-1 7.99×10-2 3.86×10-1
5GN 5.25×10-1 7.97×10-2 5.33×10-1 8.12×10-2 3.84×10-1
5WM 4.48×10 -1
7.30×10 -2
4.56×10 -1
7.40×10 -2
1.96×10-1
5WGM 4.58×10 -1
7.39×10 -2
4.54×10 -1
7.34×10 -2
1.96×10-1
5WN 3.31×10-1 5.93×10-2 3.36×10-1 6.02×10-2 1.96×10-1
5WGN 3.31×10-1 5.97×10-2 3.35×10-1 6.05×10-2 1.96×10-1
7S 6.03×10-1 7.65×10-2 6.27×10-1 7.91×10-2 2.58×10-1
7GS 5.92×10 -1
7.89×10 -2
6.14×10 -1
8.17×10 -2
2.58×10-1
SRS
7M 4.19×10 -1
6.76×10 -2
4.18×10 -1
6.94×10 -2
2.58×10-1
7GM 4.27×10-1 6.04×10-2 4.43×10-1 6.23×10-2 2.34×10-1
7N 2.97×10-1 5.35×10-2 3.07×10-1 5.50×10-2 2.58×10-1
7GN 3.11×10 -1
5.35×10 -2
3.20×10 -1
5.51×10 -2
2.58×10-1
7WS 4.67×10 -1
6.89×10 -2
4.84×10 -1
7.08×10 -2
1.36×10-1
7WGS 5.23×10-1 6.75×10-2 5.43×10-1 6.95×10-2 1.36×10-1
7WM 3.01×10-1 5.32×10-2 3.00×10-1 5.46×10-2 1.36×10-1
7WGM 2.83×10 -1
4.87×10 -2
2.93×10 -1
5.02×10 -2
1.24×10-1
7WN 2.19×10 -1
4.16×10 -2
2.24×10 -1
4.28×10 -2
1.36×10-1
7WGN 2.20×10-1 4.17×10-2 2.27×10-1 4.31×10-2 1.36×10-1
KAR1 : Equivalent factor in the MA radial direction when one LM block is used KB1 : MB Equivalent factor when one LM block is used
KAL1 : Equivalent factor in the MA reverse radial direction when one LM block is used KB2 : MB Equivalent factor when two LM blocks are used in
KAR2 : Equivalent factor in the MA radial direction when two close contact with each other
LM blocks are used in close contact with each other KCR : Equivalent factor in the MC radial direction
KAL2 : Equivalent factor in the MA reverse radial direction when KCL : Equivalent factor in the MC reverse radial direction
two LM blocks are used in close contact with each other
374
Table2 Equivalent Factors (Models SRS, SCR, EPF and HSR)
Equivalent factor
Model No.
KAR1 KAL1 KAR2 KAL2 KB1 KB2 KCR KCL
9XS 4.86×10-1 6.89×10-2 5.04×10-1 7.11×10-2 2.17×10-1
9XGS 5.37×10-1 6.77×10-2 5.57×10-1 7.00×10-2 2.17×10-1
9XM 2.95×10-1 5.27×10-2 3.06×10-1 5.43×10-2 2.17×10-1
9XGM 3.10×10-1 5.28×10-2 3.19×10-1 5.44×10-2 2.17×10-1
9XN 2.13×10 -1
4.12×10 -2
2.19×10 -1
4.23×10 -2
2.17×10-1
9XGN 2.18×10 -1
4.14×10 -2
2.24×10 -1
4.27×10 -2
2.17×10-1
9WS 4.10×10-1 5.73×10-2 4.25×10-1 5.63×10-2 1.06×10-1
9WGS 4.16×10-1 5.80×10-2 4.30×10-1 5.98×10-2 1.06×10-1
9WM 2.37×10 -1
4.25×10 -2
2.44×10 -1
4.37×10 -2
1.06×10-1
9WGM 2.41×10 -1
4.80×10 -2
2.41×10 -1
4.13×10 -2
1.06×10-1
9WN 1.74×10-1 3.35×10-2 1.78×10-1 3.44×10-2 1.06×10-1
9WGN 1.75×10-1 3.38×10-2 1.73×10-1 3.32×10-2 1.06×10-1
12S 4.55×10-1 5.60×10-2 4.55×10-1 5.60×10-2 1.52×10-1
12GS 5.04×10 -1
5.51×10 -2
5.04×10 -1
5.51×10 -2
1.52×10-1
12M 2.94×10-1 4.50×10-2 2.94×10-1 4.50×10-2 1.53×10-1
12GM 2.93×10-1 4.49×10-2 2.93×10-1 4.49×10-2 1.53×10-1
12N 1.86×10-1 3.51×10-2 1.86×10-1 3.51×10-2 1.53×10-1
12GN 1.96×10 -1
3.50×10 -2
1.96×10 -1
3.50×10 -2
1.53×10-1
12WS 3.22×10 -1
5.00×10 -2
3.22×10 -1
5.00×10 -2
7.97×10-2
12WGS 3.32×10-1 5.07×10-2 3.32×10-1 5.07×10-2 7.97×10-2
SRS
12WM 2.00×10-1 3.69×10-2 2.00×10-1 3.69×10-2 7.97×10-2
12WGM 2.07×10 -1
3.64×10 -2
2.07×10 -1
3.64×10 -2
7.96×10-2
12WN 1.44×10 -1
2.83×10 -2
1.44×10 -1
2.83×10 -2
7.97×10-2
12WGN 1.46×10-1 2.85×10-2 1.46×10-1 2.85×10-2 7.95×10-2
15S 3.56×10-1 4.38×10-2 3.56×10-1 4.38×10-2 1.41×10-1
15GS 3.37×10-1 4.57×10-2 3.37×10-1 4.57×10-2 1.41×10-1
15M 2.17×10 -1
3.69×10 -2
2.17×10 -1
3.69×10 -2
1.41×10-1
15GM 2.31×10 -1
3.61×10 -2
2.31×10 -1
3.61×10 -2
1.41×10-1
15N 1.43×10-1 2.73×10-2 1.43×10-1 2.73×10-2 1.41×10-1
15GN 1.45×10-1 2.75×10-2 1.45×10-1 2.75×10-2 1.41×10-1
15WS 2.34×10 -1
3.76×10 -2
2.34×10 -1
3.76×10 -2
4.83×10-2
15WGS 2.34×10 -1
3.81×10 -2
2.34×10 -1
3.81×10 -2
4.84×10-2
15WM 1.67×10-1 2.94×10-2 1.67×10-1 2.94×10-2 4.83×10-2
15WGM 1.63×10-1 2.93×10-2 1.63×10-1 2.93×10-2 4.83×10-2
15WN 1.13×10 -1
2.27×10 -2
1.13×10 -1
2.27×10 -2
4.83×10-2
15WGN 1.15×10 -1
2.28×10 -2
1.15×10 -1
2.28×10 -2
4.83×10-2
20M 1.80×10-1 3.30×10-2 1.86×10-1 3.41×10-2 9.34×10-2
20GM 2.10×10-1 3.88×10-2 2.10×10-1 3.87×10-2 1.03×10-1
25M 1.14×10-1 2.17×10-2 1.14×10-1 2.17×10-2 8.13×10-2
25GM 1.23×10 -1
2.32×10 -2
1.23×10 -1
2.32×10 -2
8.75×10-2
375
Equivalent factor
Model No.
KAR1 KAL1 KAR2 KAL2 KB1 KB2 KCR KCL
15S 1.38×10-1 2.69×10-2 1.38×10-1 1.50×10-1
20S 1.15×10-1 2.18×10-2 1.15×10-1 1.06×10-1
20 8.85×10 -2
1.79×10 -2
8.85×10 -2
1.06×10-1
25 9.25×10 -2
1.90×10 -2
9.25×10 -2
1.90×10 -2
9.29×10-2
SCR
30 8.47×10-2 1.63×10-2 8.47×10-2 1.63×10-2 7.69×10-2
35 6.95×10-2 1.43×10-2 6.95×10-2 1.43×10-2 6.29×10-2
45 6.13×10-2 1.24×10-2 6.13×10-2 1.24×10-2 4.69×10-2
65 3.87×10 -2
7.91×10 -3
3.87×10 -2
7.91×10 -3
3.40×10-2
7M 3.55×10 -1
— 3.55×10 -1
2.86×10-1
9M 3.10×10-1 — 3.10×10-1 2.22×10-1
EPF
12M 2.68×10-1 — 2.68×10-1 1.67×10-1
15M 2.00×10 -1
— 2.00×10 -1
1.34×10-1
8 4.39×10 -1
6.75×10 -2
4.39×10 -1
6.75×10 -2
2.97×10-1
10 3.09×10-1 5.33×10-2 3.09×10-1 5.33×10-2 2.35×10-1
12 2.08×10-1 3.74×10-2 2.08×10-1 3.74×10-2 1.91×10-1
15 1.66×10-1 2.98×10-2 1.66×10-1 2.98×10-2 1.57×10-1
20 1.26×10 -1
2.28×10 -2
1.26×10 -1
2.28×10 -2
1.17×10-1
20L 9.88×10 -2
1.92×10 -2
9.88×10 -2
1.92×10 -2
1.17×10-1
25 1.12×10-1 2.02×10-2 1.12×10-1 2.02×10-2 9.96×10-2
25L 8.23×10-2 1.70×10-2 8.23×10-2 1.70×10-2 9.96×10-2
30 8.97×10 -2
1.73×10 -2
8.97×10 -2
1.73×10 -2
8.24×10-2
30L 7.05×10 -2
1.44×10 -2
7.05×10 -2
1.44×10 -2
8.24×10-2
35 7.85×10-2 1.56×10-2 7.85×10-2 1.56×10-2 6.69×10-2
35L 6.17×10-2 1.29×10-2 6.17×10-2 1.29×10-2 6.69×10-2
45 6.73×10 -2
1.21×10 -2
6.73×10 -2
1.21×10 -2
5.20×10-2
HSR
45L 5.22×10 -2
1.01×10 -2
5.22×10 -2
1.01×10 -2
5.20×10-2
55 5.61×10-2 1.03×10-2 5.61×10-2 1.03×10-2 4.26×10-2
55L 4.35×10-2 8.56×10-3 4.35×10-2 8.56×10-3 4.26×10-2
65 4.49×10-2 9.13×10-3 4.49×10-2 9.13×10-3 3.68×10-2
65L 3.29×10 -2
7.08×10 -3
3.29×10 -2
7.08×10 -3
3.68×10-2
85 3.49×10 -2
6.94×10 -3
3.49×10 -2
6.94×10 -3
2.78×10-2
85L 2.74×10-2 5.72×10-3 2.74×10-2 5.72×10-3 2.78×10-2
100 2.61×10-2 5.16×10-3 2.61×10-2 5.16×10-3 2.24×10-2
120 2.37×10 -2
4.72×10 -3
2.37×10 -2
4.72×10 -3
1.96×10-2
150 2.17×10 -2
4.35×10 -3
2.17×10 -2
4.35×10 -3
1.61×10-2
15M2A 1.65×10-1 2.89×10-2 1.65×10-1 2.89×10-2 1.86×10-1
20M2A 1.23×10-1 2.23×10-2 1.23×10-1 2.23×10-2 1.34×10-1
25M2A 1.10×10 -1
1.98×10 -2
1.10×10 -1
1.98×10 -2
1.14×10-1
KAR1 : Equivalent factor in the MA radial direction when one KAL2 : Equivalent factor in the MA reverse radial direction when
LM block is used two LM blocks are used in close contact with each other
KAL1 : Equivalent factor in the MA reverse radial direction KB1 : MB Equivalent factor when one LM block is used
when one LM block is used KB2 : MB Equivalent factor when two LM blocks are used in
KAR2 : Equivalent factor in the MA radial direction when two close contact with each other
LM blocks are used in close contact with each other KCR : Equivalent factor in the MC radial direction
KCL : Equivalent factor in the MC reverse radial direction
376
[Double-axis Use]
Setting Conditions
Set the conditions needed to calculate the LM system’s applied load and service life in hours.
The conditions consist of the following items.
(1) Mass: m (kg)
(2) Direction of the working load
(3) Position of the working point (e.g., center of gravity): ℓ2, ℓ3, h1(mm)
(4) Thrust position: ℓ4, h2(mm)
(5) LM system arrangement: ℓ0, ℓ1(mm)
(No. of units and axes)
(6) Velocity diagram
Speed: V (mm/s)
Time constant: tn (s)
Acceleration: n(mm/s2)
V
(αn = tn )
Duty cycle
ℓ1
ℓ2
Speed (mm/s)
mg
V
h 1 ℓ0
h2
ℓ3 tn t1 tn (s)
ℓ4 ℓS (mm)
Velocity diagram
Fig.6 Condition
377
Applied Load Equation
The load applied to the LM Guide varies with the external force, such as the position of the gravity
center of an object, thrust position, inertia generated from acceleration/deceleration during start or
stop, and cutting force.
In selecting an LM Guide, it is necessary to obtain the value of the applied load while taking into ac-
count these conditions.
Calculate the load applied to the LM Guide in each of the examples 1 to 10 shown below.
m : Mass (kg)
ℓn : Distance (mm)
Fn : External force (N)
Pn : Applied load (radial/reverse radial direction) (N)
PnT : Applied load (lateral directions) (N)
g : Gravitational acceleration (m/s2)
(g =9.8m/s2)
V : Speed (m/s)
tn : Time constant (s)
n : Acceleration (m/s2)
V
(αn = tn )
[Example]
Condition Applied Load Equation
Horizontal mount
(with the block traveling) mg mg•ℓ2 mg•ℓ3
P1 = + –
Uniform motion or dwell 4 2•ℓ0 2•ℓ1
P3 ℓ1
ℓ2 mg mg•ℓ2 mg•ℓ3
mg P2 = – –
P2 4 2•ℓ0 2•ℓ1
P4
1
mg mg•ℓ2 mg•ℓ3
P3 = – +
P1 4 2•ℓ0 2•ℓ1
ℓ0
ℓ3 mg mg•ℓ2 mg•ℓ3
P4 = + +
4 2•ℓ0 2•ℓ1
mg mg•ℓ2 mg•ℓ3
P2 P2 = – +
P4 4 2•ℓ0 2•ℓ1
2
P1 mg mg•ℓ2 mg•ℓ3
P3 = – –
ℓ0 4 2•ℓ0 2•ℓ1
mg ℓ2 mg mg•ℓ2 mg•ℓ3
ℓ3 P4 = + –
4 2•ℓ0 2•ℓ1
378
Condition Applied Load Equation
Vertical mount
Uniform motion or dwell
ℓ2
P4 mg•ℓ2
mg P1 = P4 = –
2•ℓ0
P1T
mg•ℓ2
P1 P2 = P3 =
ℓ0 2•ℓ0
3 F
mg•ℓ3
ℓ3 P1T = P4T =
2•ℓ0
P2 mg•ℓ3
P2T = P3T = –
2•ℓ0
P2T
ℓ1
E.g.: Vertical axis of industrial
robot, automatic coating
machine, lifter
Wall mount
Uniform motion or dwell
ℓ0
P2T
mg•ℓ3
ℓ2 P2 ℓ1 P1 = P2 = –
2•ℓ1
P1T
ℓ3 mg•ℓ3
P3 = P4 =
P1 2•ℓ1
4
mg mg•ℓ2
P1T = P4T = +
4 2•ℓ0
P3
mg mg•ℓ2
P3T P2T = P3T = –
4 2•ℓ0
mg
P4
P4T
379
Condition Applied Load Equation
ℓ1
–ℓ1
P2
mg
P3 mg mg•ℓ1
P1 to P4 (max) = +
P1 4 2•ℓ0
5 mg mg•ℓ1
P4 P1 to P4 (min) = –
4 2•ℓ0
ℓ0
ℓ2
E.g.: XY table
sliding fork
380
Condition Applied Load Equation
tn P1 = P4 = +
4 2•ℓ0
mg m•α 3•ℓ2
P2 = P3 = –
4 2•ℓ0
t1 t2 t3 Time (s) m•α 3•ℓ3
P1T = P4T = –
2•ℓ0
Velocity diagram E.g.: Conveyance truck
m•α 3•ℓ3
P2T = P3T =
2•ℓ0
381
Condition Applied Load Equation
mg•ℓ3
P2T = P3T = –
2•ℓ0
t1 t2 t3 Time (s) During deceleration
Velocity diagram m (g – α 3) ℓ2
P1 = P4 = –
E.g.: Conveyance lift 2•ℓ0
m (g – α 3) ℓ2
P2 = P3 =
2•ℓ0
m (g – α 3) ℓ3
P1T = P4T =
2•ℓ0
m (g – α 3) ℓ3
P2T = P3T = –
2•ℓ0
382
[Equivalent Load Equation]
When the LM block of the LM Guide receives loads simultaneously in the radial and lateral direc-
tions, or the reverse radial and lateral directions, the equivalent load is obtained from the equation
below.
PE=X•PR(L)+Y•PT
Pm
Load (P)
P2
Pn
L1 L2 Ln
384
(2) When the load fluctuates monotonically
1
Pm (Pmin + 2•Pmax) …………(3)
3
Pmin : Minimum load (N)
Pmax : Maximum load (N)
Pmax
Pm
Load (P)
Pmin
Pmax Pmax
Pm Pm
Load (P)
Load (P)
385
Calculating the Nominal Life
The service life of an LM Guide is subject to variations even under the same operational conditions.
Therefore, it is necessary to use the nominal life defined below as a reference value for obtaining
the service life of the LM Guide. The nominal life means the total travel distance that 90% of a group
of units of the same LM Guide model can achieve without flaking (scale-like pieces on the metal sur-
face) after individually running under the same conditions.
L = ( f •ff • f
H T
W
C
•
C
PC ) 50
1.57
L = ( F0
fW •PC
) 50
386
[fH: Hardness Factor]
To ensure the achievement of the optimum load ca-
pacity of the LM Guide, the raceway hardness must 1.0
be between 58 and 64 HRC. 0.9
If the hardness is lower than this range, the ba- 0.8
Hardness factor fH
sic dynamic load rating and the basic static load 0.7
rating decrease. Therefore, it is necessary to 0.6
multiply each rating by the respective hardness 0.5
factor (fH). 0.4
Since the LM Guide has sufficient hardness, the 0.3
fH value for the LM Guide is normally 1.0 unless 0.2
otherwise specified. 0.1
60 50 40 30 20 10
Raceway hardness (HRC)
Fig.8 Hardness Factor (fH)
[fT:Temperature Factor]
If the temperature of the environment surround-
ing the operating LM Guide exceeds 100℃, 1.0
Temperature factor fT
387
[fW: Load Factor]
In general, reciprocating machines tend to in- Table11 Load Factor (fW)
volve vibrations or impact during operation. It Vibrations/
Speed (V) fW
is extremely difficult to accurately determine impact
vibrations generated during high-speed opera- Very low
Faint 1 to 1.2
tion and impact during frequent start and stop. V≦0.25m/s
Therefore, where the effects of speed and vibra- Weak
low
1.2 to 1.5
tion are estimated to be significant, divide the 0.25<V≦1m/s
basic dynamic load rating (C) by a load factor Medium
Medium 1.5 to 2
1<V≦2m/s
selected from Table11, which contains empiri-
High
cally obtained data. Strong
V>2m/s
2 to 3.5
388
Service Life with a Preload Considered
When using an LM Guide under a medium preload (clearance C0), it is necessary to calculate the
service life while taking into account the magnitude of the preload.
To identify the appropriate preload for any selected LM Guide model, contact THK.
Rigidity
When a load is applied to an LM Guide, the bearings and LM block will elastically deform within the
allowable load range. The ratio of displacement to applied load is referred to as “rigidity.” The radial
internal clearance (preload) for the LM Guide can be specified in order to reduce displacement.
By using balls larger than the width of the race, they will naturally deform elastically as they roll,
allowing the load to be maintained for longer while limiting displacement in the LM Guide.
The effect of the preload can be up to 2.8 times greater than the size of the preload itself. If that
level is exceeded, the preload is released and the effect of the preload is lost.
When a preloaded LM Guide takes an external load, the displacement will be linear. The level of
displacement will be approximately half that of an LM Guide with no preload.
The preload, in addition to reducing displacement, helps prevent premature failure due to vibration
and impact/shock.
2δ 0 Normal clearance
Clearance C1
Deflection
δ0 Clearance C0
P0 Load 2.8P0
P0 : Magnitude of clearance C0
P
K=
δ
389
Radial Clearance Standard for Each Model
[Radial clearances for models SHS and SCR]
Radial clearance
Unit: m
Indication Light Medium
Normal
symbol preload preload
Model No. No Symbol C1 C0
15 –5 to 0 –12 to –5 —
20 –6 to 0 –12 to –6 –18 to –12
25 –8 to 0 –14 to –8 –20 to –14
30 –9 to 0 –17 to –9 –27 to –17
35 –11 to 0 –19 to –11 –29 to –19
45 –12 to 0 –22 to –12 –32 to –22
55 –15 to 0 –28 to –16 –38 to –28
65 –18 to 0 –34 to –22 –45 to –34
[Radial clearance for model SSR] [Radial clearance for models SVR/SVS, NR/
Unit: m NRS-X and NR/NRS]
Indication Unit: m
Normal Light preload
symbol Indication Light Medium
Normal
Model No. No Symbol C1 symbol preload preload
15 –4 to +2 –10 to –4 Model No. No Symbol C1 C0
20 –5 to +2 –12 to –5 25 –3 to +2 –6 to –3 –9 to –6
25 –6 to +3 –15 to –6 30 –4 to +2 –8 to –4 –12 to –8
30 –7 to +4 –18 to –7 35 –4 to +2 –8 to –4 –12 to –8
35 –8 to +4 –20 to –8 45 –5 to +3 –10 to –5 –15 to –10
55 –6 to +3 –11 to –6 –16 to –11
65 –8 to +3 –14 to –8 –20 to –14
75 –10 to +4 –17 to –10 –24 to –17
85 –13 to +4 –20 to –13 –27 to –20
100 –14 to +4 –24 to –14 –34 to –24
[Radial clearance for model SHW] [Radial clearance for model SRS]
Unit: m Unit: m
Indication Light Medium Indication
Normal Normal Light preload
symbol preload preload symbol
Model No. No Symbol C1 C0 Model No. No Symbol C1
12 –1.5 to 0 –4 to –1 — 5 0 to +1.5 –1 to 0
14 –2 to 0 –5 to –1 — 7 –2 to +2 –3 to 0
17 –3 to 0 –7 to –3 — 9 –2 to +2 –4 to 0
21 –4 to +2 –8 to –4 — 12 –3 to +3 –6 to 0
27 –5 to +2 –11 to –5 — 15 –5 to +5 –10 to 0
35 –8 to +4 –18 to –8 –28 to –18 20 –5 to +5 –10 to 0
50 –10 to +5 –24 to –10 –38 to –24 25 –7 to +7 –14 to 0
390
[Radial clearance for models HSR, CSR, HSR-M1 and HSR-M1VV]
Unit: m Unit: m
Indication Light Medium Indication Light Medium
Normal Normal
symbol preload preload symbol preload preload
Model No. No Symbol C1 C0 Model No. No Symbol C1 C0
8 –1 to +1 –4 to –1 — 45 –10 to +5 –25 to –10 –40 to –25
10 –2 to +2 –5 to –1 — 55 –12 to +5 –29 to –12 –46 to –29
12 –3 to +3 –6 to –2 — 65 –14 to +7 –32 to –14 –50 to –32
15 –4 to +2 –12 to –4 — 85 –16 to +8 –36 to –16 –56 to –36
20 –5 to +2 –14 to –5 –23 to –14 100 –19 to +9 –42 to –19 –65 to –42
25 –6 to +3 –16 to –6 –26 to –16 120 –21 to +10 –47 to –21 –73 to –47
30 –7 to +4 –19 to –7 –31 to –19 150 –23 to +11 –51 to –23 –79 to –51
35 –8 to +4 –22 to –8 –35 to –22
[Radial clearances for models SR and SR-M1] [Radial clearance for model HRW]
Unit: m Unit: m
Indication Light Medium Indication Light Medium
Normal Normal
symbol preload preload symbol preload preload
Model No. No Symbol C1 C0 Model No. No Symbol C1 C0
15 –4 to +2 –10 to –4 — 12 –1.5 to +1.5 –4 to –1 —
20 –5 to +2 –12 to –5 –17 to –12 14 –2 to +2 –5 to –1 —
25 –6 to +3 –15 to –6 –21 to –15 17 –3 to +2 –7 to –3 —
30 –7 to +4 –18 to –7 –26 to –18 21 –4 to +2 –8 to –4 —
35 –8 to +4 –20 to –8 –31 to –20 27 –5 to +2 –11 to –5 —
45 –10 to +5 –24 to –10 –36 to –24 35 –8 to +4 –18 to –8 –28 to –18
55 –12 to +5 –28 to –12 –45 to –28 50 –10 to +5 –24 to –10 –38 to –24
70 –14 to +7 –32 to –14 –50 to –32 60 –12 to +5 –27 to –12 –42 to –27
85 –20 to +9 –46 to –20 –70 to –46
100 –22 to +10 –52 to –22 –78 to –52
120 –25 to +12 –57 to –25 –87 to –57
150 –29 to +14 –69 to –29 –104 to –69
[Radial clearance for models RSR, RSR-W [Radial clearance for model MX]
and RSR-M1] Unit: m
Unit: m Indication
Normal Light preload
Indication symbol
Normal Light preload
symbol Model No. No Symbol C1
Model No. No Symbol C1 5 0 to +1.5 –1 to 0
2 0 to +4 — 7 –2 to +2 –3 to 0
3 0 to +1 –0.5 to 0
9 –2 to +2 –4 to 0
12 –3 to +3 –6 to 0
14 –5 to +5 –10 to 0
15 –5 to +5 –10 to 0
20 –7 to +7 –14 to 0
391
Guidelines for Accuracy Grades by Machine Type
Table13 shows guidelines for selecting an accuracy grade of the LM Guide according to the machine
type.
Table13 Guideline for Accuracy Grades by Machine Type
Accuracy grades
Type of machine
Normal H P SP UP
Machining center ● ●
Lathe ● ●
Milling machine ● ●
Boring machine ● ●
Jig borer ● ●
Grinding machine ● ●
Electric discharge machine
Machine tool
● ● ●
Punching press ● ●
Laser beam machine ● ● ●
Woodworking machine ● ● ●
NC drilling machine ● ●
Tapping center ● ●
Palette changer ●
ATC ●
Wire cutting machine ● ●
Dressing machine ● ●
Industrial
Cartesian coordinate ● ● ●
robot
Cylindrical coordinate ● ●
Wire bonding machine ● ●
Semiconductor
manufacturing
equipment
Prober ● ●
Electronic component inserter ● ●
Printed circuit board drilling ● ● ●
machine
Injection molding machine ● ●
3D measuring instrument ● ●
Office equipment ● ●
Other equipment
Conveyance system ● ●
XY table ● ● ●
Coating machine ● ●
Welding machine ● ●
Medical equipment ● ●
Digitizer ● ● ●
Inspection equipment ● ● ●
Normal : Normal grade SP : Super precision grade
H : High accuracy grade UP : Ultra precision grade
P : Precision grade
392
Models SHS-C and SHS-LC
W
4-S
B
( φ H through)
T1 T
(K)
M
H3
W2 W1
(E) L
4- φ D0
**
L1 e0
C
f0
φ d2
N
M1
φ d1
F
Unit: mm
W1
1 Double 1 Double 1
H3 0 W2 M1 F d1×d2×h Max kN kN kg kg/m
-0.05 block blocks block blocks block
14.2 24.2 0.175 0.898 0.175 0.898 0.16 0.23
3 15 16 13 60 4.5×7.5×5.3 3000 1.3
17.2 31.9 0.296 1.43 0.296 1.43 0.212 0.29
22.3 38.4 0.334 1.75 0.334 1.75 0.361 0.46
4.6 20 21.5 16.5 60 6×9.5×8.5 3000 2.3
28.1 50.3 0.568 2.8 0.568 2.8 0.473 0.61
31.7 52.4 0.566 2.75 0.566 2.75 0.563 0.72
5.8 23 23.5 20 60 7×11×9 3000 3.2
36.8 64.7 0.848 3.98 0.848 3.98 0.696 0.89
44.8 66.6 0.786 4.08 0.786 4.08 0.865 1.34
7 28 31 23 80 9×14×12 3000 4.5
54.2 88.8 1.36 6.6 1.36 6.6 1.15 1.66
62.3 96.6 1.38 6.76 1.38 6.76 1.53 1.9
7.5 34 33 26 80 9×14×12 3000 6.2
72.9 127 2.34 10.9 2.34 10.9 2.01 2.54
82.8 126 2.05 10.1 2.05 10.1 2.68 3.24
8.9 45 37.5 32 105 14×20×17 3090 10.4
100 166 3.46 16.3 3.46 16.3 3.53 4.19
128 197 3.96 19.3 3.96 19.3 4.9 5.35
12.7 53 43.5 38 120 16×23×20 3060 14.5
161 259 6.68 31.1 6.68 31.1 6.44 6.97
205 320 8.26 40.4 8.26 40.4 9.4 10.7
19 63 53.5 53 150 18×26×22 3000 23.7
253 408 13.3 62.6 13.3 62.6 11.9 13.7
Note) Pilot holes for side nipples are not drilled through in order to prevent foreign material from entering the product.
**
THK will mount grease nipples per your request. Therefore, do not use the side nipple pilot holes** for purposes other
than mounting a grease nipple.
The maximum length under “Length*” indicates the standard maximum length of an LM rail. (See A1-102.)
Static permissible moment*: 1 block: static permissible moment value with 1 LM block
Double blocks: static permissible moment value with 2 blocks closely contacting with each other
394
Models SHS-V and SHS-LV
W
4-S×ℓ
B
M (K)
H3
W2 W1
(E) L
4- φ D0
**
L1 e0
C
f0
φ d2 N
M1
φ d1
Unit: mm
LM rail dimensions Basic load rating Static permissible moment kN-m* Mass
MA MB MC LM LM
Width Height Pitch Length* C C0
block rail
W1
1 Double 1 Double 1
H3 0 W2 M1 F d1×d2×h Max kN kN kg kg/m
-0.05 block blocks block blocks block
THK will mount grease nipples per your request. Therefore, do not use the side nipple pilot holes** for purposes other
than mounting a grease nipple.
The maximum length under “Length*” indicates the standard maximum length of an LM rail. (See A1-102.)
Static permissible moment*: 1 block: static permissible moment value with 1 LM block
Double blocks: static permissible moment value with 2 blocks closely contacting with each other
396
Models SHS-R and SHS-LR
W
4-S×ℓ
B
M (K)
H3
W2 W1
(*1) See contamination protection accessory on A1-494. (*2) See A1-70. (*3) See A1-76. (*4) See A1-13.
Note) This model number indicates that a single-rail unit constitutes one set. (i.e., required number of sets when 2 rails are
used in parallel is 2 at a minimum.)
Those models equipped with QZ Lubricator cannot have a grease nipple. When desiring a grease nipple for a model attached with QZ, contact THK.
397
SHS
(E) L
4- φ D0
**
L1 e0
C
φ d2 N f0
M1
φ d1
Unit: mm
W1
1 Double 1 Double 1
H3 0 W2 M1 F d1×d2×h Max kN kN kg kg/m
-0.05 block blocks block blocks block
3 15 9.5 13 60 4.5×7.5×5.3 3000 14.2 24.2 0.175 0.898 0.175 0.898 0.16 0.22 1.3
31.7 52.4 0.566 2.75 0.566 2.75 0.563 0.66
5.8 23 12.5 20 60 7×11×9 3000 3.2
36.8 64.7 0.848 3.98 0.848 3.98 0.696 0.8
44.8 66.6 0.786 4.08 0.786 4.08 0.865 1.04
7 28 16 23 80 9×14×12 3000 4.5
54.2 88.8 1.36 6.6 1.36 6.6 1.15 1.36
62.3 96.6 1.38 6.76 1.38 6.76 1.53 1.8
7.5 34 18 26 80 9×14×12 3000 6.2
72.9 127 2.34 10.9 2.34 10.9 2.01 2.34
82.8 126 2.05 10.1 2.05 10.1 2.68 3.24
8.9 45 20.5 32 105 14×20×17 3090 10.4
100 166 3.46 16.3 3.46 16.3 3.53 4.19
128 197 3.96 19.3 3.96 19.3 4.9 5.05
12.7 53 23.5 38 120 16×23×20 3060 14.5
161 259 6.68 31.1 6.68 31.1 6.44 6.57
Note) Pilot holes for side nipples** are not drilled through in order to prevent foreign material from entering the product.
THK will mount grease nipples per your request. Therefore, do not use the side nipple pilot holes** for purposes other
than mounting a grease nipple.
The maximum length under “Length*” indicates the standard maximum length of an LM rail. (See A1-102.)
Static permissible moment*: 1 block: static permissible moment value with 1 LM block
Double blocks: static permissible moment value with 2 blocks closely contacting with each other
398
Standard Length and Maximum Length of the LM Rail
Table1 shows the standard and maximum lengths of the SHS model rail. If a rail length longer than the
listed max length is required, rails may be jointed to meet the overall length. Contact THK for details.
For special rail lengths, it is recommended to use a value corresponding to the G dimension from
the table. As the G dimension increases, this portion becomes less stable and the accuracy perfor-
mance is severely impacted.
G F G
L0
Table1 Standard Length and Maximum Length of the LM Rail for Model SHS Unit: mm
Model No. SHS 15 SHS 20 SHS 25 SHS 30 SHS 35 SHS 45 SHS 55 SHS 65
160 220 220 280 280 570 780 1270
220 280 280 360 360 675 900 1570
280 340 340 440 440 780 1020 2020
340 400 400 520 520 885 1140 2620
400 460 460 600 600 990 1260
460 520 520 680 680 1095 1380
520 580 580 760 760 1200 1500
580 640 640 840 840 1305 1620
640 700 700 920 920 1410 1740
700 760 760 1000 1000 1515 1860
760 820 820 1080 1080 1620 1980
820 940 940 1160 1160 1725 2100
940 1000 1000 1240 1240 1830 2220
1000 1060 1060 1320 1320 1935 2340
1060 1120 1120 1400 1400 2040 2460
LM rail standard
1120 1180 1180 1480 1480 2145 2580
length (L0)
1180 1240 1240 1560 1560 2250 2700
1240 1360 1300 1640 1640 2355 2820
1360 1480 1360 1720 1720 2460 2940
1480 1600 1420 1800 1800 2565 3060
1600 1720 1480 1880 1880 2670
1840 1540 1960 1960 2775
1960 1600 2040 2040 2880
2080 1720 2200 2200 2985
2200 1840 2360 2360 3090
1960 2520 2520
2080 2680 2680
2200 2840 2840
2320 3000 3000
2440
399
Models SSR-XW and SSR-XWM
W
4-S×ℓ B
(K)
M
H3
W2 W1
SSR 15XW
24 34 56.9 26 26 M4×7 39.9 6.5 19.5 4.5 5.5 2.7 4.5 3 PB1021B 4.5
SSR 15XWM
SSR 20XW
28 42 66.5 32 32 M5×8 46.6 8.2 22 5.5 12 2.9 5.2 3 B-M6F 6
SSR 20XWM
SSR 25XW
33 48 83 35 35 M6×9 59.8 8.4 26.2 6 12 3.3 6.8 3 B-M6F 6.8
SSR 25XWM
SSR 30XW
42 60 97 40 40 M8×12 70.7 11.3 32.5 8 12 4.5 7.6 4 B-M6F 9.5
SSR 30XWM
SSR 35XW 48 70 110.9 50 50 M8×12 80.5 13 36.5 8.5 12 4.7 8.8 4 B-M6F 11.5
Note) Symbol M indicates that stainless steel is used in the LM block, LM rail and balls. Those models marked with this symbol
are therefore highly resistant to corrosion and environment.
SSR25X W 2 QZ UU C1 M +1200L Y P T M -Ⅱ
Model Type of With QZ Contamination Stainless LM rail length Stainless steel Symbol for
number LM block lubricator protection steel (in mm) LM rail No. of rails
accessory LM block used
symbol (*1) Applied to only Symbol for LM rail on the same
No. of LM blocks Radial clearance symbol (*2) 15 and 25 jointed use plane (*4)
used on the same Normal (No symbol) Accuracy symbol (*3)
rail Light preload (C1) Normal grade (No Symbol)
High accuracy grade (H)/Precision grade (P)
Super precision grade (SP)/Ultra precision grade (UP)
(*1) See contamination protection accessory on A1-494. (*2) See A1-70. (*3) See A1-76. (*4) See A1-13.
Note) This model number indicates that a single-rail unit constitutes one set. (i.e., required number of sets when 2 rails are used in parallel is 2 at a minimum.)
Those models equipped with QZ Lubricator cannot have a grease nipple. When desiring a grease nipple for a model attached with QZ, contact THK.
400
SSR
(E) L
L1 e0
**
4- φ D0
C
f0
φ d2 N
M1
φ d1
Unit: mm
MA MB MC
LM LM
Width Height Pitch Length* C C0
block rail
W1 1 Double 1 Double 1
W2 M1 F d1×d2×h Max kN kN kg kg/m
0.05 block blocks block blocks block
3000
15 9.5 12.5 60 4.5×7.5×5.3 14.7 16.5 0.0792 0.44 0.0486 0.274 0.0962 0.15 1.2
(1240)
3000
20 11 15.5 60 6×9.5×8.5 19.6 23.4 0.138 0.723 0.0847 0.448 0.18 0.25 2.1
(1480)
3000
23 12.5 18 60 7×11×9 31.5 36.4 0.258 1.42 0.158 0.884 0.33 0.4 2.7
(2020)
3000
28 16 23 80 7×11×9 46.5 52.7 0.446 2.4 0.274 1.49 0.571 0.8 4.3
(2520)
34 18 27.5 80 9×14×12 3000 64.6 71.6 0.711 3.72 0.437 2.31 0.936 1.1 6.4
Note1) Pilot holes for side nipples are not drilled through in order to prevent foreign material from entering the product.
**
THK will mount grease nipples per your request. Therefore, do not use the side nipple pilot holes** for purposes other
than mounting a grease nipple.
The maximum length under “Length*” indicates the standard maximum length of an LM rail. (See A1-114.)
Static permissible moment*: 1 block: static permissible moment value with 1 LM block
Double blocks: static permissible moment value with 2 blocks closely contacting with
each other
Note2) For models SSR15 and 25, two types of rails with different mounting hole dimensions are offered (see Table1).
When, replacing this model with model SR, pay attention to the mounting hole dimension of the LM rail.
Contact THK for details.
Semi-Standard
Model No. Standard rail
rail
SSR 15 For M4 (Symbol Y) For M3 (No symbol)
SSR 25 For M6 (Symbol Y) For M5 (No symbol)
401
Models SSR-XV and SSR-XVM
2-S×ℓ B
(K)
M
H3
W2 W1
SSR 15XV
24 34 40.3 26 M4×7 23.3 6.5 19.5 4.5 5.5 2.7 4.5 3 PB1021B 4.5
SSR 15XVM
SSR 20XV
28 42 47.7 32 M5×8 27.8 8.2 22 5.5 12 2.9 5.2 3 B-M6F 6
SSR 20XVM
SSR 25XV
33 48 60 35 M6×9 36.8 8.4 26.2 6 12 3.3 6.8 3 B-M6F 6.8
SSR 25XVM
Note) Symbol M indicates that stainless steel is used in the LM block, LM rail and balls. Those models marked with this symbol
are therefore highly resistant to corrosion and environment.
SSR25X V 2 QZ UU C1 M +1200L Y P T M -Ⅲ
Model Type of With QZ Contamination Stainless LM rail length Stainless steel Symbol for
lubricator protection steel (in mm) No. of rails
number LM block accessory LM rail
used
symbol (*1)
LM block
Applied to only Symbol for LM rail on the same
No. of LM blocks 15 and 25 jointed use plane (*4)
Radial clearance symbol (*2)
used on the same Normal (No symbol) Accuracy symbol (*3)
rail Light preload (C1) Normal grade (No Symbol)
High accuracy grade (H)/Precision grade (P)
Super precision grade (SP)/Ultra precision grade (UP)
(*1) See contamination protection accessory on A1-494. (*2) See A1-70. (*3) See A1-76. (*4) See A1-13.
Note) This model number indicates that a single-rail unit constitutes one set. (i.e., required number of sets when 3 rails are
used in parallel is 3 at a minimum.)
Those models equipped with QZ Lubricator cannot have a grease nipple. When desiring a grease nipple for a model attached
with QZ, contact THK.
402
SSR
(E) L
L1 e0
4- φ D0
**
〃 〃
f0
N
φ d2
h
M1
φ d1
Unit: mm
MA MB MC
LM LM
Width Height Pitch Length* C C0
block rail
W1 1 Double 1 Double 1
W2 M1 F d1×d2×h Max kN kN kg kg/m
0.05 block blocks block blocks block
3000
15 9.5 12.5 60 4.5×7.5×5.3 9.1 9.7 0.0303 0.192 0.0189 0.122 0.0562 0.08 1.2
(1240)
3000
20 11 15.5 60 6×9.5×8.5 13.4 14.4 0.0523 0.336 0.0326 0.213 0.111 0.14 2.1
(1480)
3000
23 12.5 18 60 7×11×9 21.7 22.5 0.104 0.661 0.0652 0.419 0.204 0.23 2.7
(2020)
Note1) Pilot holes for side nipples** are not drilled through in order to prevent foreign material from entering the product.
THK will mount grease nipples per your request. Therefore, do not use the side nipple pilot holes** for purposes other
than mounting a grease nipple.
The maximum length under “Length*” indicates the standard maximum length of an LM rail. (See A1-114.)
Static permissible moment*: 1 block: static permissible moment value with 1 LM block
Double blocks: static permissible moment value with 2 blocks closely contacting with
each other
Note2) For models SSR15 and 25, two types of rails with different mounting hole dimensions are offered (see Table1).
When, replacing this model with model SR, pay attention to the mounting hole dimension of the LM rail.
Contact THK for details.
Table1 The dimension of the rail mounting hole
Semi-Standard
Model No. Standard rail
rail
SSR 15 For M4 (Symbol Y) For M3 (No symbol)
SSR 25 For M6 (Symbol Y) For M5 (No symbol)
403
Model SSR-XTB
W
4- φ H
B
(K)
M
H3
W2 W1
SSR 15XTB 24 52 56.9 41 26 4.5 39.9 7 19.5 4.5 5.5 2.7 4.5 3 PB1021B 4.5
SSR15X TB 2 QZ UU C1 +820L Y P T -Ⅱ
Model Type of With QZ Contamination LM rail length Symbol for
lubricator protection (in mm) LM rail Symbol for
number LM block accessory No. of rails used
symbol (*1) Applied to only jointed use on the same plane (*4)
No. of LM blocks 15 and 25 sizes
used on the same Radial clearance symbol (*2)
Normal (No symbol) Accuracy symbol (*3)
rail Normal grade (No Symbol)
Light preload (C1)
Medium preload (C0) High accuracy grade (H)
Precision grade (P)
Super precision grade (SP)
Ultra precision grade (UP)
(*1) See contamination protection accessory on A1-494. (*2) See A1-70. (*3) See A1-76. (*4) See A1-13.
Note) This model number indicates that a single-rail unit constitutes one set. (i.e., required number of sets when 2 rails are
used in parallel is 2 at a minimum.)
Those models equipped with QZ Lubricator cannot have a grease nipple. When desiring a grease nipple for a model attached
with QZ, contact THK.
404
SSR
(E) L
L1 e0 **
4- φ D0
C
f0
N
φ d2
h
M1
φ d1
Unit: mm
MA MB MC
LM LM
Width Height Pitch Length* C C0
block rail
W1 1 Double 1 Double 1
W2 M1 F d1×d2×h Max kN kN kg kg/m
0.05 block blocks block blocks block
3000
15 18.5 12.5 60 4.5×7.5×5.3 14.7 16.5 0.0792 0.44 0.0486 0.274 0.0962 0.19 1.2
(1240)
3000
20 19.5 15.5 60 6×9.5×8.5 19.6 23.4 0.138 0.723 0.0847 0.448 0.18 0.31 2.1
(1480)
3000
23 25 18 60 7×11×9 31.5 36.4 0.258 1.42 0.158 0.884 0.33 0.53 2.7
(2020)
Note1) Pilot holes for side nipples are not drilled through in order to prevent foreign material from entering the product.
**
THK will mount grease nipples per your request. Therefore, do not use the side nipple pilot holes** for purposes other
than mounting a grease nipple.
The maximum length under “Length*” indicates the standard maximum length of an LM rail. (See A1-114.)
Static permissible moment*: 1 block: static permissible moment value with 1 LM block
Double blocks: static permissible moment value with 2 blocks closely contacting with
each other
Note2) For models SSR15 and 25, two types of rails with different mounting hole dimensions are offered (see Table1).
When, replacing this model with model SR, pay attention to the mounting hole dimension of the LM rail.
Contact THK for details.
Table1 The dimension of the rail mounting hole
Semi-Standard
Model No. Standard rail
rail
SSR 15 For M4 (Symbol Y) For M3 (No symbol)
SSR 25 For M6 (Symbol Y) For M5 (No symbol)
405
Standard Length and Maximum Length of the LM Rail
Table1 shows the standard lengths and the maximum lengths of model SSR variations. If the maxi-
mum length of the desired LM rail exceeds them, jointed rails will be used. Contact THK for details.
For the G dimension when a special length is required, we recommend selecting the corresponding
G value from the table. The longer the G dimension is, the less stable the G area may become after
installation, thus causing an adverse impact to accuracy.
G F F G
L0
Model No. SSR 15X SSR 20X SSR 25X SSR 30X SSR 35X
160 220 220 280 280
220 280 280 360 360
280 340 340 440 440
340 400 400 520 520
400 460 460 600 600
460 520 520 680 680
520 580 580 760 760
580 640 640 840 840
640 700 700 920 920
700 760 760 1000 1000
760 820 820 1080 1080
820 940 940 1160 1160
940 1000 1000 1240 1240
1000 1060 1060 1320 1320
1060 1120 1120 1400 1400
1120 1180 1240 1480 1480
1180 1240 1300 1640 1640
1240 1300 1360 1720 1720
LM rail standard
1300 1360 1420 1800 1800
length (LO)
1360 1420 1480 1880 1880
1420 1480 1540 1960 1960
1480 1540 1600 2040 2040
1540 1600 1660 2120 2120
1660 1720 2200 2200
1720 1780 2280 2280
1780 1840 2360 2360
1840 1900 2440 2440
1900 1960 2520 2520
1960 2020 2600 2600
2020 2080 2680 2680
2080 2140 2760 2760
2140 2200 2840 2840
2260 2920 2920
2320
2380
2440
Standard pitch F 60 60 60 80 80
G 20 20 20 20 20
Max length 3000 (1240) 3000 (1480) 3000 (2020) 3000 (2520) 3000
Note1) The maximum length varies with accuracy grades. Contact THK for details.
Note2) If jointed rails are not allowed and a greater length than the maximum values above is required, contact THK.
Note3) The figures in the parentheses indicate the maximum lengths of stainless steel made models.
406
Models SVR-R and SVR-LR
4-S×ℓ
W (E) L
B L1 e0 **
4- φ D0
C
φ d2 f0
T N
(K)
M h
M1
H3 φ d1
F
W2 W1
SVR-R
Outer
LM block dimensions
dimensions
(*1) See contamination protection accessory on A1-494. (*2) See A1-70. (*3) See A1-76. (*4) See A1-13.
Note) This model number indicates that an LM block and an LM rail constitute one set (i.e., the required number of sets when
2 rails are used in parallel is 2).
Those models equipped with QZ Lubricator cannot have a grease nipple. When desiring a grease nipple for a model attached
with QZ, contact THK.
407
SVR/SVS
6-S×ℓ
(E) L
L1 e0
C 4- φ D0
**
〃 〃
φ d2 f0
N
M1 h
φ d1
F
SVR-LR
Unit: mm
W1
1 Double 1 Double 1
0 W2 M1 F d1×d2×h Max* kN kN kg kg/m
-0.05 block blocks block blocks block
48.2 68.1 0.602 3.02 0.365 1.83 0.71 0.4
25 12.5 17 40 6×9.5×8.5 3000 2.9
57 86.3 0.944 4.67 0.57 2.81 0.9 0.5
67.9 91.6 0.907 4.85 0.552 2.94 1.08 0.7
28 16 21 80 7×11×9 3000 4.2
84 124 1.64 7.92 0.991 4.76 1.47 0.9
89.6 116 1.26 6.91 0.769 4.2 1.64 1
34 18 24.5 80 9×14×12 3000 6.0
112 160 2.35 11.5 1.42 6.91 2.26 1.3
138 186 2.76 13.7 1.67 8.3 3.5 1.8
45 20.5 29 105 14×20×17 3090 9.5
161 233 4.52 22.1 2.74 13.4 4.6 2.3
177 235 3.99 20.6 2.42 12.4 5.07 3.3
53 23.5 36.5 120 16×23×20 3060 14
214 309 6.8 32.7 4.1 19.7 6.67 4.3
271 352 7.26 34.9 4.4 21.1 9 6.0
63 31.5 43 150 18×26×22 3000 19.6
339 484 13.5 62.6 8.14 37.6 12.4 8.5
Note) Pilot holes for side nipples** are not drilled through in order to prevent foreign material from entering the product.
THK will mount grease nipples per your request. Therefore, do not use the side nipple pilot holes** for purposes other
than mounting a grease nipple.
In case of oil lubrication, be sure to let THK know the mounting orientation and the exact position in each LM block
where the piping joint should be attached.
For the mounting orientation and the lubrication, see A1-12 and A24-2, respectively.
The maximum length under “Length*” indicates the standard maximum length of an LM rail. (See A1-134 .)
Static permissible moment*: 1 block: static permissible moment value with 1 LM block
Double blocks: static permissible moment value with 2 blocks closely contacting with each other
408
Models SVS-R and SVS-LR
4-S×ℓ
W (E) L
B L1 e0 **
4- φ D0
C
φ d2 f0
T N
(K)
M h
M1
H3 φ d1
F
W2 W1
SVS-R
Outer
LM block dimensions
dimensions
(*1) See contamination protection accessory on A1-494. (*2) See A1-70. (*3) See A1-76. (*4) See A1-13.
Note) This model number indicates that an LM block and an LM rail constitute one set (i.e., the required number of sets when
2 rails are used in parallel is 2).
Those models equipped with QZ Lubricator cannot have a grease nipple. When desiring a grease nipple for a model attached
with QZ, contact THK.
409
SVR/SVS
6-S×ℓ
(E) L
L1 e0
C 4- φ D0
**
〃 〃
φ d2 f0
N
M1 h
φ d1
F
SVS-LR
Unit: mm
MA MB MC
LM LM
Width Height Pitch Length C C0
block rail
W1
1 Double 1 Double 1
0 W2 M1 F d1×d2×h Max* kN kN kg kg/m
-0.05 block blocks block blocks block
37 52.2 0.479 2.41 0.443 2.23 0.525 0.4
25 12.5 17 40 6×9.5×8.5 3000 2.9
43.7 66.1 0.75 3.71 0.693 3.43 0.665 0.5
52 70.1 0.722 3.86 0.667 3.58 0.798 0.7
28 16 21 80 7×11×9 3000 4.2
64.4 95.2 1.31 6.3 1.21 5.83 1.08 0.9
68.6 88.6 1 5.49 0.927 5.09 1.2 1
34 18 24.5 80 9×14×12 3000 6.0
86.1 123 1.88 9.15 1.73 8.46 1.67 1.3
105 142 2.19 10.9 2.02 10.1 2.6 1.8
45 20.5 29 105 14×20×17 3090 9.5
123 178 3.58 17.5 3.31 16.2 3.44 2.3
136 180 3.17 16.4 2.93 15.1 3.76 3.3
53 23.5 36.5 120 16×23×20 3060 14
164 237 5.4 26 4.99 24 4.96 4.3
208 269 5.76 27.7 5.33 25.6 6.66 6.0
63 31.5 43 150 18×26×22 3000 19.6
260 370 10.7 49.6 9.88 45.8 9.16 8.5
Note) Pilot holes for side nipples are not drilled through in order to prevent foreign material from entering the product.
**
THK will mount grease nipples per your request. Therefore, do not use the side nipple pilot holes** for purposes other
than mounting a grease nipple.
In case of oil lubrication, be sure to let THK know the mounting orientation and the exact position in each LM block
where the piping joint should be attached.
For the mounting orientation and the lubrication, see A1-12 and A24-2, respectively.
The maximum length under “Length*” indicates the standard maximum length of an LM rail. (See A1-134 .)
Static permissible moment*: 1 block: static permissible moment value with 1 LM block
Double blocks: static permissible moment value with 2 blocks closely contacting with each other
410
Models SVR-C and SVR-LC
4-S
( φ H through)
W (E) L
B L1 e0
**
4- φ D0
C
φ d2 N f0
t T T1
M (K)
h
M1
H3
φ d1
W2 W1 F
SVR-C
Outer
LM block dimensions
dimensions
(*1) See contamination protection accessory on A1-494. (*2) See A1-70. (*3) See A1-76. (*4) See A1-13.
Note) This model number indicates that an LM block and an LM rail constitute one set (i.e., the required number of sets when
2 rails are used in parallel is 2).
Those models equipped with QZ Lubricator cannot have a grease nipple. When desiring a grease nipple for a model attached
with QZ, contact THK.
411
SVR/SVS
6-S
(E) ( φ H through)
L
L1 e0 **
4- φ D0
C
〃 〃
φ d2 N f0
h
M1
φ d1
F
SVR-LC
Unit: mm
MA MB MC
LM LM
Width Height Pitch Length C C0
block rail
W1
1 Double 1 Double 1
0 W2 M1 F d1×d2×h Max* kN kN kg kg/m
-0.05 block blocks block blocks block
48.2 68.1 0.602 3.02 0.365 1.83 0.71 0.6
25 23.5 17 40 6×9.5×8.5 3000 2.9
57 86.3 0.944 4.67 0.57 2.81 0.9 0.8
67.9 91.6 0.907 4.85 0.552 2.94 1.08 1.1
28 31 21 80 7×11×9 3000 4.2
84 124 1.64 7.92 0.991 4.76 1.47 1.5
89.6 116 1.26 6.91 0.769 4.2 1.64 1.6
34 33 24.5 80 9×14×12 3000 6.0
112 160 2.35 11.5 1.42 6.91 2.26 2
138 186 2.76 13.7 1.67 8.3 3.5 2.7
45 37.5 29 105 14×20×17 3090 9.5
161 233 4.52 22.1 2.74 13.4 4.6 3.6
177 235 3.99 20.6 2.42 12.4 5.07 4.5
53 43.5 36.5 120 16×23×20 3060 14
214 309 6.8 32.7 4.1 19.7 6.67 5.9
271 352 7.26 34.9 4.4 21.1 9 7.8
63 53.5 43 150 18×26×22 3000 19.6
339 484 13.5 62.6 8.14 37.6 12.4 11.0
Note) Pilot holes for side nipples are not drilled through in order to prevent foreign material from entering the product.
**
THK will mount grease nipples per your request. Therefore, do not use the side nipple pilot holes** for purposes other
than mounting a grease nipple.
In case of oil lubrication, be sure to let THK know the mounting orientation and the exact position in each LM block
where the piping joint should be attached.
For the mounting orientation and the lubrication, see A1-12 and A24-2, respectively.
The maximum length under “Length*” indicates the standard maximum length of an LM rail. (See A1-134 .)
Static permissible moment*: 1 block: static permissible moment value with 1 LM block
Double blocks: static permissible moment value with 2 blocks closely contacting with each other
412
Models SVS-C and SVS-LC
4-S
( φ H through)
W (E) L
e0
**
4- φ D0
B L1
C
φ d2 N f0
t T T1
(K)
M h
M1
H3
φ d1
W2 W1 F
SVS-C
Outer
LM block dimensions
dimensions
(*1) See contamination protection accessory on A1-494. (*2) See A1-70. (*3) See A1-76. (*4) See A1-13.
Note) This model number indicates that an LM block and an LM rail constitute one set (i.e., the required number of sets when
2 rails are used in parallel is 2).
Those models equipped with QZ Lubricator cannot have a grease nipple. When desiring a grease nipple for a model attached
with QZ, contact THK.
413
SVR/SVS
6-S
(E) ( φ H through)
L
L1 e0
4- φ D0
**
C
〃 〃
φ d2 N f0
h
M1
φ d1
F
SVS-LC
Unit: mm
MA MB MC
LM LM
Width Height Pitch Length C C0
block rail
W1
1 Double 1 Double 1
0 W2 M1 F d1×d2×h Max* kN kN kg kg/m
-0.05 block blocks block blocks block
37 52.2 0.479 2.41 0.443 2.23 0.525 0.6
25 23.5 17 40 6×9.5×8.5 3000 2.9
43.7 66.1 0.75 3.71 0.693 3.43 0.665 0.8
52 70.1 0.722 3.86 0.667 3.58 0.798 1.1
28 31 21 80 7×11×9 3000 4.2
64.4 95.2 1.31 6.3 1.21 5.83 1.08 1.5
68.6 88.6 1 5.49 0.927 5.09 1.2 1.6
34 33 24.5 80 9×14×12 3000 6.0
86.1 123 1.88 9.15 1.73 8.46 1.67 2
105 142 2.19 10.9 2.02 10.1 2.6 2.7
45 37.5 29 105 14×20×17 3090 9.5
123 178 3.58 17.5 3.31 16.2 3.44 3.6
136 180 3.17 16.4 2.93 15.1 3.76 4.5
53 43.5 36.5 120 16×23×20 3060 14
164 237 5.4 26 4.99 24 4.96 5.9
208 269 5.76 27.7 5.33 25.6 6.66 7.8
63 53.5 43 150 18×26×22 3000 19.6
260 370 10.7 49.6 9.88 45.8 9.16 11.0
Note) Pilot holes for side nipples are not drilled through in order to prevent foreign material from entering the product.
**
THK will mount grease nipples per your request. Therefore, do not use the side nipple pilot holes** for purposes other
than mounting a grease nipple.
In case of oil lubrication, be sure to let THK know the mounting orientation and the exact position in each LM block
where the piping joint should be attached.
For the mounting orientation and the lubrication, see A1-12 and A24-2, respectively.
The maximum length under “Length*” indicates the standard maximum length of an LM rail. (See A1-134 .)
Static permissible moment*: 1 block: static permissible moment value with 1 LM block
Double blocks: static permissible moment value with 2 blocks closely contacting with each other
414
Models SVR-RH, SVR-LRH, SVS-RH and SVS-LRH
W
4-S×ℓ B
(K)
M
H3
W2 W1
Outer
LM block dimensions
dimensions
SVR 35RH
55 70 109.5 50 50 M8×12 79 11.7 46 23.1 19 12 6 5.2 B-M6F 9
SVS 35RH
SVR 35LRH
55 70 135 50 72 M8×12 104.5 11.7 46 23.1 19 12 6 5.2 B-M6F 9
SVS 35LRH
SVR 45RH
70 86 138.2 60 60 M10×17 105 14.7 58.4 31.9 26 16 8.5 5.2 B-PT1/8 11.6
SVS 45RH
SVR 45LRH
70 86 171 60 80 M10×17 137.8 14.7 58.4 31.9 26 16 8.5 5.2 B-PT1/8 11.6
SVS 45LRH
SVR 55RH
80 100 163.3 75 75 M12×18 123.6 17.7 66 33.6 27 16 10 5.2 B-PT1/8 14
SVS 55RH
SVR 55LRH
80 100 200.5 75 95 M12×18 160.8 17.7 66 33.6 27 16 10 5.2 B-PT1/8 14
SVS 55LRH
(*1) See contamination protection accessory on A1-494. (*2) See A1-70. (*3) See A1-76. (*4) See A1-13.
Note) This model number indicates that an LM block and an LM rail constitute one set (i.e., the required number of sets when
2 rails are used in parallel is 2).
Those models equipped with QZ Lubricator cannot have a grease nipple. When desiring a grease nipple for a model attached with QZ, contact THK.
415
SVR/SVS
(E) L
L1 e0 **
4- φ D0
C
N f0
φ d2
h
M1
φ d1
F
Unit: mm
MA MB MC
LM LM
Width Height Pitch Length C C0
block rail
W1
1 Double 1 Double 1
0 W2 M1 F d1×d2×h Max* kN kN kg kg/m
-0.05 block blocks block blocks block
89.6 116 1.26 6.91 0.769 4.2 1.64
34 18 24.5 80 9×14×12 3000 1.5 6.0
68.6 88.6 1 5.49 0.927 5.09 1.2
112 160 2.35 11.5 1.42 6.91 2.26
34 18 24.5 80 9×14×12 3000 2 6.0
86.1 123 1.88 9.15 1.73 8.46 1.67
138 186 2.76 13.7 1.67 8.3 3.5
45 20.5 29 105 14×20×17 3090 3.1 9.5
105 142 2.19 10.9 2.02 10.1 2.6
161 233 4.52 22.1 2.74 13.4 4.6
45 20.5 29 105 14×20×17 3090 4.1 9.5
123 178 3.58 17.5 3.31 16.2 3.44
177 235 3.99 20.6 2.42 12.4 5.07
53 23.5 36.5 120 16×23×20 3060 4.7 14
136 180 3.17 16.4 2.93 15.1 3.76
214 309 6.8 32.7 4.1 19.7 6.67
53 23.5 36.5 120 16×23×20 3060 6.2 14
164 237 5.4 26 4.99 24 4.96
Note) Pilot holes for side nipples** are not drilled through in order to prevent foreign material from entering the product.
THK will mount grease nipples per your request. Therefore, do not use the side nipple pilot holes** for purposes other
than mounting a grease nipple.
In case of oil lubrication, be sure to let THK know the mounting orientation and the exact position in each LM block
where the piping joint should be attached.
For the mounting orientation and the lubrication, see A1-12 and A24-2, respectively.
The maximum length under “Length*” indicates the standard maximum length of an LM rail. (See A1-134 .)
Static permissible moment*: 1 block: static permissible moment value with 1 LM block
Double blocks: static permissible moment value with 2 blocks closely contacting with each other
416
Models SVR-CH, SVR-LCH, SVS-CH and SVS-LCH
4-S W
B
( φ H through)
t T T1
(K)
M
H3
W2 W1
Outer
LM block dimensions
dimensions
SVR 35CH
48 100 109.5 82 62 M10 8.5 79 20 19 16 39 16.1 12 12 6 5.2 B-M6F 9
SVS 35CH
SVR 35LCH
48 100 135 82 62 M10 8.5 104.5 20 19 16 39 16.1 12 12 6 5.2 B-M6F 9
SVS 35LCH
SVR 45CH
60 120 138.2 100 80 M12 10.5 105 22 20.5 20 48.4 21.9 16 16 8.5 5.2 B-PT1/8 11.6
SVS 45CH
SVR 45LCH
60 120 171 100 80 M12 10.5 137.8 22 20.5 20 48.4 21.9 16 16 8.5 5.2 B-PT1/8 11.6
SVS 45LCH
SVR 55CH
70 140 163.3 116 95 M14 12.5 123.6 24 22.5 22 56 23.6 17 16 10 5.2 B-PT1/8 14
SVS 55CH
SVR 55LCH
70 140 200.5 116 95 M14 12.5 160.8 24 22.5 22 56 23.6 17 16 10 5.2 B-PT1/8 14
SVS 55LCH
(*1) See contamination protection accessory on A1-494. (*2) See A1-70. (*3) See A1-76. (*4) See A1-13.
Note) This model number indicates that an LM block and an LM rail constitute one set (i.e., the required number of sets when
2 rails are used in parallel is 2).
Those models equipped with QZ Lubricator cannot have a grease nipple. When desiring a grease nipple for a model attached with QZ, contact THK.
417
SVR/SVS
(E) L
L1 e0 4- φ D0
**
φ d2 N f0
h
M1
φ d1
F
Unit: mm
MA MB MC
LM LM
Width Height Pitch Length C C0
block rail
W1
1 Double 1 Double 1
0 W2 M1 F d1×d2×h Max* kN kN kg kg/m
-0.05 block blocks block blocks block
89.6 116 1.26 6.91 0.769 4.2 1.64
34 33 24.5 80 9×14×12 3000 1.7 6.0
68.6 88.6 1 5.49 0.927 5.09 1.2
112 160 2.35 11.5 1.42 6.91 2.26
34 33 24.5 80 9×14×12 3000 2.2 6.0
86.1 123 1.88 9.15 1.73 8.46 1.67
138 186 2.76 13.7 1.67 8.3 3.5
45 37.5 29 105 14×20×17 3090 3.3 9.5
105 142 2.19 10.9 2.02 10.1 2.6
161 233 4.52 22.1 2.74 13.4 4.6
45 37.5 29 105 14×20×17 3090 4.3 9.5
123 178 3.58 17.5 3.31 16.2 3.44
177 235 3.99 20.6 2.42 12.4 5.07
53 43.5 36.5 120 16×23×20 3060 5.1 14
136 180 3.17 16.4 2.93 15.1 3.76
214 309 6.8 32.7 4.1 19.7 6.67
53 43.5 36.5 120 16×23×20 3060 6.6 14
164 237 5.4 26 4.99 24 4.96
Note) Pilot holes for side nipples** are not drilled through in order to prevent foreign material from entering the product.
THK will mount grease nipples per your request. Therefore, do not use the side nipple pilot holes** for purposes other
than mounting a grease nipple.
In case of oil lubrication, be sure to let THK know the mounting orientation and the exact position in each LM block
where the piping joint should be attached.
For the mounting orientation and the lubrication, see A1-12 and A24-2, respectively.
The maximum length under “Length*” indicates the standard maximum length of an LM rail. (See A1-134 .)
Static permissible moment*: 1 block: static permissible moment value with 1 LM block
Double blocks: static permissible moment value with 2 blocks closely contacting with each other
418
Standard Length and Maximum Length of the LM Rail
Table1 shows the standard lengths and the maximum lengths of model SVR/SVS variations. If the
maximum length of the desired LM rail exceeds them, jointed rails will be used. Contact THK for de-
tails.
For the G dimension when a special length is required, we recommend selecting the corresponding
G value from the table. The longer the G dimension is, the less stable the G area may become after
installation, thus causing an adverse impact to accuracy.
G F F G
L0
Table1 Standard Length and Maximum Length of the LM Rail for Models SVR/SVS Unit: mm
419
Models HSR-A and HSR-AM, Models HSR-LA and HSR-LAM
W W
4-S 4-S
B B
T
T1 T t T1
M (K) (K)
M
H3 H3
W2 W1 W2 W1
HSR25 A 2 QZ UU C0 M +1200L P T M -Ⅱ
Model Type of With QZ Contamination Stainless steel LM rail length Stainless steel Symbol for
protection LM rail No. of rails used
number LM block Lubricator accessory LM block (in mm) Symbol for LM rail on the same
symbol (*1) jointed use plane (*4)
Radial clearance symbol (*2) Accuracy symbol (*3)
No. of LM blocks Normal (No symbol) Normal grade (No Symbol)/High accuracy grade (H)
used on the same Light preload (C1) Precision grade (P)/Super precision grade (SP)
rail Medium preload (C0) Ultra precision grade (UP)
(*1) See contamination protection accessory on A1-494. (*2) See A1-71. (*3) See A1-76. (*4) See A1-13.
Note) This model number indicates that a single-rail unit constitutes one set. (i.e., required number of sets when 2 rails are
used in parallel is 2 at a minimum.)
Those models equipped with QZ Lubricator cannot have a grease nipple. When desiring a grease nipple for a model attached with QZ, contact THK.
420
HSR
(E) L
L1
C
φ d2
N
h
M1
φ d1
F
Unit: mm
LM rail dimensions Basic load rating Static permissible moment kN-m* Mass
MA MB MC
LM LM
Width Height Pitch Length* C C0
block rail
W1 1 Double 1 Double 1
W2 M1 F d1×d2×h Max kN kN kg kg/m
0.05 block blocks block blocks block
3000
15 16 15 60 4.5×7.5×5.3 10.9 15.7 0.0945 0.527 0.0945 0.527 0.0998 0.2 1.5
(1240)
3000
20 21.5 18 60 6×9.5×8.5 19.8 27.4 0.218 1.2 0.218 1.2 0.235 0.35 2.3
(1480)
3000
20 21.5 18 60 6×9.5×8.5 23.9 35.8 0.363 1.87 0.363 1.87 0.307 0.47 2.3
(1480)
3000
23 23.5 22 60 7×11×9 27.6 36.4 0.324 1.8 0.324 1.8 0.366 0.59 3.3
(2020)
3000
23 23.5 22 60 7×11×9 35.2 51.6 0.627 3.04 0.627 3.04 0.518 0.75 3.3
(2020)
3000
28 31 26 80 9×14×12 40.5 53.7 0.599 3.1 0.599 3.1 0.652 1.1 4.8
(2520)
3000
28 31 26 80 9×14×12 48.9 70.2 0.995 4.89 0.995 4.89 0.852 1.3 4.8
(2520)
3000
34 33 29 80 9×14×12 53.9 70.2 0.895 4.51 0.895 4.51 1.05 1.6 6.6
(2520)
3000
34 33 29 80 9×14×12 65 91.7 1.49 7.13 1.49 7.13 1.37 2 6.6
(2520)
82.2 101 1.5 8.37 1.5 8.37 1.94 2.8
45 37.5 38 105 14×20×17 3090 11
100 135 2.59 13.4 2.59 13.4 2.6 3.3
121 146 2.6 14.1 2.6 14.1 3.43 4.5
53 43.5 44 120 16×23×20 3060 15.1
148 194 4.46 22.7 4.46 22.7 4.56 5.7
195 228 5.08 25 5.08 25 6.2 8.5
63 53.5 53 150 18×26×22 3000 22.5
249 323 9.81 45.6 9.81 45.6 8.79 10.7
304 355 10.2 51.2 10.2 51.2 12.8 17
85 65 65 180 24×35×28 3000 35.2
367 464 16.9 81 16.9 81 16.7 23
Note) Symbol M indicates that stainless steel is used in the LM block, LM rail and balls. Those models marked with this sym-
bol are therefore highly resistant to corrosion and environment.
The maximum length under “Length*” indicates the standard maximum length of an LM rail. (See A1-200.)
Static permissible moment*: 1 block: static permissible moment value with 1 LM block
Double blocks: static permissible moment value with 2 blocks closely contacting with each other
421
Models HSR-B, HSR-BM, HSR-LB and HSR-LBM
W
4- φ H B
t T T1
M (K)
H3
W2 W1
HSR25 B 2 QZ UU C0 M +1200L P T M -Ⅱ
Model Type of With QZ Contamination Stainless steel LM rail length Stainless steel Symbol for
number LM block Lubricator protection
accessory LM block (in mm) LM rail No. of rails used
Symbol for LM rail on the same
symbol (*1)
jointed use plane (*4)
No. of LM blocks Radial clearance symbol (*2) Accuracy symbol (*3)
used on the same rail Normal (No symbol) Normal grade (No Symbol)/High accuracy grade (H)
Light preload (C1) Precision grade (P)/Super precision grade (SP)
Medium preload (C0) Ultra precision grade (UP)
(*1) See contamination protection accessory on A1-494. (*2) See A1-71. (*3) See A1-76. (*4) See A1-13.
Note) This model number indicates that a single-rail unit constitutes one set. (i.e., required number of sets when 2 rails are
used in parallel is 2 at a minimum.)
Those models equipped with QZ Lubricator cannot have a grease nipple. When desiring a grease nipple for a model attached with QZ, contact THK.
422
HSR
(E) L
L1
C
φ d2
N
h
M1
φ d1
F
Unit: mm
LM rail dimensions Basic load rating Static permissible moment kN-m* Mass
MA MB MC
LM LM
Width Height Pitch Length* C C0
block rail
W1 1 Double 1 Double 1
W2 M1 F d1×d2×h Max kN kN kg kg/m
0.05 block blocks block blocks block
3000
15 16 15 60 4.5×7.5×5.3 10.9 15.7 0.0945 0.527 0.0945 0.527 0.0998 0.2 1.5
(1240)
3000
20 21.5 18 60 6×9.5×8.5 19.8 27.4 0.218 1.2 0.218 1.2 0.235 0.35 2.3
(1480)
3000
20 21.5 18 60 6×9.5×8.5 23.9 35.8 0.363 1.87 0.363 1.87 0.307 0.47 2.3
(1480)
3000
23 23.5 22 60 7×11×9 27.6 36.4 0.324 1.8 0.324 1.8 0.366 0.59 3.3
(2020)
3000
23 23.5 22 60 7×11×9 35.2 51.6 0.627 3.04 0.627 3.04 0.518 0.75 3.3
(2020)
3000
28 31 26 80 9×14×12 40.5 53.7 0.599 3.1 0.599 3.1 0.652 1.1 4.8
(2520)
3000
28 31 26 80 9×14×12 48.9 70.2 0.995 4.89 0.995 4.89 0.852 1.3 4.8
(2520)
3000
34 33 29 80 9×14×12 53.9 70.2 0.895 4.51 0.895 4.51 1.05 1.6 6.6
(2520)
3000
34 33 29 80 9×14×12 65 91.7 1.49 7.13 1.49 7.13 1.37 2 6.6
(2520)
82.2 101 1.5 8.37 1.5 8.37 1.94 2.8
45 37.5 38 105 14×20×17 3090 11
100 135 2.59 13.4 2.59 13.4 2.6 3.3
121 146 2.6 14.1 2.6 14.1 3.43 4.5
53 43.5 44 120 16×23×20 3060 15.1
148 194 4.46 22.7 4.46 22.7 4.56 5.7
195 228 5.08 25 5.08 25 6.2 8.5
63 53.5 53 150 18×26×22 3000 22.5
249 323 9.81 45.6 9.81 45.6 8.79 10.7
304 355 10.2 51.2 10.2 51.2 12.8 17
85 65 65 180 24×35×28 3000 35.2
367 464 16.9 81 16.9 81 16.7 23
Note) Symbol M indicates that stainless steel is used in the LM block, LM rail and balls. Those models marked with this sym-
bol are therefore highly resistant to corrosion and environment.
The maximum length under “Length*” indicates the standard maximum length of an LM rail. (See A1-200.)
Static permissible moment*: 1 block: static permissible moment value with 1 LM block
Double blocks: static permissible moment value with 2 blocks closely contacting with each other
423
Model HSR-RM
W L
4-S×ℓ
B L1
φd
C
N φ d2
h
M (K)
M1
H3
φ d1
W2 W1 F
Greasing
Model No. Height Width Length
hole Grease
nipple
M W L B C S×ℓ L1 T K N E d H3
HSR12 R 2 UU C1 M +670L H T M -Ⅱ
Model Type of Contamination Stainless LM rail length Stainless Symbol for
protection No. of rails used
number LM block accessory steel (in mm) steel LM rail
symbol (*1) LM block on the same
Symbol for LM rail plane (*4)
No. of LM blocks Radial clearance symbol (*2) jointed use
used on the same Normal (No symbol)
rail Light preload (C1) Accuracy symbol (*3)
Normal grade (No Symbol)/High accuracy grade (H)
Precision grade (P)/Super precision grade (SP)
(*1) See contamination protection accessory on A1-494. (*2) See A1-71. (*3) See A1-76. (*4) See A1-13.
Note) This model number indicates that a single-rail unit constitutes one set. (i.e., required number of sets when 2 rails are
used in parallel is 2 at a minimum.)
424
HSR
W (E) L
4-S×ℓ L1
B
C
φ d2
T N
h
M (K)
M1
H3
φ d1
W2 W1 F
Model HSR12RM
Unit: mm
425
Models HSR-R, HSR-RM, HSR-LR and HSR-LRM
W
4-S×ℓ
B
M (K)
H3
W2 W1
HSR35 R 2 QZ SS C0 M +1400L P T M -Ⅱ
Model Type of With QZ Contamination
protection Stainless steel LM rail length Stainless steel Symbol for
LM rail No. of rails used
number LM block Lubricator accessory LM block (in mm)
symbol (*1) Symbol for on the same
LM rail jointed use plane (*4)
No. of LM blocks Radial clearance symbol (*2) Accuracy symbol (*3)
used on the same Normal (No symbol) Normal grade (No Symbol)/High accuracy grade (H)
rail Light preload (C1) Precision grade (P)/Super precision grade (SP)
Medium preload (C0) Ultra precision grade (UP)
(*1) See contamination protection accessory on A1-494. (*2) See A1-71. (*3) See A1-76. (*4) See A1-13.
Note) This model number indicates that a single-rail unit constitutes one set. (i.e., required number of sets when 2 rails are
used in parallel is 2 at a minimum.)
Those models equipped with QZ Lubricator cannot have a grease nipple. When desiring a grease nipple for a model attached with QZ, contact THK.
426
HSR
(E) L
L1
C
φ d2
N
h
M1
φ d1
F
Unit: mm
LM rail dimensions Basic load rating Static permissible moment kN-m* Mass
MA MB MC
LM LM
Width Height Pitch Length* C C0
block rail
W1 1 Double 1 Double 1
W2 M1 F d1×d2×h Max kN kN kg kg/m
0.05 block blocks block blocks block
3000
15 9.5 15 60 4.5×7.5×5.3 10.9 15.7 0.0945 0.527 0.0945 0.527 0.0998 0.18 1.5
(1240)
3000
20 12 18 60 6×9.5×8.5 19.8 27.4 0.218 1.2 0.218 1.2 0.235 0.25 2.3
(1480)
3000
20 12 18 60 6×9.5×8.5 23.9 35.8 0.363 1.87 0.363 1.87 0.307 0.35 2.3
(1480)
3000
23 12.5 22 60 7×11×9 27.6 36.4 0.324 1.8 0.324 1.8 0.366 0.54 3.3
(2020)
3000
23 12.5 22 60 7×11×9 35.2 51.6 0.627 3.04 0.627 3.04 0.518 0.67 3.3
(2020)
3000
28 16 26 80 9×14×12 40.5 53.7 0.599 3.1 0.599 3.1 0.652 0.9 4.8
(2520)
3000
28 16 26 80 9×14×12 48.9 70.2 0.995 4.89 0.995 4.89 0.852 1.1 4.8
(2520)
3000
34 18 29 80 9×14×12 53.9 70.2 0.895 4.51 0.895 4.51 1.05 1.5 6.6
(2520)
3000
34 18 29 80 9×14×12 65 91.7 1.49 7.13 1.49 7.13 1.37 2 6.6
(2520)
82.2 101 1.5 8.37 1.5 8.37 1.94 2.6
45 20.5 38 105 14×20×17 3090 11
100 135 2.59 13.4 2.59 13.4 2.6 3.1
121 146 2.6 14.1 2.6 14.1 3.43 4.3
53 23.5 44 120 16×23×20 3060 15.1
148 194 4.46 22.7 4.46 22.7 4.56 5.4
195 228 5.08 25 5.08 25 6.2 7.3
63 31.5 53 150 18×26×22 3000 22.5
249 323 9.81 45.6 9.81 45.6 8.79 9.3
304 355 10.2 51.2 10.2 51.2 12.8 13
85 35.5 65 180 24×35×28 3000 35.2
367 464 16.9 81 16.9 81 16.7 16
Note) Symbol M indicates that stainless steel is used in the LM block, LM rail and balls. Those models marked with this sym-
bol are therefore highly resistant to corrosion and environment.
The maximum length under “Length*” indicates the standard maximum length of an LM rail. (See A1-200.)
Static permissible moment*: 1 block: static permissible moment value with 1 LM block
Double blocks: static permissible moment value with 2 blocks closely contacting with each other
427
Models HSR-YR and HSR-YRM
W
4-S×ℓ
B1
B
(K)
M
H3
W1
W2
HSR 15YR
28 33.5 56.6 4.3 11.5 18 M4×5 38.8 23.3 8.3 5.5 PB1021B 4.7
HSR 15YRM
HSR 20YR
30 43.5 74 4 11.5 25 M5×6 50.8 26 5 12 B-M6F 4
HSR 20YRM
HSR 25YR
40 47.5 83.1 6 16 30 M6×6 59.5 34.5 10 12 B-M6F 5.5
HSR 25YRM
HSR 30YR
45 59.5 98 8 16 40 M6×9 70.4 38 10 12 B-M6F 7
HSR 30YRM
HSR 35YR
55 69.5 109.4 8 23 43 M8×10 80.4 47.5 15 12 B-M6F 7.5
HSR 35YRM
HSR 45YR 70 85.5 139 10 30 55 M10×14 98 60 20 16 B-PT1/8 10
HSR 55YR 80 99.5 163 12 32 70 M12×15 118 67 21 16 B-PT1/8 13
HSR 65YR 90 124.5 186 12 35 85 M16×22 147 76 19 16 B-PT1/8 14
HSR25 YR 2 UU C0 M +1200L P T M -Ⅱ
Model Type of Contamination Stainless LM rail length Stainless Symbol for
protection steel No. of rails used
number LM block accessory steel (in mm)
symbol (*1) LM block LM rail on the same
Symbol for LM rail plane (*4)
No. of LM blocks Radial clearance symbol (*2) jointed use
used on the same Normal (No symbol)
rail Light preload (C1) Accuracy symbol (*3)
Medium preload (C0) Normal grade (No Symbol)/High accuracy grade (H)
Precision grade (P)/Super precision grade (SP)
Ultra precision grade (UP)
(*1) See contamination protection accessory on A1-494. (*2) See A1-71. (*3) See A1-76. (*4) See A1-13.
Note) This model number indicates that a single-rail unit constitutes one set. (i.e., required number of sets when 2 rails are
used in parallel is 2 at a minimum.)
428
HSR
(E) L
L1
C
φ d2 N
h
M1
φ d1
F
Unit: mm
LM rail dimensions Basic load rating Static permissible moment kN-m* Mass
MA MB MC
LM LM
Width Height Pitch Length* C C0
block rail
W1 1 Double 1 Double 1
W2 M1 F d1×d2×h Max kN kN kg kg/m
0.05 block blocks block blocks block
3000
15 24 15 60 4.5×7.5×5.3 10.9 15.7 0.0945 0.527 0.0945 0.527 0.0998 0.18 1.5
(1240)
3000
20 31.5 18 60 6×9.5×8.5 19.8 27.4 0.218 1.2 0.218 1.2 0.235 0.25 2.3
(1480)
3000
23 35 22 60 7×11×9 27.6 36.4 0.324 1.8 0.324 1.8 0.366 0.54 3.3
(2020)
3000
28 43.5 26 80 9×14×12 40.5 53.7 0.599 3.1 0.599 3.1 0.652 0.9 4.8
(2520)
3000
34 51.5 29 80 9×14×12 53.9 70.2 0.895 4.51 0.895 4.51 1.05 1.5 6.6
(2520)
45 65 38 105 14×20×17 3090 82.2 101 1.5 8.37 1.5 8.37 1.94 2.6 11
53 76 44 120 16×23×20 3060 121 146 2.6 14.1 2.6 14.1 3.43 4.3 15.1
63 93 53 150 18×26×22 3000 195 228 5.08 25 5.08 25 6.2 7.3 22.5
Note) Symbol M indicates that stainless steel is used in the LM block, LM rail and balls. Those models marked with this sym-
bol are therefore highly resistant to corrosion and environment.
The maximum length under “Length*” indicates the standard maximum length of an LM rail. (See A1-200.)
Static permissible moment*: 1 block: static permissible moment value with 1 LM block
Double blocks: static permissible moment value with 2 blocks closely contacting with each other
429
Models HSR-CA, HSR-CAM, HSR-HA and HSR-HAM
W W
6-S B 6-S B
T
t T1
T1 T (K)
(K) M
M
H3 H3
W2 W1 W2 W1
(*1) See contamination protection accessory on A1-494. (*2) See A1-71. (*3) See A1-76. (*4) See A1-13.
Note) This model number indicates that a single-rail unit constitutes one set. (i.e., required number of sets when 2 rails are
used in parallel is 2 at a minimum.)
Those models equipped with QZ Lubricator cannot have a grease nipple. When desiring a grease nipple for a model attached with QZ, contact THK.
430
HSR
(E) L
L1
C
φ d2
N
h
M1
φ d1
F
Unit: mm
LM rail dimensions Basic load rating Static permissible moment kN-m* Mass
MA MB MC
LM LM
Width Height Pitch Length* C C0
block rail
W1 1 Double 1 Double 1
W2 M1 F d1×d2×h Max kN kN kg kg/m
0.05 block blocks block blocks block
3000
20 21.5 18 60 6×9.5×8.5 19.8 27.4 0.218 1.2 0.218 1.2 0.235 0.35 2.3
(1480)
3000
20 21.5 18 60 6×9.5×8.5 23.9 35.8 0.363 1.87 0.363 1.87 0.307 0.47 2.3
(1480)
3000
23 23.5 22 60 7×11×9 27.6 36.4 0.324 1.8 0.324 1.8 0.366 0.59 3.3
(2020)
3000
23 23.5 22 60 7×11×9 35.2 51.6 0.627 3.04 0.627 3.04 0.518 0.75 3.3
(2020)
3000
28 31 26 80 9×14×12 40.5 53.7 0.599 3.1 0.599 3.1 0.652 1.1 4.8
(2520)
3000
28 31 26 80 9×14×12 48.9 70.2 0.995 4.89 0.995 4.89 0.852 1.3 4.8
(2520)
3000
34 33 29 80 9×14×12 53.9 70.2 0.895 4.51 0.895 4.51 1.05 1.6 6.6
(2520)
3000
34 33 29 80 9×14×12 65 91.7 1.49 7.13 1.49 7.13 1.37 2 6.6
(2520)
82.2 101 1.5 8.37 1.5 8.37 1.94 2.8
45 37.5 38 105 14×20×17 3090 11
100 135 2.59 13.4 2.59 13.4 2.6 3.3
121 146 2.6 14.1 2.6 14.1 3.43 4.5
53 43.5 44 120 16×23×20 3060 15.1
148 194 4.46 22.7 4.46 22.7 4.56 5.7
195 228 5.08 25 5.08 25 6.2 8.5
63 53.5 53 150 18×26×22 3000 22.5
249 323 9.81 45.6 9.81 45.6 8.79 10.7
304 355 10.2 51.2 10.2 51.2 12.8 17
85 65 65 180 24×35×28 3000 35.2
367 464 16.9 81 16.9 81 16.7 23
Note) Symbol M indicates that stainless steel is used in the LM block, LM rail and balls. Those models marked with this sym-
bol are therefore highly resistant to corrosion and environment.
The maximum length under “Length*” indicates the standard maximum length of an LM rail. (See A1-200.)
Static permissible moment*: 1 block: static permissible moment value with 1 LM block
Double blocks: static permissible moment value with 2 blocks closely contacting with each other
431
Models HSR-CB, HSR-CBM, HSR-HB and HSR-HBM
W
6- φ H
B
t T T1
M (K)
H3
W2 W1
(*1) See contamination protection accessory on A1-494. (*2) See A1-71. (*3) See A1-76. (*4) See A1-13.
Note) This model number indicates that a single-rail unit constitutes one set. (i.e., required number of sets when 2 rails are
used in parallel is 2 at a minimum.)
Those models equipped with QZ Lubricator cannot have a grease nipple. When desiring a grease nipple for a model attached with QZ, contact THK.
432
HSR
(E) L
L1
C
φ d2
N
h
M1
φ d1
F
Unit: mm
LM rail dimensions Basic load rating Static permissible moment kN-m* Mass
MA MB MC
LM LM
Width Height Pitch Length* C C0
block rail
W1 1 Double 1 Double 1
W2 M1 F d1×d2×h Max kN kN kg kg/m
0.05 block blocks block blocks block
3000
20 21.5 18 60 6×9.5×8.5 19.8 27.4 0.218 1.2 0.218 1.2 0.235 0.35 2.3
(1480)
3000
20 21.5 18 60 6×9.5×8.5 23.9 35.8 0.363 1.87 0.363 1.87 0.307 0.47 2.3
(1480)
3000
23 23.5 22 60 7×11×9 27.6 36.4 0.324 1.8 0.324 1.8 0.366 0.59 3.3
(2020)
3000
23 23.5 22 60 7×11×9 35.2 51.6 0.627 3.04 0.627 3.04 0.518 0.75 3.3
(2020)
3000
28 31 26 80 9×14×12 40.5 53.7 0.599 3.1 0.599 3.1 0.652 1.1 4.8
(2520)
3000
28 31 26 80 9×14×12 48.9 70.2 0.995 4.89 0.995 4.89 0.852 1.3 4.8
(2520)
3000
34 33 29 80 9×14×12 53.9 70.2 0.895 4.51 0.895 4.51 1.05 1.6 6.6
(2520)
3000
34 33 29 80 9×14×12 65 91.7 1.49 7.13 1.49 7.13 1.37 2 6.6
(2520)
82.2 101 1.5 8.37 1.5 8.37 1.94 2.8
45 37.5 38 105 14×20×17 3090 11
100 135 2.59 13.4 2.59 13.4 2.6 3.3
121 146 2.6 14.1 2.6 14.1 3.43 4.5
53 43.5 44 120 16×23×20 3060 15.1
148 194 4.46 22.7 4.46 22.7 4.56 5.7
195 228 5.08 25 5.08 25 6.2 8.5
63 53.5 53 150 18×26×22 3000 22.5
249 323 9.81 45.6 9.81 45.6 8.79 10.7
304 355 10.2 51.2 10.2 51.2 12.8 17
85 65 65 180 24×35×28 3000 35.2
367 464 16.9 81 16.9 81 16.7 23
Note) Symbol M indicates that stainless steel is used in the LM block, LM rail and balls. Those models marked with this sym-
bol are therefore highly resistant to corrosion and environment.
The maximum length under “Length*” indicates the standard maximum length of an LM rail. (See A1-200.)
Static permissible moment*: 1 block: static permissible moment value with 1 LM block
Double blocks: static permissible moment value with 2 blocks closely contacting with each other
433
Models HSR-HA, HSR-HB and HSR-HR
W W
9-S B 9- φ H B
T1 T T1 T
(K) (K)
M M
H3 H3
W2 W1 W2 W1
HSR150 HR 2 UU C1 +2350L H T -Ⅱ
Model Type of Contamination LM rail length Symbol Symbol for
number LM block protection (in mm) for LM rail No. of rails used
accessory jointed use on the same plane (*4)
symbol (*1)
No. of LM blocks Radial clearance symbol (*2) Accuracy symbol (*3)
used on the same Normal (No symbol) Normal grade (No Symbol)/High accuracy grade (H)
rail Light preload (C1) Precision grade (P)/Super precision grade (SP)
Medium preload (C0) Ultra precision grade (UP)
(*1) See contamination protection accessory on A1-494. (*2) See A1-71. (*3) See A1-76. (*4) See A1-13.
Note) This model number indicates that a single-rail unit constitutes one set. (i.e., required number of sets when 2 rails are
used in parallel is 2 at a minimum.)
434
HSR
(E) L
L1
W
C
6-S×ℓ B
φ d2
N
T h
M (K)
M1
H3 φ d1
W2 W1 F
LM rail dimensions Basic load rating Static permissible moment kN-m* Mass
MA MB MC LM LM
Width Height Pitch Length* C C0
block rail
W1 1 Double 1 Double 1
W2 M1 F d1×d2×h Max kN kN kg kg/m
0.05 block blocks block blocks block
75
100 75 70 210 26×39×32 3000 441 540 20.7 105 20.7 105 24.1 32 49
50
88
114 88 75 230 33×48×43 3000 540 653 27.5 138 27.5 138 33.3 43 61
53
103
144 103 85 250 39×58×46 3000 518 728 33.6 167 33.6 167 45.2 62 87
61
Note) The maximum length under “Length*” indicates the standard maximum length of an LM rail. (See A1-200.)
Static permissible moment*: 1 block: static permissible moment value with 1 LM block
Double blocks: static permissible moment value with 2 blocks closely contacting with each other
435
Standard Length and Maximum Length of the LM Rail
Table1 shows the standard lengths and the maximum lengths of model HSR variations. If the maxi-
mum length of the desired LM rail exceeds them, jointed rails will be used. Contact THK for details.
For the G dimension when a special length is required, we recommend selecting the corresponding
G value from the table. The longer the G dimension is, the less stable the G area may become after
installation, thus causing an adverse impact to accuracy.
G F F G
L0
Table1 Standard Length and Maximum Length of the LM Rail for Model HSR Unit: mm
Model No. HSR 8 HSR 10 HSR 12 HSR 15 HSR 20 HSR 25 HSR 30 HSR 35 HSR 45 HSR 55 HSR 65 HSR 85 HSR 100 HSR 120 HSR 150
35 45 70 160 160 220 280 280 570 780 1270 1530 1340 1470 1600
55 70 110 220 220 280 360 360 675 900 1570 1890 1760 1930 2100
75 95 150 280 280 340 440 440 780 1020 2020 2250 2180 2390 2350
95 120 190 340 340 400 520 520 885 1140 2620 2610 2600
115 145 230 400 400 460 600 600 990 1260
135 170 270 460 460 520 680 680 1095 1380
155 195 310 520 520 580 760 760 1200 1500
175 220 350 580 580 640 840 840 1305 1620
195 245 390 640 640 700 920 920 1410 1740
215 270 430 700 700 760 1000 1000 1515 1860
235 295 470 760 760 820 1080 1080 1620 1980
255 320 510 820 820 940 1160 1160 1725 2100
275 345 550 940 940 1000 1240 1240 1830 2220
370 590 1000 1000 1060 1320 1320 1935 2340
LM rail 395 630 1060 1060 1120 1400 1400 2040 2460
standard length 420 670 1120 1120 1180 1480 1480 2145 2580
(LO) 445 1180 1180 1240 1560 1560 2250 2700
470 1240 1240 1300 1640 1640 2355 2820
1360 1360 1360 1720 1720 2460 2940
1480 1480 1420 1800 1800 2565 3060
1600 1600 1480 1880 1880 2670
1720 1540 1960 1960 2775
1840 1600 2040 2040 2880
1960 1720 2200 2200 2985
2080 1840 2360 2360 3090
2200 1960 2520 2520
2080 2680 2680
2200 2840 2840
2320 3000 3000
2440
436
Models SR-W, SR-WM, SR-V and SR-VM
W
B
T
(K)
M
H3
W2 W1
SR25 W 2 UU C0 M +1240L Y P T M -Ⅱ
Model Type of Contamination Stainless steel LM rail length Stainless steel
protection LM block (in mm) LM rail Symbol for
number LM block accessory No. of rails used
symbol (*1) Applied to only Symbol for LM rail on the same plane (*4)
No. of LM blocks Radial clearance symbol (*2) 15 and 25 jointed use
used on the same Normal (No symbol)
Light preload (C1) Accuracy symbol (*3)
rail Medium preload (C0) Normal grade (No Symbol)/High accuracy grade (H)
Precision grade (P)/Super precision grade (SP)
Ultra precision grade (UP)
(*1) See contamination protection accessory on A1-494. (*2) See A1-71. (*3) See A1-76. (*4) See A1-13.
Note) This model number indicates that a single-rail unit constitutes one set. (i.e., required number of sets when 2 rails are
used in parallel is 2 at a minimum.)
437
SR
2-S×ℓ 4-S×ℓ
(E) L (E) L
L1 L1
C
φ d2 φ d2
N N
h h
M1 M1
φ d1 φ d1
F F
Model SR-V Model SR-W
Unit: mm
LM rail dimensions Basic load rating Static permissible moment kN-m* Mass
MA MB MC
LM LM
Width Height Pitch Length* C C0
block rail
W1 1 Double 1 Double 1
W2 M1 F d1×d2×h Max kN kN kg kg/m
0.05 block blocks block blocks block
(1240) 9.1 11.7 0.0344 0.234 0.0215 0.149 0.0694 0.12
15 9.5 12.5 60 3.5×6×4.5 1.2
3000 13.8 20.5 0.0984 0.551 0.0604 0.343 0.122 0.2
(1480) 13.4 17.2 0.064 0.396 0.0397 0.25 0.135 0.2
20 11 15.5 60 6×9.5×8.5 2.1
3000 19.2 28.6 0.167 0.887 0.102 0.55 0.224 0.3
(2020) 21.6 26.8 0.125 0.773 0.0774 0.488 0.245 0.3
23 12.5 18 60 7×11×9 2.7
3000 30.9 44.7 0.326 1.74 0.2 1.08 0.408 0.4
(2520) 29.5 34.4 0.173 1.15 0.108 0.735 0.376 0.5
28 16 23 80 7×11×9 4.3
3000 45.6 64.4 0.564 2.92 0.346 1.8 0.703 0.8
(2520) 40.9 46.7 0.275 1.79 0.171 1.14 0.615 0.8
34 18 27.5 80 9×14×12 6.4
3000 60.4 81.8 0.785 4.27 0.482 2.65 1.08 1.2
45 20.5 35.5 105 11×17.5×14 3000 80.4 107 1.17 6.34 0.721 3.94 1.89 2.2 11.3
48 26 38 120 14×20×17 3000 136 179 2.61 13 1.6 8.05 3.33 3.6 12.8
70 28 47 150 18×26×22 3000 226 282 5.03 25.7 3.09 15.9 7.47 7 22.8
85 35.5 65.5 180 18×26×22 3000 120 224 2.54 15.1 1.25 7.47 5.74 10.1 34.9
100 39 70.3 210 22×32×25 3000 148 283 3.95 20.9 1.95 10.3 8.55 14.1 46.4
114 45.5 65 230 26×39×30 3000 279 377 5.83 32.9 2.87 16.2 13.7 — —
144 53 77 250 33×48×36 3000 411 537 9.98 55.8 4.92 27.5 24.3 — —
Note1) Symbol M indicates that stainless steel is used in the LM block, LM rail and balls. Those models marked with this sym-
bol are therefore highly resistant to corrosion and environment.
Those model numbers including and greater than SR85T are semi-standard models. If desiring these models, contact THK.
Models SR85T and SR100T are equipped with grease nipple on the side face of the LM block.
The maximum length under “Length*” indicates the standard maximum length of an LM rail. (See A1-214.)
Static permissible moment*: 1 block: static permissible moment value with 1 LM block
Double blocks: static permissible moment value with 2 blocks closely contacting with each other
Note2) For models SR15 and 25, two types of rails with different mounting hole dimensions are offered (see Table1).
When, replacing this model with model SSR, pay attention to the mounting hole dimension of the LM rail.
Contact THK for details.
Semi-Standard
Model No. Standard rail
rail
SR 15 For M3 (No symbol) For M4 (Symbol Y)
SR 25 For M6 (Symbol Y) For M5 (No symbol)
438
Models SR-TB, SR-TBM, SR-SB and SR-SBM
W
B
T1 T
(K)
M
H3
W2 W1
SR25 TB 2 UU C1 +1200L Y H T -Ⅱ
Model Type of Contamination LM rail length Symbol for
protection (in mm) LM rail Symbol for
number LM block accessory Applied to only jointed use No. of rails used
symbol (*1) 15 and 25 on the same plane (*4)
No. of LM blocks Radial clearance symbol (*2) Accuracy symbol (*3)
used on the same Normal (No symbol) Normal grade (No Symbol)/High accuracy grade (H)
Light preload (C1) Precision grade (P)/Super precision grade (SP)
rail Medium preload (C0) Ultra precision grade (UP)
(*1) See contamination protection accessory on A1-494. (*2) See A1-71. (*3) See A1-76. (*4) See A1-13.
Note) This model number indicates that a single-rail unit constitutes one set. (i.e., required number of sets when 2 rails are
used in parallel is 2 at a minimum.)
439
SR
2- φ H 4- φ H
(E) L (E) L
L1 L1
C
φ d2 φ d2
N N
h h
M1 M1
φ d1 φ d1
F F
Model SR-SB Model SR-TB
Unit: mm
MA MB MC
LM LM
Width Height Pitch Length* C C0
block rail
W1 1 Double 1 Double 1
W2 M1 F d1×d2×h Max kN kN kg kg/m
0.05 block blocks block blocks block
(1240) 9.1 11.7 0.0344 0.234 0.0215 0.149 0.0694 0.15
15 18.5 12.5 60 3.5×6×4.5 1.2
3000 13.8 20.5 0.0984 0.551 0.0604 0.343 0.122 0.2
(1480) 13.4 17.2 0.064 0.396 0.0397 0.25 0.135 0.3
20 19.5 15.5 60 6×9.5×8.5 2.1
3000 19.2 28.6 0.167 0.887 0.102 0.55 0.224 0.4
(2020) 21.6 26.8 0.125 0.773 0.0774 0.488 0.245 0.4
23 25 18 60 7×11×9 2.7
3000 30.9 44.7 0.326 1.74 0.2 1.08 0.408 0.6
(2520) 29.5 34.4 0.173 1.15 0.108 0.735 0.376 0.8
28 31 23 80 7×11×9 4.3
3000 45.6 64.4 0.564 2.92 0.346 1.8 0.703 1.1
(2520) 40.9 46.7 0.275 1.79 0.171 1.14 0.615 1
34 33 27.5 80 9×14×12 6.4
3000 60.4 81.8 0.785 4.27 0.482 2.65 1.08 1.5
45 37.5 35.5 105 11×17.5×14 3000 80.4 107 1.17 6.34 0.721 3.94 1.89 2.5 11.3
48 46 38 120 14×20×17 3000 136 179 2.61 13 1.6 8.05 3.33 4.2 12.8
Note1) The maximum length under “Length*” indicates the standard maximum length of an LM rail. (See A1-214.)
Static permissible moment*: 1 block: static permissible moment value with 1 LM block
Double blocks: static permissible moment value with 2 blocks closely contacting with
each other
Note2) For models SR15 and 25, two types of rails with different mounting hole dimensions are offered (see Table1).
When, replacing this model with model SSR, pay attention to the mounting hole dimension of the LM rail.
Contact THK for details.
Table1 The dimension of the rail mounting hole
Semi-Standard
Model No. Standard rail
rail
SR 15 For M3 (No symbol) For M4 (Symbol Y)
SR 25 For M6 (Symbol Y) For M5 (No symbol)
440
Standard Length and Maximum Length of the LM Rail
Table1 shows the standard lengths and the maximum lengths of model SR variations. If the maxi-
mum length of the desired LM rail exceeds them, jointed rails will be used. Contact THK for details.
For the G dimension when a special length is required, we recommend selecting the corresponding
G value from the table. The longer the G dimension is, the less stable the G area may become after
installation, thus causing an adverse impact to accuracy.
G F F G
L0
Table1 Standard Length and Maximum Length of the LM Rail for Model SR Unit: mm
Model No. SR 15 SR 20 SR 25 SR 30 SR 35 SR 45 SR 55 SR 70 SR 85 SR 100 SR 120 SR 150
160 220 220 280 280 570 780 1270 1520 1550 1700 1600
220 280 280 360 360 675 900 1570 2060 1970 2390 2100
280 340 340 440 440 780 1020 2020 2600 2600
340 400 400 520 520 885 1140 2620
400 460 460 600 600 990 1260
460 520 520 680 680 1095 1380
520 580 580 760 760 1200 1500
580 640 640 840 840 1305 1740
640 700 700 920 920 1410 1860
700 760 760 1000 1000 1515 1980
760 820 820 1080 1080 1725 2100
820 940 940 1160 1160 1830 2220
940 1000 1000 1240 1240 1935 2340
1000 1060 1060 1320 1320 2040 2460
1060 1120 1120 1400 1400 2145 2580
1120 1180 1180 1480 1480 2250 2700
1180 1240 1240 1640 1640 2355 2820
LM rail 1240 1300 1300 1720 1720 2460 2940
standard length 1300 1360 1360 1800 1800 2565
(LO) 1360 1420 1420 1880 1880 2670
1420 1480 1480 1960 1960 2775
1480 1540 1540 2040 2040 2880
1540 1600 1600 2120 2120 2985
1660 1660 2200 2200
1720 1720 2280 2280
1780 1780 2360 2360
1840 1840 2440 2440
1900 1900 2520 2520
1960 1960 2600 2600
2020 2020 2680 2680
2080 2080 2760 2760
2140 2140 2840 2840
2200 2920 2920
2260
2320
2380
2440
Standard pitch F 60 60 60 80 80 105 120 150 180 210 230 250
G 20 20 20 20 20 22.5 30 35 40 40 45 50
3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
Max length 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
(1240) (1480) (2020) (2520) (2520)
Note1) The maximum length varies with accuracy grades. Contact THK for details.
Note2) If jointed rails are not allowed and a greater length than the maximum values above is required, contact THK.
Note3) Those model numbers including and greater than SR85T are semi-standard models. If desiring these models, contact
THK.
Note4) The figures in the parentheses indicate the maximum lengths of stainless steel made models.
441
Methods for Measuring Accuracy after Installation
[When Measuring Running Accuracy for Single Rail Application]
When measuring running accuracy of the LM block, stable accuracy can be obtained by securing
two LM blocks on an inspection plate, as shown in Fig.35. When using a dial gauge, we recommend
placing the straight-edge as close as possible to the LM block in order to perform accurate measure-
ment.
442
BALL/LEAD
SCREW
SYSTEMS
DATA
Types of Ball Screws
Ball Screw
Precision Grade
Model BLW
Standard-Stock Precision Ball Screw/Spline Large Lead
Model BNF
With Unfinished Shaft Ends
445
Ball Screw Peripherals
Rolled
Full-Ball
Nut Bracket Lock Nut
Support
Preload No Preload Unit
Model JPF Model BTK-V Model MC Model RN
Constant Pressure Preload Standard Nut
Slim Nut
Model BNT
Square Nut
Model MTF
Miniature
Fixed Side Supported Side
Model BLK
Large Lead Model EK Model EF
Model WHF
Super Lead Model BK Model BF
Model WTF
Super Lead Model FK Model FF
Model CNF
Super Lead
No Preload No Preload
Model BLR Model MTF
Large Lead Unfinished Shaft Ends
Rotary Nut
446
Point of Selection Ball Screw
Selection Starts
Selecting conditions A15-10
447
Studying the service life A15-40∼
Safety design
Studying the lubrication and contamination protection A15-352∼
Selection Completed
448
Features and Types Ball Screw
100 100
.003 .003
90 μ =0 90 μ =0
5 μ=0.01 5
.00 .00 μ =0.01
μ=
0 μ =0
80 80
Ball Screw Reverse efficiency η 2 (%) Ball Screw
Positive efficiency η 1 (%)
70 70
60 60
50 50
40 1 40
0. 0.2
μ= μ=
30 30
0.1
Sliding screw
20 20 μ=
Sliding screw
10 10
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Lead angle (degree) Lead angle (degree)
Fig.1 Positive Efficiency (Rotational to Linear) Fig.2 Reverse Efficiency (Linear to Rotational)
449
[Relationship between Thrust and Torque]
The torque or thrust generated when thrust or torque is applied is obtained from equations (1) to (3).
450
Examples of Calculating Driving Torque
When moving an object with a mass of 500 kg using a screw with an effective diameter of 33 mm and a lead
length of 10 mm (lead angle: 530’), the required torque is obtained as follows.
m: Mass
T: Driving torque (500kg) Feed screw
(24N・mm) (Ball screw efficiency
η = 96%)
Guide surface
(Rolling friction coefficient μ= 0.003)
m: Mass
T: Driving torque (500kg) Feed screw
(73N・mm) (Sliding screw efficiency
η = 32%)
Guide surface
(Rolling friction coefficient μ = 0.003)
451
[Conditions of the Ball Screw]
The following conditions are required when selecting a Ball Screw.
452
Accuracy of the Ball Screw
Lead Angle Accuracy
The accuracy of the Ball Screw in the lead angle is controlled in accordance with the JIS standards
(JIS B 1192 - 1997).
Accuracy grades C0 to C5 are defined in the linearity and the directional property, and C7 to C10 in
the travel distance error in relation to 300 mm.
Fluctuation/2π
Fluctuation
[Fluctuation/2]
A fluctuation in one revolution of the screw shaft.
453
Table1 Lead Angle Accuracy (Permissible Value) Unit: m
Fluctuation
Fluctuation
Fluctuation
Fluctuation
length Representative Representative Representative Representative Representative Travel Travel Travel
travel distance travel distance travel distance travel distance travel distance distance distance distance
Or error error error error error error error error
Above
less
— 100 3 3 3.5 5 5 7 8 8 18 18
100 200 3.5 3 4.5 5 7 7 10 8 20 18
200 315 4 3.5 6 5 8 7 12 8 23 18
315 400 5 3.5 7 5 9 7 13 10 25 20
400 500 6 4 8 5 10 7 15 10 27 20
500 630 6 4 9 6 11 8 16 12 30 23
630 800 7 5 10 7 13 9 18 13 35 25
800 1000 8 6 11 8 15 10 21 15 40 27
1000 1250 9 6 13 9 18 11 24 16 46 30 ±50/ ±100/ ±210/
1250 1600 11 7 15 10 21 13 29 18 54 35 300mm 300mm 300mm
1600 2000 — — 18 11 25 15 35 21 65 40
2000 2500 — — 22 13 30 18 41 24 77 46
2500 3150 — — 26 15 36 21 50 29 93 54
3150 4000 — — 30 18 44 25 60 35 115 65
4000 5000 — — — — 52 30 72 41 140 77
5000 6300 — — — — 65 36 90 50 170 93
6300 8000 — — — — — — 110 60 210 115
8000 10000 — — — — — — — — 260 140
Note) Unit of effective thread length: mm
Table2 Fluctuation in Thread Length of 300 mm and in One Revolution (permissible value) Unit: m
Note) Accuracy grades apply also to the Cp series and Ct series. Contact THK for details.
454
Example: When the lead of a Ball Screw manufactured is measured with a target value for the refer-
ence travel distance of ‒9 m/500 mm, the following data are obtained.
Table4 Measurement Data on Travel Distance Error Unit: mm
–10 Representative
travel distance error
Fluctuation
–7μ m
–20 8.8μm
Actual travel distance
(A–B)
–30 Representative travel distance
[Measurements]
Representative travel distance error: -7m
Fluctuation: 8.8m
455
Axial Clearance
[Axial Clearance of the Precision Ball Screw]
Table10 shows the axial clearance of the precision Screw Ball. If the manufacturing length exceeds
the value in Table11, the resultant clearance may partially be negative (preload applied).
The manufacturing limit lengths of the Ball Screws compliant with the DIN standard are provided in
Table12.
For the axial clearance of the Precision Caged Ball Screw, see A15-70 to A15-83.
Table10 Axial Clearance of the Precision Ball Screw Unit: mm
Clearance symbol G0 GT G1 G2 G3
Axial Clearance 0 or less 0 to 0.005 0 to 0.01 0 to 0.02 0 to 0.05
Table11 Maximum Length of the Precision Ball Screw in Axial Clearance Unit: mm
Table12 Manufacturing limit lengths of precision Ball Screws with axial clearances (DIN standard compliant Ball Screws) Unit: mm
456
Preload
A preload is provided in order to eliminate the axial clearance and minimize the displacement under
an axial load.
When performing a highly accurate positioning, a preload is generally provided.
Without a preload
2δao
Axial displacement
Parallel
δ ao
With a preload
0
Ft=3Fao
Axial load
457
Fig.5 shows a single-nut type of the Ball Screw.
side
Dis
B side Phase A side
fA
plac
nt o
eme
eme
Axial load
nt o
plac
Fa0 Fa0
f
Ft
Bs
Dis
ide
Fa•Fa'
External load: 0 Fa
Fa' FA
Fa0
B side Phase A side FB
Fa δa
δA δB
FB FA δ a0 δ a0
A side B side
External load: Fa Axial displacement
Fig.5 Fig.6
The A and B sides are provided with preload Fa0 by changing the groove pitch in the center of the
nut to create a phase. Because of the preload, the A and B sides are elastically displaced by a0
each. If an axial load (Fa) is applied from outside in this state, the displacement of the A and B sides
is calculated as follows.
δA = δa0 + δa δB = δa0 -- δa
In other words, the loads on the A and B sides are expressed as follows:
FA = Fa0 + (Fa -- Fa') FB = Fa0 -- Fa'
Therefore, under a preload, the load that the A side receives equals to Fa‒Fa'. This means that
since load Fa', which is applied when the A side receives no preload, is deducted from Fa, the dis-
placement of the A side is smaller.
This effect extends to the point where the displacement (a0) caused by the preload applied on the B
side reaches zero.
To what extent is the elastic displacement reduced? The relationship between the axial load on
the Ball Screw under no preload and the elastic displacement can be expressed by aFa2/3. From
Fig.6, the following equations are established.
δa0 = KFa0
2/3
(K:constant )
2/3
2δa0 = KFt
2
Ft
( )
Fa0
3
= 2 Ft = 2
3/2
Fa0 = 2.8Fa0 3Fa0
Thus, the Ball Screw under a preload is displaced by a0 when an axial load (Ft) approximately three
times greater than the preload is provided from outside. As a result, the displacement of the Ball
Screw under a preload is half the displacement (2a0) of the Ball Screw without a preload.
As stated above, since the preloading is effective up to approximately three times the applied pre-
load, the optimum preload is one third of the maximum axial load.
Note, however, that an excessive preload adversely affects the service life and heat generation. As a
guideline, the maximum preload should be set at 10% of the basic dynamic load rating (Ca) at a maximum.
458
[Preload Torque]
The preload torque of the Ball Screw in lead is controlled in accordance with the JIS standard (JIS B
1192-1997).
(—)
(Backward)
(+)
Actual torque
Torque fluctuation
Actual starting torque
Positive actual torque fluctuation
459
Example: When a preload of 3,000 N is provided to the Ball Screw model BIF4010-10G0 + 1500LC3
with a thread length of 1,300 mm (shaft diameter: 40 mm; ball center-to-center diameter:
41.75 mm; lead: 10 mm), the preload torque of the Ball Screw is calculated in the steps
below.
Fa 0 •Ph 3000 × 10
= 865N • mm
–0.5 –0.5
Tp = 0.05 (tanβ) = 0.05 (0.0762)
2π 2π
Result
Reference torque : 865 N-mn
Torque fluctuation : 606 N-mm to 1125 N-mm
Table14 Tolerance Range in Torque Fluctuation
460
Selecting a Screw Shaft
Maximum Length of the Screw Shaft
Table15 shows the manufacturing limit lengths of precision Ball Screws by accuracy grades, Table16
shows the manufacturing limit lengths of precision Ball Screws compliant with DIN standard by ac-
curacy grades, and Table17 shows the manufacturing limit lengths of rolled Ball Screws by accuracy
grades.
If the shaft dimensions exceed the manufacturing limit in Table15,Table16 or Table17, contact THK.
Table15 Maximum Length of the Precision Ball Screw by Accuracy Grade Unit: mm
461
Table16 Manufacturing limit lengths of precision Ball Screws (DIN standard compliant Ball Screws)
Unit: mm
462
Standard Combinations of Shaft Diameter and Lead for the Precision Ball Screw
Table18 shows standard combinations of shaft diameters and leads of precision Ball Screws, and
Table19 shows standard combinations of shaft diameters and leads of precision Ball Screws compli-
ant with DIN standard.
For standard combinations of shaft diameter and lead of the Precision Caged Ball Screw, see
A15-70 to A15-83.
If a Ball Screw not covered by the table is required,contact THK.
Table18 Standard Combinations of Screw Shaft and Lead (Precision Ball Screw) Unit: mm
Table19 Standard combinations of outer diameters and leads of the screw shafts (DIN standard compliant Ball Screws)
Unit: mm
Lead
Shaft diameter
5 10 20
16 ● — —
20 ● — —
25 ● ● —
32 ● ● —
40 ○ ● ○*
50 — ○ ○*
63 — ○ ○*
●: Ground shaft, CES shaft ○: Ground shaft only *: Model EB (no preload) only
463
Standard Combinations of Shaft Diameter and Lead for the Rolled Ball Screw
Table20 shows the standard combinations of shaft diameter and lead for the rolled Ball Screw.
Table20 Standard Combinations of Screw Shaft and Lead (Rolled Ball Screw) Unit: mm
●: Standard stock
○: Semi-standard stock
464
Method for Mounting the Ball Screw Shaft
Fig.8 to Fig.11 show the representative mounting methods for the screw shaft.
The permissible axial load and the permissible rotational speed vary with mounting methods for the
screw shaft. Therefore, it is necessary to select an appropriate mounting method according to the
conditions.
465
Distance between two mounting surfaces (permissible rotational speed)
Fixed Fixed
Fixed
Fig.11 Screw Shaft Mounting Method for Rotary Nut Ball Screw: Fixed - Fixed
466
Permissible Axial Load
[Buckling Load on the Screw Shaft]
With the Ball Screw, it is necessary to select a screw shaft so that it will not buckle when the maxi-
mum compressive load is applied in the axial direction.
Fig.12 on A15-31 shows the relationship between the screw shaft diameter and a buckling load.
If determining a buckling load by calculation, it can be obtained from the equation (5) below. Note
that in this equation, a safety factor of 0.5 is multiplied to the result.
η1• π • E • I
2 4
d1
0.5 = η 2
4
P1 = 10 ………(5)
ℓa ℓa
2 2
467
10000
8000
6000
Distance between two mounting surfaces (mm)
φ 100
4000
φ 80
φ 45 φ 70
φ 40 φ 63
2000
φ 36 φ 55
φ 32
φ 50
φ 30
1000
800
φ 28
φ 25
600
φ 20
φ 18
400
φ 16
φ 10 φ 15
φ 14
φ8
200 φ 12
φ6
Fixed - free
0.4 0.6 0.8 1 2 4 6 8 10 2 4 6 8 102 2
Fixed - supported
2 4 6 8 10 2 4 6 8 102 2 4 6 8 103 2
Fixed - fixed
4 6 8 10 2 4 6 8 102 2 4 6 8 103 2 4
Mounting method Axial load (kN)
468
Permissible Rotational Speed
[Dangerous Speed of the Screw Shaft]
When the rotational speed reaches a high magnitude, the Ball Screw may resonate and eventually
become unable to operate due to the screw shaft’s natural frequency. Therefore, it is necessary to
select a model so that it is used below the resonance point (dangerous speed).
Fig.13 on A15-34 shows the relationship between the screw shaft diameter and a dangerous
speed.
If determining a dangerous speed by calculation, it can be obtained from the equation (7) below.
Note that in this equation, a safety factor of 0.8 is multiplied to the result.
60 • λ1 E 10 • I
2 3
d1
0.8 = λ2 • • 10
7
N1 = ………(7)
2π •ℓb γ•A ℓb
2 2
469
[DN Value]
The permissible rotational speed of the Ball Screw must be obtained from the dangerous speed of
the screw shaft and the DN value.
The permissible rotational speed determined by the DN value is obtained using the equations (8) to
(16) below.
Model SBK
(SBK3636, SBK4040 and 210000
N2 = ………(8-1)
SBK5050) D
Large Lead
Model SBK
Caged Ball (For cases other than the above model 160000
N2 = ………(8-2)
numbers and small size model SBK*) D
120000
Model WHF N2 = ………(10)
Super Lead D
Model WGF
Full-
Complement Large Lead Models BLW, BLK, DIR and BLR
Ball 70000
N2 = ………(11)
Models BIF, DIK, BNFN, DKN, D
Standard lead BNF, BNT, DK, MDK, MBF,
BNK, BNS and NS
Full-Complement Ball
Models EBA, EBB, EBC, EPA, 100000
(DIN Standard Com- Standard lead N2 = ………(12)
EPB and EPC
pliant) D
Complement
Ball
Model BTK-V 100000
N2 = ………(15)
D
Standard lead
8000
6000
Distance between two mounting surfaces (mm)
4000
2000
1000
φ 100
φ 80
800 φ 70
φ 63
φ 55 φ 50
600 φ 45 φ 40
φ 36
φ 32 φ 30
φ 28 φ 25
400 φ 20
φ 18 φ 16 φ 15
φ 14 φ 12
φ 10
φ8
φ6
200
Fixed - free
4 6 8 102 2 4 6 8 103 2
Fixed - supported
2 4 6 8 103 2 4 6 8 104
Fixed - fixed
4 6 8 103 2 4 6 8 104 2
Mounting method
471
Selecting a Nut
Types of Nuts
The nuts of the Ball Screws are categorized by the ball circulation method into the return-pipe type,
the deflector type and end the cap type. These three nut types are described as follows.
In addition to the circulation methods, the Ball Screws are categorized also by the preloading method.
Deflector Type
(Models DK, DKN, DIK, JPF, DIR and Deflector Screw shaft
MDK)
These are the most compact type of nut. The Labyrinth seal
balls change their traveling direction with a
deflector, pass over the circumference of the
screw shaft, and return to their original positions Ball screw nut
to complete an infinite motion. Ball
Greasing hole
Example of Structure of Simple Nut
Greasing hole
Example of Structure of Large lead Nut
472
[Types by Preloading Method]
Fixed-point Preloading
Double-nut Preload (Models BNFN, DKN and BLW)
A spacer is inserted between two nuts to provide a preload.
473
Constant Pressure Preloading (Model JPF)
With this method, a spring structure is installed almost in the middle of the nut, and it provides a pre-
load by changing the groove pitch in the middle of the nut.
4 pitches - preload
Spring section
Model JPF
474
Selecting a Model Number
Calculating the Axial Load
[In Horizontal Mount]
With ordinary conveyance systems, the axial load (Fan) applied when horizontally reciprocating the
work is obtained in the equation below.
Fa1 = μ • mg + f + mα …………………(17)
Fa2 = μ • mg + f …………………………(18) Axial load: Fan
Mass: m
Fa3 = μ • mg + f − mα …………………(19)
Fa4 = −μ • mg − f − mα …………………(20)
Fa5 = −μ • mg − f …………………………(21)
Fa6 = −μ • mg − f + mα …………………(22)
Vmax : Maximum speed (m/s)
t1 : Acceleration time (m/s) Guide surface
Friction coefficient :μ
Vmax Resistance without load : f
α= : Acceleration (m/s 2 ) Gravitational acceleration: g
t1
Fa1 : Axial load during forward acceleration (N) Fa6 : Axial load during backward deceleration (N)
Fa2 : Axial load during forward uniform motion (N) m : Transferred mass (kg)
Fa3 : Axial load during forward deceleration (N) : Frictional coefficient of the guide surface (–)
Fa4 : Axial load during backward acceleration (N) f : Guide surface resistance (without load) (N)
Fa5 : Axial load during uniform backward motion (N)
Mass: m
Ascent
Fa5 = mg − f …………………………………(27)
Fa6 = mg − f α …………………………(28)
+ mα
Vmax : Maximum speed (m/s)
t1 : Acceleration time (m/s)
Vmax
α= : Acceleration (m/s 2 ) Axial
t1 load: Fan
Fa1 : Axial load during upward acceleration (N)
Fa2 : Axial load during uniform upward motion (N)
Fa3 : Axial load during upward deceleration (N) Fa6 : Axial load during downward deceleration (N)
Fa4 : Axial load during downward acceleration (N) m : Transferred mass (kg)
Fa5 : Axial load during uniform downward motion (N) f : Guide surface resistance (without load) (N)
475
Static Safety Factor
The basic static load rating (C0a) generally equals to the permissible axial load of a Ball Screw.
Depending on the conditions, it is necessary to take into account the following static safety factor
against the calculated load. When the Ball Screw is stationary or in motion, unexpected external
force may be applied through an inertia caused by the impact or the start and stop.
C0a
Famax = ………(29)
fS
Famax : Allowable Axial Load (kN)
C0a : Basic static load rating* (kN)
fS : Static safety factor (see Table21)
Table21 Static Safety Factor (fS)
*The basic static load rating (C0a) is a static load with a constant direction and magnitude whereby the sum of the permanent
deformation of the rolling element and that of the raceway on the contact area under the maximum stress is 0.0001 times the
rolling element diameter. With the Ball Screw, it is defined as the axial load. (Specific values of each Ball Screw model are
indicated in the specification tables for the corresponding model number.)
Fp
>1 ………(30)
Fa
476
Studying the Service Life
[Service Life of the Ball Screw]
The Ball Screw in motion under an external load receives repeated stress on its raceways and balls.
When the stress reaches the limit, the raceways break from fatigue and their surfaces flakes like
scales. This phenomenon is called flaking. The service life of the Ball Screw is the total number of
revolutions until the first flaking occurs on any of the raceways or the balls as a result of rolling fa-
tigue of the material.
The service life of the Ball Screw varies from unit to unit even if they are manufactured in the same
process and used in the same operating conditions. For this reason, when determining the service life
of a Ball Screw unit, the nominal life as defined below is used as a guideline.
The nominal life is the total number of revolutions that 90% of identical Ball Screw units in a group
achieve without developing flaking (scale-like pieces of a metal surface) after they independently
operate in the same conditions.
*The basic dynamic load rating (Ca) is used in calculating the service life when a Ball Screw operates under a load. The ba-
sic dynamic load rating is a load with interlocked direction and magnitude under which the nominal life (L) equals to 106rev.
when a group of the same Ball Screw units independently operate. (Specific basic dynamic load ratings (Ca) are indicated in
the specification tables of the corresponding model numbers.)
*The rated service life is estimated by calculating the load on the premise that the product is set up in ideal mounting condi-
tions with the assurance of good lubrication. The service life can be affected by the precision of the mounting materials used
and any distortion.
477
Service Life Time
If the revolutions per minute is determined, the service life time can be calculated from the equation
(32) below using the nominal life (L).
L L Ph
Lh = = ………(32)
60 N 2 60 n ℓS
Lh : Service life time (h)
N : Revolutions per minute (min‒1)
n : Number of reciprocations per minute
(min‒1)
Ph : Ball Screw lead (mm)
ℓS : Stroke length (mm)
L Ph
LS = 6 ………(33)
10
LS : Service Life in Travel Distance (km)
Ph : Ball Screw lead (mm)
Applied Load and Service Life with a Preload Taken into Account
If the Ball Screw is used under a preload (medium preload), it is necessary to consider the applied
preload in calculating the service life since the ball screw nut already receives an internal load. For
details on applied preload for a specific model number, contact THK.
478
To determine the average axial load using a rotational speed and time, instead of a distance, calcu-
late the average axial load by determining the distance in the equation below.
ℓ = ℓ1 + ℓ2 + • • •ℓn
ℓ1 = N1• t1
ℓ2 = N2• t2
ℓn = Nn• tn
N: Rotational speed
t: Time
No.1 10 10
No.2 50 50
No.3 –40 10
No.4 –10 70
*The subscripts of the fluctuating load symbol and the travel distance symbol indicate operation numbers.
Fm1 = = 35.5N
ℓ1 + ℓ2 + ℓ3 + ℓ4
● Average axial load of negative-sign load
*To calculate the average axial load of the negative-sign load, assume Fa1 and Fa2 to be zero.
3
479
Studying the Rigidity
To increase the positioning accuracy of feed screws in NC machine tools or the precision machines,
or to reduce the displacement caused by the cutting force, it is necessary to design the rigidity of the
components in a well-balanced manner.
The axial rigidity (K) of the feed screw system is obtained using the equation (36) below.
1 1 1 1 1
= + + + ………(36)
K KS KN KB KH
K : Axial Rigidity of the Feed Screw System
(N/m)
KS : Axial rigidity of the screw shaft (N/m)
KN : Axial rigidity of the nut (N/m)
KB : Axial rigidity of the support bearing
(N/m)
KH : Rigidity of the nut bracket and the
support bearing bracket (N/m)
480
For Fixed-Fixed Configuration
A•E •L
KS = ………(38)
1000• a• b
KS becomes the lowest and the elastic displace-
L
ment in the axial direction is the greatest at the
a b
L
position of a = b = .
2
4A• E
KS =
1000L
Fixed Fixed
Fig.15 on A15-45 shows an axial rigidity
diagram of the screw shaft in this configuration.
10
8
6 φ 100
4 φ 80
φ 70
φ 63
Rigidity of the screw shaft (kN/μ m)
2
φ 55
φ 50
1 φ 45
8 φ 40
6 φ 36
φ 32
4 φ 30
φ 28
φ 25
2 φ 20
φ 14 φ 18
φ
φ 12 φ 16
10‐1 15
8 φ 10
φ8
6
φ6
4 φ
4
6 8 102 2 4 6 8 103 2 4 6 8 104
481
10
8 φ 63
φ 55
6 φ 50
φ 45 φ 100
4
φ 40 φ 80
φ 36
Rigidity of the screw shaft (kN/μ m)
φ 32 φ 70
2 φ 30
φ 20 φ 28
φ 18 φ 25
1
φ 16
8 φ 15
6 φ 14
4 φ 12
φ 10
φ8
2
φ6
10‐1
8
φ4
6
4
6 8 102 2 4 6 8 103 2 4 6 8 104
No Preload Type
The logical rigidity in the axial direction when an axial load accounting for 30% of the basic dynamic
load rating (Ca) is applied is indicated in the specification tables of the corresponding model num-
ber. This value does not include the rigidity of the components related to the nut-mounting bracket.
In general, set the rigidity at roughly 80% of the value in the table.
The rigidity when the applied axial load is not 30% of the basic dynamic load rating (Ca) is calculated using
the equation (39) below.
1
Fa
KN = K ( 0.3Ca ) 3
0.8 ………(39)
482
Preload Type
The logical rigidity in the axial direction when an axial load accounting for 10% of the basic dynamic
load rating (Ca) is applied is indicated in the dimensional table of the corresponding model number.
This value does not include the rigidity of the components related to the nut-mounting bracket. In
general, generally set the rigidity at roughly 80% of the value in the table.
The rigidity when the applied preload is not 10% of the basic dynamic load rating (Ca) is calculated
using the equation (40) below.
1
Fa0
KN = K ( 0.1Ca ) 3
0.8 ………(40)
Fa0
Q=
Zsinα
[Axial Rigidity of the Nut Bracket and the Support Bearing Bracket]
Take this factor into consideration when designing your machine. Set the rigidity as high as possible.
483
Studying the Positioning Accuracy
Causes of Error in the Positioning Accuracy
The causes of error in the positioning accuracy include the lead angle accuracy, the axial clearance
and the axial rigidity of the feed screw system. Other important factors include the thermal displace-
ment from heat and the orientation change of the guide system during traveling.
484
Table23 Examples of Selecting Accuracy Grades by Application
Accuracy grades
Applications Shaft
C0 C1 C2 C3 C5 C7 C8 C10
X ● ● ● ●
Lathe
Z ● ●
XY ● ● ●
Machining center
Z ● ● ●
XY ● ●
Drilling machine
Z ● ●
XY ● ●
Jig borer
Z ● ●
X ● ●
NC machine tools
Surface grinder Y ● ● ● ●
Z ● ● ● ●
X ● ● ●
Cylindrical grinder
Z ● ● ●
Electric discharge XY ● ● ●
machine Z ● ● ● ●
Electric discharge XY ● ● ●
machine Z ● ● ● ●
Wire cutting machine UV ● ● ●
Punching press XY ● ● ●
X ● ● ●
Laser beam machine
Z ● ● ●
Woodworking machine ● ● ● ●
General-purpose machine; dedicated machine ● ● ● ● ●
Assembly ● ● ● ●
Industrial robot
Cartesian coordinate
Other ● ● ● ●
Assembly ● ● ●
Vertical articulated type
Other ● ●
Cylindrical coordinate ● ● ●
manufacturing machine
Photolithography machine ● ●
Chemical treatment machine
Semiconductor
● ● ● ● ● ●
Wire bonding machine ● ●
Prober ● ● ● ●
Printed circuit board drilling machine ● ● ● ● ●
Electronic component inserter ● ● ● ●
3D measuring instrument ● ● ●
Image processing machine ● ● ●
Injection molding machine ● ● ●
Office equipment ● ● ● ●
485
Studying the Axial Clearance of the Feed Screw System
Of the axial rigidities of the feed screw system, the axial rigidity of the screw shaft fluctuates ac-
cording to the stroke position. When the axial rigidity is large, such change in the axial rigidity of the
screw shaft will affect the positioning accuracy. Therefore, it is necessary to take into account the
rigidity of the feed screw system (A15-43 to A15-46).
Example: Positioning error due to the axial rigidity of the feed screw system during a vertical transfer
1000N
500N
[Conditions]
Transferred weight: 1,000 N; table weight: 500 N
Ball Screw used: model BNF2512–2.5 (screw-shaft thread minor diameter d1 = 21.9 mm)
Stroke length: 600 mm (L=100 mm to 700 mm)
Screw shaft mounting type: fixed-supported
[Consideration]
The difference in axial rigidity between L = 100 mm and L = 700 mm applied only to the axial rigidity
of the screw shaft.
Therefore, positioning error due to the axial rigidity of the feed screw system equals to the difference
in the axial displacement of the screw shaft between L = 100 mm and L = 700 mm.
486
[Axial Rigidity of the Screw Shaft (see A15-43 and A15-44)]
5 3
Ks = A• E = 376.5×2.06×10 = 77.6× 10
1000L 1000 × L L
π 2 π 2 2
A= d1 = × 21.9 = 376.5mm
4 4
5 2
E = 2.06 × 10 N/mm
(1) When L = 100 mm
3
KS1 = 77.6× 10 = 776 N/μm
100
(2) When L = 700mm
3
KS2 = 77.6× 10 = 111 N/μm
700
487
Studying the Thermal Displacement through Heat Generation
If the temperature of the screw shaft increases during operation, the screw shaft is elongated due to
heat thereby to lower the positioning accuracy. The expansion and contraction of the screw shaft is
calculated using the equation (42) below.
Δℓ = ρ Δt ℓ ………(42)
488
Studying the Orientation Change during Traveling
The lead angle accuracy of the Ball Screw equals the positioning accuracy of the shaft center of the
Ball Screw. Normally, the point where the highest positioning accuracy is required changes accord-
ing to the ball screw center and the vertical or horizontal direction. Therefore, the orientation change
during traveling affects the positioning accuracy.
The largest factor of orientation change affecting the positioning accuracy is pitching if the change
occurs in the ball screw center and the vertical direction, and yawing if the change occurs in the
horizontal direction.
Accordingly, it is necessary to study the orientation change (accuracy in pitching, yawing, etc.) dur-
ing the traveling on the basis of the distance from the ball screw center to the location where posi-
tioning accuracy is required.
Positioning error due to pitching and yawing is obtained using the equation (43) below.
A= ℓ sinθ ………(43)
ℓ
θ
Fig.16
489
Studying the Rotational Torque
The rotational torque required to convert rotational motion of the Ball Screw into straight motion is
obtained using the equation (44) below.
[During Acceleration]
TK = T t + T 3 ………(45)
[During Deceleration]
Tg = T t - T 3 ………(46)
Fa •Ph
T1 = ………(47)
2π • η
T1 : Friction torque due to an external load (N-mm)
Fa : Applied load (N)
Ph : Ball Screw lead (mm)
: Ball Screw efficiency (0.9 to 0.95)
490
Torque Required for Acceleration
ω′
3
T3 = J 10 ………(48)
m•D
2
J= 6
8•10
J : Inertial moment (kg•m2)
m : Mass of a round object (kg)
D : Screw shaft outer diameter (mm)
491
Investigating the Terminal Strength of Ball Screw Shafts
When torque is conveyed through the screw shaft in a ball screw, the strength of the screw shaft
must be taken into consideration since it experiences both torsion load and bending load.
T T: Torsion moment
T = τa•ZP
and ZP = ………(49)
τa
T
T : Maximum torsion moment (N-mm)
φd
τa : Permissible torsion stress of the screw
Shaft (49 N/mm2)
ZP : Section modulus (mm3)
π •d
3
ZP =
16
M
M = σ•Z
and Z = ………(50)
σ M: Bending moment
π•d
3
Z=
32
492
[If the shaft experiences both torsion and bending]
When torsion load and bending load are both applied simultaneously to the end of a ball screw
shaft, calculate the diameter of the screw shaft separately for each, taking into consideration the
corresponding bending moment (Me) and the corresponding torsion moment (Te). Then calculate the
thickness of the screw shaft and use the largest of the values.
Equivalent bending moment
2 2 2
M+ M +T M T
Me = = 1+ 1+
2 2 M
Me = σ • Z
2
T
= M• 1 +
2 2
Te = M + T
M
Te = τa • ZP
493
Studying the Driving Motor
When selecting a driving motor required to rotate the Ball Screw, normally take into account the ro-
tational speed, rotational torque and minimum feed amount.
[Required Resolution]
Resolutions required for the encoder and the driver are obtained using the equation (52) based on
the minimum feed amount, Ball Screw lead and reduction ratio.
Ph•A
B= ………(52)
S
B : Resolution required for the encoder and the driver (p/rev)
Ph : Ball Screw lead (mm)
A : Reduction ratio
S : Minimum feed amount (mm)
494
[Motor Torque]
The torque required for the motor differs between uniform motion, acceleration and deceleration. To
calculate the rotational torque, see “Studying the Rotational Torque” on A15-53.
a. Maximum torque
The maximum torque required for the motor must be equal to or below the maximum peak torque
of the motor.
Tmax≦Tpmax
Tmax : Maximum torque acting on the motor
Tpmax : Maximum peak torque of the motor
[Inertial Moment]
The inertial moment required for the motor is obtained using the equation (54).
J
JM = ………(54)
C
495
When Using a Stepping Motor (Pulse Motor)
[Minimal Feed Amount(per Step)]
The step angle required for the motor and the driver is obtained using the equation (55) based on
the minimum feed amount, Ball Screw lead and reduction ratio.
360S
E= ………(55)
Ph•A
E : Step angle required for the motor and the driver ()
S : Minimum feed amount (mm)
(per step)
Ph : Ball Screw lead (mm)
A : Reduction ratio
f = V 1000 ………(56)
S
Thus, the pulse speed required for the motor and the required torque can be calculated in the man-
ner described above.
Although the torque varies depending on the motors, normally the calculated torque should be dou-
bled to ensure safety. Check if the torque can be used in the motor’s speed-torque curve.
496
Model SBN
60
°
A
(Greasing hole)
D
PC
Screw Lead Ball center- Thread No. of Basic load rating Rigidity
shaft outer to-center minor loaded
Model No. diameter diameter diameter circuits Ca C0a K
d Ph dp dc Rows × turns kN kN N/m
SBN 1604-5 16 4 16.5 13.8 1×2.5 5.3 8 281
SBN 1605-5 16 5 16.75 13.2 1×2.5 9.2 12.9 309
SBN 2004-5 20 4 20.5 17.8 1×2.5 5.9 10.1 335
SBN 2005-5 20 5 20.75 17.2 1×2.5 10.3 16.2 370
SBN 2504-5 25 4 25.5 22.8 1×2.5 6.4 12.7 400
SBN 2505-5 25 5 25.75 22.2 1×2.5 11.3 20.3 442
SBN 2506-5 25 6 26 21.4 1×2.5 15.4 25.4 457
SBN 2805-5 28 5 28.75 25.2 1×2.5 11.8 22.8 483
SBN 2806-5 28 6 29 24.4 1×2.5 16.2 28.5 499
SBN 3205-5 32 5 32.75 29.2 1×2.5 12.6 26.1 536
SBN 3206-5 32 6 33 28.4 1×2.5 17.2 32.7 555
Note) With model SBN, the raising of both ends of the thread groove is not available. When designing your system this way,
contact THK.
Axial Clearance Unit: mm
Clearance symbol G0
Axial Clearance 0 or less
SBN1604-5 QZ RR G0 +1200L C5
Model Number Seal symbol (*1) Accuracy symbol (*2)
With QZ Lubricator Overall screw shaft length (in mm)
(no symbol if the model Symbol for Clearance in the axial direction
is without a QZ Lubricator) (G0 for all SBN variations)
(*1) See A15-352. (*2) See A15-12.
497
Precision, Caged Ball Screw
L1
H B1
φ d2 φ d1
φ D1 φ d φ dc φ Dg6
Unit: mm
Note) The rigidity values in the table represent the spring constants obtained from
the load and the elastic deformation when providing a preload 10% of the basic
1
dynamic load rating (Ca) and applying an axial load three times greater than the Fa0 3
preload.
These values do not include the rigidity of the components related to mounting the
KN=K
( ) 0.1Ca
ball screw nut. Therefore, it is normally appropriate to regard roughly 80% of the K: Rigidity value in the
value in the table as the actual value. dimensional table.
If the applied preload (Fa0) is not 0.1 Ca, the rigidity value (KN) is obtained from
the following equation.
498
Model SBN
A Tm
(Greasing hole)
30°
Plug
D
PC
30° 30°
Screw Lead Ball center- Thread No. of Basic load rating Rigidity
shaft outer to-center minor loaded
Model No. diameter diameter diameter circuits Ca C0a K
SBN4012-5 RR G0 +1400L C5
Model number Seal symbol (*1) Overall screw shaft
length (in mm)
Accuracy symbol (*2)
Symbol for Clearance in the axial direction
(G0 for all SBN variations)
(*1) See A15-352. (*2) See A15-12.
499
Precision, Caged Ball Screw
L1
H B1
h
φ d1
φ d2
φ D1 φ dp φ dc φ d φ Dg6
Unit: mm
Note) The rigidity values in the table represent the spring constants obtained from
the load and the elastic deformation when providing a preload 10% of the basic
1
dynamic load rating (Ca) and applying an axial load three times greater than the Fa0 3
preload.
These values do not include the rigidity of the components related to mounting the
KN=K
( )0.1Ca
ball screw nut. Therefore, it is normally appropriate to regard roughly 80% of the K: Rigidity value in the
value in the table as the actual value. dimensional table.
If the applied preload (Fa0) is not 0.1 Ca, the rigidity value (KN) is obtained from
the following equation.
500
Model SBK
A 4- φ d1
(Greasing hole)
PC
D
30° 30°
TW
Screw Lead Ball center- Thread No. of Basic load rating Rigidity
shaft outer to-center minor loaded
Model No. diameter diameter diameter circuits Ca C0a K
d Ph dp dc Rows × turns kN kN N/m
SBK 1520-3.6 15 20 15.75 12.2 1×1.8 5.8 7.8 178
SBK 1616-3.6 16 16 16.65 13.5 1×1.8 4.6 6.4 182
SBK 2010-5.6 20 10 20.75 17.2 1×2.8 10.7 17.3 353
SBK 2020-3.6 20 20 20.75 17.2 1×1.8 7 10.5 229
SBK 2030-3.6 20 30 20.75 17.2 1×1.8 6.9 11.2 236
SBK 2520-3.6 25 20 26 21.5 1×1.8 11 16.9 292
SBK 2525-3.6 25 25 26 21.5 1×1.8 10.8 16.9 290
SBK 3220-5.6 32 20 33.25 27.9 1×2.8 23.6 41.1 565
SBK 3232-5.6 32 32 33.25 27.9 1×2.8 23.1 41.8 567
SBK2525-3.6 QZ G0 +1200L C5
Model Number Overall screw shaft
length (in mm) Accuracy symbol (*1)
Symbol for clearance in the axial direction
(G0 for all SBK variations)
With QZ Lubricator
(no symbol if the model is without a QZ Lubricator)
501
Precision, Caged Ball Screw
L1
H B1
φ D1 φ D φ dc φ d φ Dg6
Unit: mm
Note) The rigidity values in the table represent the spring constants obtained from
the load and the elastic deformation when providing a preload 10% of the basic
1
dynamic load rating (Ca) and applying an axial load three times greater than the Fa0 3
preload.
These values do not include the rigidity of the components related to mounting the
KN=K
( )
0.1Ca
ball screw nut. Therefore, it is normally appropriate to regard roughly 80% of the K: Rigidity value in the
value in the table as the actual value. dimensional table.
If the applied preload (Fa0) is not 0.1 Ca, the rigidity value (KN) is obtained from
the following equation.
502
Model SBK
6- φ d1
45°
45°
PC
D
A
(Greasing hole)
22°
TW
Screw Lead Ball center- Thread No. of Basic load rating Rigidity
shaft outer to-center minor loaded
Model No. diameter diameter diameter circuits Ca C0a K
d Ph dp dc Rows × turns kN kN N/m
SBK 3620-7.6 36 20 37.75 30.4 1×3.8 48.5 85 870
SBK 3636-5.6 36 36 37.75 31.4 1×2.8 36.6 64.7 460
SBK 4020-7.6 40 20 42 34.1 1×3.8 59.7 112.7 970
SBK 4030-7.6 40 30 42 34.1 1×3.8 59.2 107.5 970
SBK 4040-5.6 40 40 42 34.9 1×2.8 44.8 80.3 520
SBK 5020-7.6 50 20 52 44.1 1×3.8 66.8 141.9 1170
SBK 5030-7.6 50 30 52 44.1 1×3.8 66.5 135 1170
SBK 5036-7.6 50 36 52 44.1 1×3.8 65.9 135 1170
SBK 5050-5.6 50 50 52 44.9 1×2.8 50.3 102.4 630
SBK 5520-7.6 55 20 57 49.1 1×3.8 69.8 156.4 1250
SBK 5530-7.6 55 30 57 49.1 1×3.8 69.2 147 1250
SBK 5536-7.6 55 36 57 49.1 1×3.8 69.1 148.7 1260
Note) With model SBK, the raising of both ends of the thread groove is not available. When designing your system this way,
contact THK.
Axial Clearance Unit: mm
Clearance symbol G0
Axial Clearance 0 or less
SBK3620-7.6 RR G0 +1500L C5
Model number Seal symbol (*1) Overall screw shaft
length (in mm) Accuracy symbol (*2)
Symbol for clearance
in the axial direction (G0 for all SBK variations)
503
Precision, Caged Ball Screw
L1
H B1
φ D1 φ D φ dc φ d φ Dg6
Unit: mm
Note) The rigidity values in the table represent the spring constants obtained from
the load and the elastic deformation when providing a preload 10% of the basic
1
dynamic load rating (Ca) and applying an axial load three times greater than the Fa0 3
preload.
These values do not include the rigidity of the components related to mounting the
KN=K
( )
0.1Ca
ball screw nut. Therefore, it is normally appropriate to regard roughly 80% of the K: Rigidity value in the
value in the table as the actual value. dimensional table.
If the applied preload (Fa0) is not 0.1 Ca, the rigidity value (KN) is obtained from
the following equation.
504
Model SDA
45°
45°
φ d1
PCD
22.5°
A
(Greasing hole)
T
Screw Lead Ball center- Screw shaft No. of Basic load rating Rigidity
shaft outer to-center Thread minor loaded
Model No. diameter diameter diameter circuits Ca C0a K
SDA2520-2.8 QZ RR G0 +830L C3
Model Number Accuracy symbol (*2)
Overall screw shaft length (in mm)
With QZ Lubricator
Symbol for clearance in the axial direction (G0 for all SDA variations)
(no symbol if the model is without QZ Lubricator)
Seal symbol(*1) (RR: labyrinth seal on both sides; WW: wiper ring on both sides)
(*1) See A15-352. (*2) See A15-12.
505
Precision, Caged Ball Screw
L1
H B1
B2
φ D1 φ D-0.2
-0.3
φ dC φ d
φ D-0.2
-0.3
φ D g6
Unit: mm
Note) The rigidity values (K) in the table represent spring constants each obtained from 1
the load and the elastic deformation under an axial load representing 30% of the Fa 3
basic dynamic load rating (Ca).
These values do not include the rigidity of the components related to mounting the
ball screw nut. Therefore, it is normally appropriate to regard roughly 80% of the
KN=K
( )
0.3Ca
rigidity value (K) in the table as the actual value. K: Rigidity value in the
If the axial load (Fa) is not 0.3 Ca, the rigidity value (KN) is obtained from the fol-
lowing equation. dimensional table.
506
Model HBN
L1
U H T1 T2
30° 30°
PCD
φ D1 φd φD
V
R
Greasing hole A (from the backside)
5– φ d1
Models HBN3210 to 3612
Screw Lead Ball center- Thread No. of Basic load rating Permissible Rigidity
load*
shaft outer to-center minor loaded
Model No. diameter diameter diameter circuits Ca C0a FP K
d Ph dp dc Rows × turns kN kN kN N/m
HBN 3210-5 32 10 34 26 2×2.5 102.9 191.3 31.9 1077
HBN 3610-5 36 10 38 30 2×2.5 108.2 220.4 33.5 1176
HBN 3612-5 36 12 38.4 29 2×2.5 141.1 267.7 43.7 1207
HBN 4010-7.5 40 10 42 34 3×2.5 162.6 336 50.4 1910
HBN 4012-7.5 40 12 42.4 33 3×2.5 212.4 441.6 65.8 1922
HBN 5010-7.5 50 10 52 44 3×2.5 179.1 462.7 55.5 2279
HBN 5012-7.5 50 12 52.4 43 3×2.5 235.7 572.2 73.1 2345
HBN 5016-7.5 50 16 53 39.6 3×2.5 379.6 820.9 117.7 2392
HBN 6316-7.5 63 16 66 52.6 3×2.5 427.1 1043.8 132.4 2898
HBN 6316-10.5 63 16 66 52.6 3×3.5 577.1 1461.3 178.9 4029
HBN 6320-7.5 63 20 66.5 49.6 3×2.5 578.8 1283.1 179.4 3030
Note) The permissible load FP* indicates the maxim axial load that the Ball Screw can receive.
This model is capable of achieving a longer service life than the conventional Ball Screw under a high load.
Axial Clearance Unit: mm
Clearance symbol G2
Axial Clearance 0 to 0.02
HBN3210-5 RR G2 +1200L C7
Model number Seal symbol (*1) Accuracy symbol (*2)
Overall screw shaft length (in mm)
Symbol for clearance in the axial direction
(For the axial clearance, this model has clearance G2 as standard.
Other clearance is also available at your request. Contact THK for details.)
(*1) See A15-352. (*2) See A15-12.
507
Precision, Caged Ball Screw
L1
H T1 T2 T2
φ D1 φd φD
Unit: mm
Note) The rigidity values in the table represent the spring constants obtained from the
load and the elastic deformation when providing an axial load, 30% of the basic 1
These values do not include the rigidity of the components related to mounting the
ball screw nut. Therefore, it is normally appropriate to regard roughly 80% of the
KN=K
( )0.3Ca
508
Model SBKH
6- φ d1
60
° °
60
2-A
(Greasing hole)
PCD
Permissible
Screw Lead Ball center- Screw shaft No. of Basic load rating Rigidity
load*
shaft outer to-center Thread minor loaded
Model No. diameter diameter diameter circuits Ca C0a Fp K
SBKH8050-7.6 RR G2 +1200L C7
Model Number Accuracy symbol (*2)
Overall screw shaft length (in mm)
Axial clearance symbol
(clearance in the axial direction must be: G1, G2 or G3.
Clearance G0 and GT are not supported.)
Seal symbol(*1)
(RR: labyrinth seal on both sides)
(*1) See A15-352. (*2) See A15-12.
509
Precision, Caged Ball Screw
L1
B2 H B1
φ D1 φ D2 φ dc φd φ Dg6
N1
Unit: mm
from the load and the elastic deformation under an axial load representing 30% Fa 3
510
BNK0401-3 Shaft diameter: 4; lead: 1
D G 0
5 -0.2
H A 13
φ 9g6 -0.005
-0.014
10 3
0.005 E
φ 3h6 -0.006
X
φ 4 -0.001
-0.006
0
0.3
3
30°
0.
φ4
φ6
φ 19
C
G A R: 0.2 or less E
0.
3
X 2.5 6.5 M4×0.5
I G
J E 0.0025 E
L1 (3) 6 18 5
L2 23
L3
511
Finished Shaft Ends Precision Ball Screw
Unit: mm
512
BNK0501-3 Shaft diameter: 5; lead: 1
0
φ 5 -0.2
D H A
G
φ 10g6 -0.005
-0.014
13 0.005 E
J E
10 3
X
φ 3h6 -0.006
E
0
φ 4 -0.001
-0.006
A M4×0.5
φ6
G
φ 20
φ5
C
R: 0.2 or less
5
30°
0.
0.
0.
C
3
0.3 6.5
2.5
I G 0.0025 E
X
L1 3 6 18 5
L2 23
L3
513
Finished Shaft Ends Precision Ball Screw
Unit: mm
514
BNK0601-3 Shaft diameter: 6; lead: 1
0
7 -0.2
D G
H A 14.5
11 3.5 0.005 E
φ 11g6 -0.006
-0.017
φ 4h6 -0.008
X
0.5
φ 5 -0.001
-0.006
0
30°
3
0.
C
φ 23
φ6
φ8
C
0.
G A R: 0.2 or less E
3
X 3 6.5 M5×0.5
I G
J E 0.0025 E
L1 3 7 19 6
L2 25
L3
515
Finished Shaft Ends Precision Ball Screw
Unit: mm
516
BNK0801-3 Shaft diameter: 8; lead: 1
0
8 -0.2
D G
H A 15 J E-F
φ 4.5h6 -0.008
φ 13g6 -0.006
-0.017
11 4
φ 5.7 -0.06
0
0
φ 6 -0.001
-0.006
φ 6 -0.002
-0.010
0.5
φ 9.5
C
30°
3
0.
0.
2
C
φ 26
φ8
5
0.
C
R: 0.2 or less
0.
C
F R: 0.2 or less G E
3
X A
0.8 +0.1
0
I G M6×0.75
6.8 +0.1
0 3 7
J E-F 0.0025 E-F
0.0025 E-F
L1 3 7 22.5 7.5
9 L2 30
L3
517
Finished Shaft Ends Precision Ball Screw
Unit: mm
518
BNK0802-3 Shaft diameter: 8; lead: 2
D G 0
8 -0.2
22
H A
17 5 J E-F
φ 15g6 -0.006
-0.017
φ 4.5h6 -0.008
φ 5.7 -0.06
0
0
φ 6 -0.001
-0.006
φ 6 -0.002
-0.010
φ 9.5
0.5
30°
C
3
0.
0.
2
C
φ 28
φ8
5
0.
C
R: 0.2 or less
0.
C
F G E
3
A R: 0.2 or less
0.8 +0.1
0
I G X M6×0.75
6.8 +0.1
0 3 7
J E-F 0.0025 E-F
0.0025 E-F
L1 4 7 22.5 7.5
9 L2 30
L3
519
Finished Shaft Ends Precision Ball Screw
Unit: mm
520
BNK0810-3 Shaft diameter: 8; lead: 10
D G H A 0
8 -0.2
J E-F 24
φ 18g6 -0.006
-0.017
13 4 7 J E-F
φ 4.5h6 -0.008
F X E
φ 5.7 -0.06
0
R: 0.2
φ 6 -0.001
-0.006
0
φ 6 -0.002
-0.010
φ 9.5
or less M6×0.75
G
φ 31
φ8
C
C
5
30 R: 0.2 or less 7
0.
0.
0.
0.8 +0.1 °
5
3
C
0 0.5
6.8 +0.1
0 3
0.0025 E-F I G X 0.0025 E-F
L1 5 7 22.5 7.5
9 L2 30
L3
521
Finished Shaft Ends Precision Ball Screw
Unit: mm
522
BNK1002-3 Shaft diameter: 10; lead: 2
0
10 -0.2
D G
22
H A
17 5
φ 17g6 -0.006
-0.017
J E-F
X
φ 5.7 -0.06
φ 6h6 -0.008
0
φ 8 -0.002
-0.008
φ 11.5
0
0.5
φ 6 -0.002
-0.010
30°
C
5
0.
0.
C
2
φ 10
φ 34
C
5
0.
0.
C
5
F R: 0.2 or less G E
A R: 0.2 or less
0.8 +0.1 X 9 M8×1
0 I G 4
6.8 +0.1
0 J E-F 0.0025 E-F
0.0025 E-F L1 4 8 27 10
9 L2 37
L3
523
Finished Shaft Ends Precision Ball Screw
26 Threading direction,
Rightward, 1
PCD No. of threaded grooves
No. of circuits 1 turn × 3 rows
Clearance symbol G0 GT G2
0.005 or 0.02 or
Axial clearance (mm) 0
less less
Basic dynamic load rating
1.5 1.5 1.5
Ca (kN)
21 Basic static load rating
2.9 2.9 2.9
C0a (kN)
Preload torque (N-m) to 2.5×10 -2
— —
X-X arrow view
Spacer ball None None None
Rigidity value (N/m) 100
Circulation method Deflector
Unit: mm
524
BNK1004-2.5 Shaft diameter: 10; lead: 4
0
12 -0.25
D E-F
H A 34
10
φ 26g6 -0.007
0.020
24 E-F
J
φ 7.6 -0.08
φ 8h6 -0.009
X
0
φ 10 -0.002
-0.008
M10×1
0
φ 8 -0.004
-0.012
5
0.
0.
0.
C
2
C
φ 46
φ 10
φ 14
C
5
G
0.
0.
C
5
F A E
R: 0.2 or less
R: 0.2 or less
0.003 E-F X
I G
0.003 E-F
J E-F
0.9 +0.1
0 5 10
7.9 +0.1
0 L1 5 10 30 15
10 L2 45
L3
525
Finished Shaft Ends Precision Ball Screw
Unit: mm
526
BNK1010-1.5 Shaft diameter: 10; lead: 10
D E-F
H A 39 0
12 -0.25 J E-F
φ 26g6 -0.007
-0.020
29 10
φ 8h6 -0.009
X
φ 7.6 -0.08
φ 10 -0.002
-0.008
M10×1
0
0
φ 8 -0.004
-0.012
5
φ 46
φ 10
0.
0.
0.
C
2
C
φ 14
C
5
0.
0.
C
5
F R: 0.2 or less E
A
R: 0.2 or less
0.003 E-F I G X
+0.1 0.003 E-F
0.9 0 J E-F
7.9 +0.1
0 5 10
L1 8 10 30 15
10 L2 45
L3
527
Finished Shaft Ends Precision Ball Screw
Unit: mm
528
BNK1202-3 Shaft diameter: 12; lead: 2
0
12 -0.25
D G
22
H A
φ 19g6 -0.007 17 5
-0.020 J E-F
φ 7.6 -0.08
φ 8h6 -0.009
φ 10 -0.002
-0.008
0
0.5
0
φ 8 -0.004
-0.012
30°
C
5
0.
0.
2
C
φ 12
φ 14
φ 36
5
C
0.
0.
C
5
E
R: 0.2 or less A R: 0.2 or less M10×1
0.9 +0.1 5 10
0 X
7.9 +0.1 I G
0
J E-F 0.003 E-F
0.003 E-F
L1 4 10 30 15
10 L2 45
L3
529
Finished Shaft Ends Precision Ball Screw
Unit: mm
530
BNK1205-2.5 Shaft diameter: 12; lead: 5
0
D E-F 12 -0.25
H A 40
30 10 J E-F
φ 30g6 -0.007
-0.020
φ 8h6 -0.009
X
φ 7.6 -0.08
φ 10 -0.002
-0.008
M10×1
0
0
φ 8 -0.004
-0.012
5
0.
0.
0.
2
C
φ 12
φ 14
φ 50
C
5
0.
0.
G
C
5
F E
R: 0.2 or less A
X R: 0.2 or less
0.003 E-F I G
0.003 E-F
+0.1 J E-F
0.9 0 5 10
+0.1
7.9 0 L1 5 10 30 15
10 L2 45
L3
Unit: mm
532
BNK1208-2.6 Shaft diameter: 12; lead: 8
D G H A 0
12 -0.25 J E-F
46
φ 29g6 -0.007
-0.020
J E-F
36 10 E
φ 8h6 -0.009
F
φ 10 -0.002
-0.008
φ 7.6 -0.08
0
0
φ 8 -0.004
-0.012
M10×1
A
φ 14
C
R0.5
0.
G
2
φ 12
φ 50
R: 0.2 or less
C
C
5
0.
0.
0.
10
5
C
5
0.
0.9 +0.1 R: 0.2 or less
2
0 5
X
7.9 +0.1
0
I G
0.003 E-F
0.003 E-F L1 5 10 30 15
10 L2 45
L3
533
Finished Shaft Ends Precision Ball Screw
Unit: mm
Runout of the
Runout of the Runout of the Flange Nut Shaft
thread groove
screw shaft axis nut circumference perpendicularity Lead angle accuracy mass mass
surface
D H I J kg kg/m
0.04 0.02 0.014 0.014 Travel distance: 0.05/300 0.269 0.64
0.055 0.02 0.014 0.014 Travel distance: 0.05/300 0.269 0.64
0.055 0.02 0.014 0.014 Travel distance: 0.05/300 0.269 0.64
0.065 0.02 0.014 0.014 Travel distance: 0.05/300 0.269 0.64
0.065 0.02 0.014 0.014 Travel distance: 0.05/300 0.269 0.64
534
BNK1402-3 Shaft diameter: 14; lead: 2
0
12 -0.25
D G
H A 23 J E-F
φ 21g6 -0.007
-0.020
17 6
φ 10h6 -0.009
φ 9.6 -0.09
X
M12×1
φ 12 -0.003
-0.011
φ 10 -0.004
-0.012
0
0.5
C
5
30°
0.
0.
C
2
φ 15
φ 40
φ 14
C
5
G
0.
0.
R: 0.2 or less
C
5
F R: 0.2 or less E
A 10
+0.14
1.15 0 5
+0.1 I G X
9.15 0
0.004 E-F
J E-F
0.004 E-F
L1 4 10 30 15
22 L2 45
L3
535
Finished Shaft Ends Precision Ball Screw
Unit: mm
536
BNK1404-3 Shaft diameter: 14; lead: 4
0
12 -0.25
D G
H A 33 J E-F
φ 26g6 -0.007
-0.020
27 6
φ 10h6 -0.009
φ 9.6 -0.09
X
M12×1
φ 12 -0.003
-0.011
φ 10 -0.004
-0.012
0
0.5
C
5
30°
0.
0.
C
2
φ 45
φ 14
φ 15
5
C
G
0.
0.
R: 0.2 or less
C
5
F R: 0.2 or less E
A 10
+0.14
1.15 0 5
+0.1 I G X
9.15 0
0.004 E-F
J E-F
0.004 E-F
L1 5 10 30 15
22 L2 45
L3
537
Finished Shaft Ends Precision Ball Screw
Unit: mm
538
BNK1408-2.5 Shaft diameter: 14; lead: 8
46 D E-F
0
H A 35 11 12 -0.25 J E-F
5
φ 34g6 -0.009
-0.025
φ 10h6 -0.009
X
φ 9.6 -0.09
φ 12 -0.003
-0.011
0
φ 10 -0.004
-0.012
M12×1
0
5
0.
0.
0.
5
C
φ 14
φ 57
φ 15
C
5
0.
0.
G
C
5
F A E
R: 0.2 or less
R: 0.2 or less
0.004 E-F I X
G
+0.14
0.004 E-F
1.15 0 J E-F
+0.1
9.15 0 5 10
L1 5 10 30 15
22 L2 45
L3
539
Finished Shaft Ends Precision Ball Screw
Unit: mm
540
BNK1510-5.6 Shaft diameter: 15; lead: 10
D E-F
44
H A 0
12 -0.25
24 10 10 J E-F
φ 34g6 -0.009
-0.025
φ 10h6 -0.009
φ 9.6 -0.09 X
φ 12 -0.003
-0.011
0
φ 10 -0.004
-0.012
M12×1
0
5
2
0.
0.
C
C
φ 15
φ 57
φ 15
φ 34
G
5
C
0.
0.
F E
C
5
R: 0.2 or less
X R: 0.2 or less
0.004 E-F I G
+0.14 0.004 E-F
1.15 0 J E-F
+0.1
9.15 0 5 10
L1 5 10 30 15
22 L2 45
L3
Unit: mm
542
BNK1520-3 Shaft diameter: 15; lead: 20
45 D E-F
H A 28 10 7 0
12 -0.25 J E-F
φ 32g6 -0.009
-0.025
5
φ 10h6 -0.009
X
φ 9.6 -0.09
φ 12 -0.003
-0.011
0
φ 10 -0.004
-0.012
M12×1
C
φ 15 0.2
5
C
0.
0.
0.
C
5
φ 15
φ 57
φ 32
C
0.
F A E G
5
R: 0.2 or less
X R: 0.2 or less
0.004 E-F I G
J E-F 0.004 E-F
+0.14
1.15 0
+0.1
9.15 0 5 10
L1 8 10 30 15
22 L2 45
L3
Unit: mm
544
BNK1616-3.6 Shaft diameter: 16; lead: 16
0
D E-F 12 -0.25
H A 42
J E-F
φ 32g6 -0.009
-0.025
23 10 9
φ 10h6 -0.009
φ 9.6 -0.09 X
φ 12 -0.003
-0.011
0
φ 10 -0.004
-0.012
C M12×1
φ 15 0.2
5
0.
0.
5
C
φ 57
φ 16
φ 32
5
C
G
0.
0.
E
C
F A
5
R: 0.2 or less
X R: 0.2 or less
0.004 E-F I G
0.004 E-F
+0.14
1.15 0 J E-F
+0.1
9.15 0 5 10
L1 10 10 30 15
22 L2 45
L3
Unit: mm
546
BNK2010-2.5 Shaft diameter: 20; lead: 10
D E-F
54
0
H A 41 13 17 -0.25
J E-F
-0.009
-0.025
6
X
-0.011
-0.11
φ 46g6
φ 15 -0.004
-0.012
0
-0.004
-0.012
0
φ 14.3
M15×1
φ 12h6
C
φ 19.5 0.3
0.
5
φ 15
0.
3
C
φ 74
φ 20
C
5
0.
G
0.
5
C
F A E
R: 0.2 or less
R: 0.2 or less
0.004 E-F I G X
0.004 E-F
+0.14
1.150 J E-F
+0.1
10.15 0 5 15
L1 10 15 40 20
25 L2 60
L3
547
Finished Shaft Ends Precision Ball Screw
Unit: mm
548
BNK2020-3.6 Shaft diameter: 20; lead: 20
D E-F
52 0
H A 17 -0.25
31 10 11
J E-F
φ 39g6 -0.009
-0.025
X
φ 12h6 -0.011
φ 14.3 -0.11
φ 15 -0.004
-0.012
0
0
φ 15 -0.004
-0.012
M15×1
C
φ 19.5 0.3
0.
5
0.
3
C
φ 39
φ 74
φ 20
C
5
0.
G
0.
5
C
F A E
R: 0.2 or less
R: 0.2 or less
0.004 E-F X
I G 0.004 E-F
+0.14
1.15 0 J E-F
+0.1
10.15 0 5 15
L1 10 15 40 20
25 L2 60
L3
549
Finished Shaft Ends Precision Ball Screw
4- φ 6.6 through hole, φ 11 counter bore depth 6.5 Ball Screw Specifications
M6×0.75 Lead (mm) 20
30° 30° (Greasing hole)
BCD (mm) 20.75
Thread minor diameter
17.5
(mm)
Threading direction,
Rightward, 2
15.5 No. of threaded grooves
66 No. of circuits 1.8 turns × 2 rows
PC
D5
9 Clearance symbol G0 GT G2
0.005 or 0.02 or
Axial clearance (mm) 0
less less
Basic dynamic load rating
46 7 11.1 11.1
Ca (kN)
X-X arrow view Basic static load rating
12.3 24.7 24.7
C0a (kN)
2×10-2
Preload torque (N-m) — —
to 9.8×10-2
Spacer ball 1:1 None None
Rigidity value (N/m) 160 290
Circulation method End cap
Unit: mm
550
BNK2520-3.6 Shaft diameter: 25; lead: 20
D E-F
53
H A 0
22 -0.35
30 12 11
φ 47g6 -0.009
-0.025
6 J E-F
X
φ 15h6 -0.011
φ 20 -0.005
-0.014
φ 19 -0.21
φ 20 -0.005
-0.014
0
M20×1
0
3
C
0.
5
0.
0.
0.
3
C
5
C
φ 25
φ 47
φ 74
φ 25
C
G
0.
5
F A E
R: 0.2 or less
R: 0.2 or less
I G X
0.004 E-F 0.004 E-F
J E-F
+0.14
1.35 0 10 16
+0.1
15.35 0 L1 10 20 53 27
31 L2 80
L3
551
Finished Shaft Ends Precision Ball Screw
Unit: mm
552
Features Lead Screw Nut
Model DCM
Model DC
553
Features
Features of the Lead Screw Nut
[Mechanical Properties]
Table1
Item Description
Tensile strength 275 to 314 N/mm2
Tensile yield
216 to 245 N/mm2
strength (0.2%)
Compressive
539 to 686 N/mm2
strength
Compressive yield
294 to 343 N/mm2
strength (0.2%)
Fatigue strength 132 N/mm2×107 (Schenk bending test)
Charpy impact 0.098 to 0.49 N-m/mm2
Elongation 1 to 5 %
Hardness 120 to 145 HV
554
[Physical Properties]
Table2
Item Description
Specific gravity 6.8
Specific heat 460 J/ (kg•K)
Melting point 390 ℃
Thermal expansion
24×10-6
coefficient
[Wear Resistance]
Table3 [Test conditions: Amsler wear-tester]
80
Item Description
Wear loss (mg)
555
Point of Selection Lead Screw Nut
[pV Value]
With a sliding bearing, a pV value, which is the
10
product of the contact surface pressure (p) and
7
the sliding speed (V), is used as a measuring
5
0.3
0.2
1 2 3 5 7 10 20 30 50 70 100
Fig.1 pV Value
556
fT: Temperature Factor
Temperature factor fT
If the temperature of the screw nut exceeds the 1.0
normal temperature range, the seizure resis- 0.8
tance of the nut and the strength of the material
0.6
will decrease. Therefore, it is necessary to mul-
0.4
tiply the dynamic permissible thrust (F) by the
corresponding temperature factor indicated in 0.2
Fig.2.
–20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Accordingly, when selecting a lead screw nut,
Service temperature (℃)
the following equations need to be met in terms
of its strength. Fig.2 Temperature Factor
Static permissible thrust(F)
fT•F
fS
PF
fS : Safety factor (see Table1 on A16-5)
fT : Temperature factor (see Fig.2)
F : Dynamic permissible thrust (N)
PF : Axial load (N)
557
Point of Selection
Selecting a Lead Screw Nut
558
Efficiency and Thrust
The efficiency () at which the screw transfers a torque into thrust is obtained from the following
equation.
1 – μtanα
η=
1 + μ/tanα
: Efficiency
: Lead angle
: Frictional resistance
Fig.4 shows the result of the above equation.
The thrust generated when a torque is applied is obtained from the following equation.
2•π•η •T
Fa =
R 10–3
Fa : Thrust generated (N)
T : Torque (input) (N-m)
R : Lead (mm)
μ = 0.1
0.4
Efficiency η
μ = 0.15
0.3
0.257 μ= 0.2
0.2
0.1
2° 3° 4° 4°
0.3' 5°
Lead angle α
Fig.4 Efficiency
559
Point of Selection
Accuracy Standards
Accuracy Standards
Table2 Accuracy of the Screw Shaft of Models DCM and DC Unit: mm
Note) Symbols T, K and G indicate machining methods for the screw shaft. The cut shafts and ground shafts are build-to-order.
For maximum shaft lengths of cut shafts or ground shafts, contact THK.
560
Model DCM
Outer diameter
Flange
Model No. Tolerance Length
D diameter H B PCD r F d
h9 L D1
DCM 12 22 30 44 6 5.4 31 1.5 7 1.5
0
DCM 14 22 30 44 6 5.4 31 1.5 7 1.5
–0.052
DCM 16 28 35 51 7 6.6 38 1.5 8 1.5
DCM 18 32 40 56 7 6.6 42 1.5 10.5 2
DCM 20 32 40 56 7 6.6 42 1.5 10.5 2
DCM 22 36 0 50 61 8 6.6 47 2 14 2.5
DCM 25 36 –0.062 50 61 8 6.6 47 2 14 2.5
DCM 28 44 56 76 10 9 58 2 15 2.5
DCM 32 44 56 76 10 9 58 2 15 2.5
DCM 36 52 60 84 10 9 66 2.5 17 3
DCM 40 58 0 70 98 12 11 76 2.5 19 3
DCM 45 64 –0.074 75 104 12 11 80 2.5 21.5 4
DCM 50 68 80 109 12 11 85 2.5 24 4
Note1) Cut shafts (K) and ground shafts (G) are build-to-order. In the specification table, “standard shaft length” and “maximum
shaft length” are values for rolled shafts (T).
For maximum shaft lengths of cut shafts (K) or ground shafts (G), contact THK.
Note2) The dynamic permissible thrust (F) indicates the torque at which the contact surface pressure on the screw tooth surface is 9.8 N/mm2.
The maximum axial load (both when stopped and during operation) is set to the dynamic permissible thrust or below, and it must be
selected while taking into consideration the safety factors of Table1 on A16-5.
Note3) The static permissible load (P) of the flange indicates the strength of the flange against the load as shown in the figure on the right.
561
L
H F
1- φ d
r
φ D1 PCD φ D φ Dr φ Do φ Dk
4- φ B
Unit: mm
Standard Maximum Dynamic Static
Screw shaft Screw shaft details shaft shaft permis- permissible Mass
length length sible load of the
Thread thrust flange
Outer Effective Lead Screw Screw
Model No.(note) minor Lead
diameter diameter angle F(note 2) P(note 3) nut shaft
diameter
Dk D0 Dr R N N g kg/m
CS 12 12 11 9.5 2 319´ 1000 1500 3920 20200 100 0.8
CS 14 14 12.5 10.5 3 422´ 1000 1500 4900 16900 85 1
CS 16 16 14.5 12.5 3 346´ 1000 1500 6670 31500 160 1.3
CS 18 18 16 13.5 4 433´ 1000 2000 8730 42000 230 1.6
CS 20 20 18 15.5 4 403´ 1500 2000 9800 37200 210 2
CS 22 22 19.5 16.5 5 440´ 1500 2500 12400 48600 320 2.3
CS 25 25 22.5 19.5 5 403´ 1500 3000 14200 39800 290 3.1
CS 28 28 25.5 22.5 5 334´ 2000 3000 17900 69200 550 4
CS 32 32 29 25.5 6 346´ 2000 4000 21100 54200 490 5.2
CS 36 36 33 29.5 6 319´ 2000 4000 25800 84500 670 6.7
CS 40 40 37 33.5 6 257´ 2000 4000 33800 106000 980 8.4
CS 45 45 41 36.5 8 333´ 3000 5000 42100 125000 1310 10.4
CS 50 50 46 41.5 8 310´ 3000 5000 50100 128000 1430 13
Screw shaft
Nut
P P
Flange
563
ℓ
r
t
φD φ Dr φ Do φ D k
r 1- φ d
L
Unit: mm
564
BALL
BEARING
DATA
General Information
RADIAL BALL BEARINGS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
• Cast iron housing with ball bearing. • Variety of seal types to suit application. All types are
• Spherical interface between bearing and housing typically of a three piece construction i.e. rubber
accommodates static misalignment of ± 2.5° with sealing lip sandwiched between two pieces of zinc
lubrication. plated steel. The steel components protect the rub-
• Relubricable through housing. ber against abrasive media and insure that the seal
assembly is positively locked into the outer ring.
HOUSING
SHAFT FITS / LIMITING SPEEDS
• Standard material is grey cast iron as per ASTM A48
class 30 or equivalent (ductile iron available on re- For speeds up to the values listed in the dimension
quest subject to minimum quantity.) tables, the shaft should correspond to ISO tolerance limit
h9. For higher speeds, shaft tolerance h5 is recommended
• Protection is from a durable powder coat finish. and the INA Engineering Service should be contacted.
Green is the standard color.
SHAFT 10 18 30 50 80
• Housing threaded for standard SAE grease nipples. SIZE INCL. INCL. INCL. INCL. INCL.
1/ -28 UNF for (03) and (04) housings
4 mm. 18 30 50 80 120
1/ NPT for all other sizes.
8 tolerance 0 0 0 0 0
• Machined surfaces tolerances ± 0.25mm (0.010'') h9 -43 -52 -62 -74 -87
567
Part Number Identification
RADIAL BALL BEARINGS
INSERT BEARINGS
G1 103 K RRB
PREFIXES:
Basic Series &
Additional Features NUMBERS: ADDITIONAL FEATURES:
E Metric Bore Last Three Numbers indicate shaft size NPP Two Seals (Non-Preloaded)
G Relubricable first in inches, last two in sixteenths or
directly in mm if 2 digits RR Two Land Riding Rubber Seals
1 Standard Series B Spherical Outside Diameter
(200 Series Bearings 015 15/16
Inch) 103 1-3/16 CC Zinc Plated Flingers
RA Extended Inner Ring, 203 2-3/16 LLH Non contact labyrinth seal
One Side Only
25 25mm (metric) NR Snap ring groove
RAL One Side Only
40 40mm (metric) KPP3 Tri-ply seal
Y, AY Set Screw Locking
Device Series
L Inner ring extended both
sides, drive slot on I/R
N Heavy series SUFFIXES:
SH Integral tapered adaptor Internal Construction
sleeve K Conrad, Non-Filling Slot Type
HOUSING UNITS
R ASE Y 1
568
Part Number Identification
RADIAL BALL BEARINGS
IDLER SPROCKET
16 LO 06 10 20 08
569
Prefix & Suffix Interchange Chart
For details on part numbers, descriptive suffixes and various technical references, please refer to front of this section.
For engineering or technical information contact your local sales representative or call Distributor Sales (800)523-6572.
INA FAFNIR DODGE SKF SEALMASTER LINKBELT
PRE / SUF PRE / SUF PRE / SUF PRE / SUF PRE / SUF PRE / SUF
PASE VAS P2BSXV SY / FM VP / E P3W
PASEY SAS P2BSCV VP
PAK VAK P2BSXVB SYH / FM PL3Y / N
PAKY SAK P2BSCVB PL3U / N
PCJ [P]VCJ F4BSXV FY / FM VF / E F3W / U
PCJY SCJ F4BSCV VF
PCJT VCJT F2BSXV FYT(B) / FM VFT / E FX3W / U
PCJTY SCJT F2BSCV FX3S / E
OPEN 2Z 2RS
SHIELDED SEALED
For details on part numbers, descriptive suffixes and various technical references, please refer to front of this section.
For engineering or technical information contact your local sales representative or call Distributor Sales (800)523-6572.
PART NUMBER SHAFT SHAFT OD OD WIDTH WIDTH WEIGHT WEIGHT DYN. CAP. DYN. CAP. STAT. CAP. STAT. CAP. SPEED
LIMIT
OIL
inch mm inch mm inch mm lbs g lbf N lbf N rpm
626 0.2362 6 0.748 19 0.2362 6 0.019 8.4 530 2340 200 890 39000
626 2RS 0.2362 6 0.748 19 0.2362 6 0.019 8.4 530 2340 200 890 30000
6262Z 0.2362 6 0.748 19 0.2362 6 0.019 8.4 530 2340 200 890 39000
607 0.2756 7 0.748 19 0.2362 6 0.017 7.5 530 2360 205 910 40000
6072RS 0.2756 7 0.748 19 0.2362 6 0.017 7.5 530 2360 205 910 28000
6072Z 0.2756 7 0.748 19 0.2362 6 0.017 7.5 530 2360 205 910 40000
627 0.2756 7 0.8661 22 0.2756 7 0.029 13 730 3250 305 1350 37000
6272RS 0.2756 7 0.8661 22 0.2756 7 0.029 13 730 3250 305 1350 23000
6272Z 0.2756 7 0.8661 22 0.2756 7 0.029 13 730 3250 305 1350 37000
698 0.315 8 0.748 19 0.2362 6 0.016 7.3 500 2240 196 870 38000
6982Z 0.315 8 0.748 19 0.2362 6 0.016 7.3 500 2240 196 870 38000
608 0.315 8 0.8661 22 0.2756 7 0.026 12 760 3380 295 1320 37000
608RS 0.315 8 0.8661 22 0.2756 7 0.026 12 760 3380 295 1320 23000
6082Z 0.315 8 0.8661 22 0.2756 7 0.026 12 760 3380 295 1320 37000
628 0.315 8 0.9449 24 0.315 8 0.035 16 750 3350 315 1410 36000
6282RS 0.315 8 0.9449 24 0.315 8 0.035 16 750 3350 315 1410 22000
6282Z 0.315 8 0.9449 24 0.315 8 0.035 16 750 3350 315 1410 36000
699 0.3543 9 0.7874 20 0.2362 6 0.017 7.8 385 1710 166 740 37000
6992Z 0.3543 9 0.7874 20 0.2362 6 0.017 7.8 385 1710 166 740 37000
609 0.3543 9 0.9449 24 0.2756 7 0.031 14 780 3450 320 1430 36000
6092RS 0.3543 9 0.9449 24 0.2756 7 0.031 14 780 3450 320 1430 22000
6092Z 0.3543 9 0.9449 24 0.2756 7 0.031 14 780 3450 320 1430 36000
629 0.3543 9 1.0236 26 0.315 8 0.044 20 1020 4550 440 1960 35000
6292RS 0.3543 9 1.0236 26 0.315 8 0.044 20 1020 4550 440 1960 21000
6292Z 0.3543 9 1.0236 26 0.315 8 0.044 20 1020 4550 440 1960 35000
6000 0.3937 10 1.0236 26 0.315 8 0.042 19 1030 4600 440 1950 34000
60002RS 0.3937 10 1.0236 26 0.315 8 0.042 19 1030 4600 440 1950 21000
60002Z 0.3937 10 1.0236 26 0.315 8 0.042 19 1030 4600 440 1950 34000
6200 0.3937 10 1.1811 30 0.3543 9 0.071 32 1370 6100 580 2600 32000
62002RS 0.3937 10 1.1811 30 0.3543 9 0.071 32 1370 6100 580 2600 17000
62002Z 0.3937 10 1.1811 30 0.3543 9 0.071 32 1370 6100 580 2600 32000
6300 0.3937 10 1.378 35 0.4331 11 0.119 54 1750 7800 810 3600 28000
63002RS 0.3937 10 1.378 35 0.4331 11 0.119 54 1750 7800 810 3600 15000
63002Z 0.3937 10 1.378 35 0.4331 11 0.119 54 1750 7800 810 3600 28000
6001 0.4724 12 1.1024 28 0.315 8 0.049 22 1150 5100 530 2350 31000
60012RS 0.4724 12 1.1024 28 0.315 8 0.049 22 1150 5100 530 2350 18000
60012Z 0.4724 12 1.1024 28 0.315 8 0.049 22 1150 5100 530 2350 31000
6201 0.4724 12 1.2598 32 0.3937 10 0.082 37 1550 6900 670 3000 30000
62012RS 0.4724 12 1.2598 32 0.3937 10 0.082 37 1550 6900 670 3000 16000
62012Z 0.4724 12 1.2598 32 0.3937 10 0.082 37 1550 6900 670 3000 30000
6301 0.4724 12 1.4567 37 0.4724 12 0.135 61 2410 10700 1100 4900 26000
63012RS 0.4724 12 1.4567 37 0.4724 12 0.135 61 2410 10700 1100 4900 13000
63012Z 0.4724 12 1.4567 37 0.4724 12 0.135 61 2410 10700 1100 4900 26000
6002 0.5906 15 1.2598 32 0.3543 9 0.066 30 1260 5600 640 2850 30000
60022RS 0.5906 15 1.2598 32 0.3543 9 0.066 30 1260 5600 640 2850 15000
60022Z 0.5906 15 1.2598 32 0.3543 9 0.066 30 1260 5600 640 2850 30000
571
Ball Bearings
600 SERIES
D Metric series
D Conrad ball bearings
D Miniature, extra-light, light, medium series
D Available as open, shielded or sealed
OPEN 2Z 2RS
SHIELDED SEALED
For details on part numbers, descriptive suffixes and various technical references, please refer to front of this section.
For engineering or technical information contact your local sales representative or call Distributor Sales (800)523-6572.
PART NUMBER SHAFT SHAFT OD OD WIDTH WIDTH WEIGHT WEIGHT DYN. CAP. DYN. CAP. STAT. CAP. STAT. CAP. SPEED
LIMIT
OIL
inch mm inch mm inch mm lbs g lbf N lbf N rpm
6202 0.5906 15 1.378 35 0.4331 11 0.099 45 1730 7700 790 3500 26000
62022RS 0.5906 15 1.378 35 0.4331 11 0.099 45 1730 7700 790 3450 20000
62022Z 0.5906 15 1.378 35 0.4331 11 0.099 45 1730 7700 790 3450 26000
6302 0.5906 15 1.6535 42 0.5118 13 0.187 85 2550 11300 1190 5300 22000
63022RS 0.5906 15 1.6535 42 0.5118 13 0.187 85 2550 11300 1190 5300 12000
63022Z 0.5906 15 1.6535 42 0.5118 13 0.187 85 2550 11300 1190 5300 22000
6003 0.6693 17 1.378 35 0.3937 10 0.086 39 1300 5800 630 2800 28000
60032RS 0.6693 17 1.378 35 0.3937 10 0.086 39 1300 5800 630 2800 13000
60032Z 0.6693 17 1.378 35 0.3937 10 0.086 39 1300 5800 630 2800 28000
6203 0.6693 17 1.5748 40 0.4724 12 0.143 65 2160 9600 1010 4500 22000
62032RS 0.6693 17 1.5748 40 0.4724 12 0.143 65 2160 9600 1010 4500 12000
62032Z 0.6693 17 1.5748 40 0.4724 12 0.143 65 2160 9600 1010 4500 22000
6303 0.6693 17 1.8504 47 0.5512 14 0.245 111 3050 13500 1390 6200 19000
63032RS 0.6693 17 1.8504 47 0.5512 14 0.245 111 3050 13500 1390 6200 11000
63032Z 0.6693 17 1.8504 47 0.5512 14 0.245 111 3050 13500 1390 6200 19000
6004 0.7874 20 1.6535 42 0.4724 12 0.152 69 2110 9400 1120 5000 20000
60042RS 0.7874 20 1.6535 42 0.4724 12 0.152 69 2110 9400 1120 5000 11000
60042Z 0.7874 20 1.6535 42 0.4724 12 0.152 69 2110 9400 1120 5000 20000
6204 0.7874 20 1.8504 47 0.5512 14 0.243 110 2850 12700 1460 6500 18000
62042RS 0.7874 20 1.8504 47 0.5512 14 0.243 110 2850 12700 1460 6500 10000
62042Z 0.7874 20 1.8504 47 0.5512 14 0.243 110 2850 12700 1460 6500 18000
6304 0.7874 20 2.0472 52 0.5906 15 0.326 148 3550 15900 1750 7800 17000
63042RS 0.7874 20 2.0472 52 0.5906 15 0.326 148 3550 15900 1750 7800 9000
63042Z 0.7874 20 2.0472 52 0.5906 15 0.326 148 3550 15900 1750 7800 17000
6005 0.9843 25 1.8504 47 0.4724 12 0.176 80 2500 11200 1460 6500 18000
60052RS 0.9843 25 1.8504 47 0.4724 12 0.176 80 2500 11200 1460 6500 9500
60052Z 0.9843 25 1.8504 47 0.7087 18 0.176 80 2500 11200 1460 6500 18000
6205 0.9843 25 2.0472 52 0.5906 15 0.287 130 3150 14000 1750 7800 17000
62052RS 0.9843 25 2.0472 52 0.5906 15 0.287 130 3150 14000 1750 7800 9000
62052Z 0.9843 25 2.0472 52 0.5906 15 0.287 130 3150 14000 1750 7800 17000
6305 0.9843 25 2.4409 62 0.6693 17 0.512 232 4650 20600 2550 11300 14000
63052RS 0.9843 25 2.4409 62 0.6693 17 0.512 232 4650 20600 2550 11300 7500
63052Z 0.9843 25 2.4409 62 0.6693 17 0.512 232 4650 20600 2550 11300 14000
6006 1.1811 30 2.1654 55 0.5118 13 0.265 120 2950 13200 1870 8300 16000
60062RS 1.1811 30 2.1654 55 0.5118 13 0.265 120 2950 13200 1870 8300 8000
60062Z 1.1811 30 2.1654 55 0.5118 13 0.265 120 2950 13200 1870 8300 16000
6206 1.1811 30 2.4409 62 0.6299 16 0.441 200 4400 19500 2500 11200 14000
62062RS 1.1811 30 2.4409 62 0.6299 16 0.441 200 4400 19500 2500 11200 7500
62062Z 1.1811 30 2.4409 62 0.6299 16 0.441 200 4400 19500 2500 11200 14000
6306 1.1811 30 2.8346 72 0.748 19 0.772 350 6000 26500 3350 15000 12000
63062RS 1.1811 30 2.8346 72 0.748 19 0.772 350 6000 26500 3350 15000 6300
63062Z 1.1811 30 2.8346 72 0.748 19 0.772 350 6000 26500 3350 15000 12000
6007 1.378 35 2.4409 62 0.5512 14 0.333 151 3600 16000 2320 10300 14000
60072RS 1.378 35 2.4409 62 0.5512 14 0.333 151 3600 16000 2320 10300 7000
60072Z 1.378 35 2.4409 62 0.5512 14 0.333 151 3600 16000 2320 10300 14000
6207 1.378 35 2.8346 72 0.6693 17 0.639 290 5700 25500 3450 15300 12000
572
Ball Bearings
600 SERIES
D Metric series
D Conrad ball bearings
D Miniature, extra-light, light, medium series
D Available as open, shielded or sealed
OPEN 2Z 2RS
SHIELDED SEALED
For details on part numbers, descriptive suffixes and various technical references, please refer to front of this section.
For engineering or technical information contact your local sales representative or call Distributor Sales (800)523-6572.
PART NUMBER SHAFT SHAFT OD OD WIDTH WIDTH WEIGHT WEIGHT DYN. CAP. DYN. CAP. STAT. CAP. STAT. CAP. SPEED
LIMIT
OIL
inch mm inch mm inch mm lbs g lbf N lbf N rpm
62072RS 1.378 35 2.8346 72 0.6693 17 0.639 290 5700 25500 3450 15300 6300
62072Z 1.378 35 2.8346 72 0.6693 17 0.639 290 5700 25500 3450 15300 12000
6307 1.378 35 3.1496 80 0.8268 21 1.014 460 7500 33500 4300 19200 10000
63072RS 1.378 35 3.1496 80 0.8268 21 1.014 460 7500 33500 4300 19200 5600
63072Z 1.378 35 3.1496 80 0.8268 21 1.014 460 7500 33500 4300 19200 10000
6008 1.5748 40 2.6772 68 0.5906 15 0.419 190 3800 16800 2600 11500 13000
60082RS 1.5748 40 2.6772 68 0.5906 15 0.419 190 3800 16800 2600 11500 6300
60082Z 1.5748 40 2.6772 68 0.5906 15 0.419 190 3800 16800 2600 11500 13000
6208 1.5748 40 3.1496 80 0.7087 18 0.807 366 6500 29000 4000 17800 10000
62082RS 1.5748 40 3.1496 80 0.7087 18 0.807 366 6500 29000 4000 17800 5600
62082Z 1.5748 40 3.1496 80 0.7087 18 0.807 366 6500 29000 4000 17800 10000
6308 1.5748 40 3.5433 90 0.9055 23 1.389 630 10200 45500 5800 26000 9000
63082RS 1.5748 40 3.5433 90 0.9055 23 1.389 630 10200 45500 5800 26000 5000
63082Z 1.5748 40 3.5433 90 0.9055 23 1.389 630 10200 45500 5800 26000 9000
6009 1.7717 45 2.9528 75 0.6299 16 0.512 232 4650 20700 3250 14500 11000
60092RS 1.7717 45 2.9528 75 0.6299 16 0.512 232 4650 20700 3250 14500 5600
60092Z 1.7717 45 2.9528 75 0.6299 16 0.512 232 4650 20700 3250 14500 11000
6209 1.7717 45 3.3465 85 0.748 19 0.893 405 7300 32500 4600 20400 9500
62092RS 1.7717 45 3.3465 85 0.748 19 0.893 405 7300 32500 4600 20400 5300
62092Z 1.7717 45 3.3465 85 0.748 19 0.893 405 7300 32500 4600 20400 9500
6309 1.7717 45 3.937 100 0.9843 25 1.874 850 11900 53000 7100 31500 8000
63092RS 1.7717 45 3.937 100 0.9843 25 1.874 850 11900 53000 7100 31500 4500
63092Z 1.7717 45 3.937 100 0.9843 25 1.874 850 11900 53000 7100 31500 8000
6010 1.9685 50 3.1496 80 0.6299 16 0.576 261 4850 21600 3600 16000 10000
60102RS 1.9685 50 3.1496 80 0.6299 16 0.576 261 4850 21600 3600 16000 5300
60102Z 1.9685 50 3.1496 80 0.6299 16 0.576 261 4850 21600 3600 16000 10000
6210 1.9685 50 3.5433 90 0.7874 20 1.001 454 7900 35000 5200 23200 9000
62102RS 1.9685 50 3.5433 90 0.7874 20 1.001 454 7900 35000 5200 23200 4800
62102Z 1.9685 50 3.5433 90 0.7874 20 1.001 454 7900 35000 5200 23200 9000
6310 1.9685 50 4.3307 110 1.063 27 2.43 1102 13900 62000 8500 38000 7000
63102RS 1.9685 50 4.3307 110 1.063 27 2.43 1102 13900 62000 8500 38000 4000
63102Z 1.9685 50 4.3307 110 1.063 27 2.43 1102 13900 62000 8500 38000 7000
6011 2.1654 55 3.5433 90 0.7087 18 0.831 377 6300 28000 4750 21200 9000
60112RS 2.1654 55 3.5433 90 0.7087 18 0.831 377 6300 28000 4750 21200 4500
60112Z 2.1654 55 3.5433 90 0.7087 18 0.831 377 6300 28000 4750 21200 9000
6211 2.1654 55 3.937 100 0.8268 21 1.341 608 9700 43000 6500 29000 8000
62112RS 2.1654 55 3.937 100 0.8268 21 1.341 608 9700 43000 6500 29000 4300
62112Z 2.1654 55 3.937 100 0.8268 21 1.341 608 9700 43000 6500 29000 8000
6311 2.1654 55 4.7244 120 1.1417 29 3.065 1390 16500 73500 10400 46300 6300
63112RS 2.1654 55 4.7244 120 1.1417 29 3.065 1390 16500 73500 10400 46300 3600
63112Z 2.1654 55 4.7244 120 1.1417 29 3.065 1390 16500 73500 10400 46300 6300
6012 2.3622 60 3.7402 95 0.7087 18 0.904 410 6600 29500 5200 23200 8500
60122RS 2.3622 60 3.7402 95 0.7087 18 0.904 410 6600 29500 5200 23200 4300
60122Z 2.3622 60 3.7402 95 0.7087 18 0.904 410 6600 29500 5200 23200 8500
6212 2.3622 60 4.3307 110 0.8661 22 1.731 785 11700 52000 8100 36000 7000
62122RS 2.3622 60 4.3307 110 0.8661 22 1.731 785 11700 52000 8100 36000 4000
573
Ball Bearings
600 SERIES
D Metric series
D Conrad ball bearings
D Miniature, extra-light, light, medium series
D Available as open, shielded or sealed
OPEN 2Z 2RS
SHIELDED SEALED
For details on part numbers, descriptive suffixes and various technical references, please refer to front of this section.
For engineering or technical information contact your local sales representative or call Distributor Sales (800)523-6572.
PART NUMBER SHAFT SHAFT OD OD WIDTH WIDTH WEIGHT WEIGHT DYN. CAP. DYN. CAP. STAT. CAP. STAT. CAP. SPEED
LIMIT
OIL
inch mm inch mm inch mm lbs g lbf N lbf N rpm
62122Z 2.3622 60 4.3307 110 0.8661 22 1.731 785 11700 52000 8100 36000 7000
6312 2.3622 60 5.1181 130 1.2205 31 3.793 1720 18400 82000 11700 52000 6000
63122RS 2.3622 60 5.1181 130 1.2205 31 3.793 1720 18400 82000 11700 52000 3400
63122Z 2.3622 60 5.1181 130 1.2205 31 3.793 1720 18400 82000 11700 52000 6000
6013 2.5591 65 3.937 100 0.7087 18 0.961 436 6900 30500 5600 25000 7500
60132RS 2.5591 65 3.937 100 0.7087 18 0.961 436 6900 30500 5600 25000 4000
60132Z 2.5591 65 3.937 100 0.7087 18 0.961 436 6900 30500 5600 25000 7500
6213 2.5591 65 4.7244 120 0.9055 23 2.165 982 12800 57000 9000 40000 6300
62132RS 2.5591 65 4.7244 120 0.9055 23 2.165 982 12800 57000 9000 40000 3600
62132Z 2.5591 65 4.7244 120 0.9055 23 2.165 982 12800 57000 9000 40000 6300
6313 2.5591 65 5.5118 140 1.2992 33 4.697 2130 20900 93000 13500 60000 5300
63132RS 2.5591 65 5.5118 140 1.2992 33 4.697 2130 20900 93000 13500 60000 3000
63132Z 2.5591 65 5.5118 140 1.2992 33 4.697 2130 20900 93000 13500 60000 5300
6014 2.7559 70 4.3307 110 0.7874 20 1.33 603 8500 38000 7000 31000 7000
60142RS 2.7559 70 4.3307 110 0.7874 20 1.33 603 8500 38000 7000 31000 3600
60142Z 2.7559 70 4.3307 110 0.7874 20 1.33 603 8500 38000 7000 31000 7000
6214 2.7559 70 4.9213 125 0.9449 24 2.379 1079 13900 62000 9900 44000 6000
62142RS 2.7559 70 4.9213 125 0.9449 24 2.379 1079 13900 62000 9900 44000 3400
62142Z 2.7559 70 4.9213 125 0.9449 24 2.379 1079 13900 62000 9900 44000 6000
6314 2.7559 70 5.9055 150 1.378 35 5.799 2630 23400 104000 15300 68000 5000
63142RS 2.7559 70 5.9055 150 1.378 35 5.799 2630 23400 104000 15300 68000 2800
63142Z 2.7559 70 5.9055 150 1.378 35 5.799 2630 23400 104000 15300 68000 5000
574
Angular Contact Ball Bearing
7000, 7200, & 7300 BE SERIES
• Single row
• Available open, gap or contact seals
• Contact angle 40°
• Plastic retainer
For details on part numbers, descriptive suffixes and various technical references, please refer to front of this section.
For engineering or technical information contact your local sales representative or call Distributor Sales (800)523-6572.
INSERT SHAFT SHAFT OD OD WIDTH WIDTH OFFSET OFFSET WEIGHT WEIGHT DYN. DYN. STAT. STAT. SPEED
d d D D B B a a CAP. CAP. CAP. CAP. LIMIT
575
SERVO
MOTORS
AND
DRIVES
DATA
Servo Motors
Overview
Brief Description
SIEMENS servo motors were designed especially for the strin- 1FT6 Servo Motors – High Performance
gent requirements that must be met by variable-speed drives. • 1FT6 servo motors can be implemented for extremely stringent
requirements in a power range of 0.2 kW (0.3 HP) to 118 kW
Models (158 HP).
• Synchronous servo motors
• Asynchronous servo motors These motors are available as externally ventilated, water-
cooled, or natural cooled motors with IP64 to IP68 degree of pro-
Main features tection. Their many options make them the optimal solution for
• Compact design many high-end applications.
• High power density and overload capacity
• High maximum rotational speed 1FS6 Servo Motors – Explosion-Protected Design
• Integrated encoder system 1FS6 servo motors are designed for use in Zone 1 hazardous
• High dynamic response due to low rotor inertia torque areas. These motors comply with EEx de IIC T3 type of protection.
• Excellent smooth running characteristics 1FW3 Torque Motors
• Robust, virtually maintenance-free construction With their high torque at low rotational speeds, the 1FW3 com-
Synchronous servo motors plete torque motors are designed to be direct drives. Due to an
Special features of synchronous servo motors include: integrated water-cooling system, these motors have a very com-
• High overload capacity pact design.
• High dynamic response
• High static torque 1PH7, 1PL6, 1PH4 asynchronous servo motors
1FK7 Servo Motors These compact asynchronous motors supplement the synchro-
1FK7 servo motors cover the lower power range 0.4 kW (0.5 HP) nous servo motors for applications in the upper power range up
to 8.2 kW (11 HP), and their optimized design makes them the to 630 kW (845 HP).
most economical solution for many applications. Models:
Special features of 1FK7 servo motors include: • 1PH7 externally ventilated motors with IP55 degree of protec-
• Extremely high dynamic response (1FK7 HD, High Dynamic) tion
• Compact design (1FK7 CT, Compact) • 1PH4 water-cooled motors with IP65 degree of protection
• Expanded power range and options • Externally ventilated and enclosed-ventilated 1PL6 motors with
IP23 degree of protection.
The new 1FK7 servo gear motors with directly
built-on spur gearing, flat gearing, bevel gearing, and These motors permit the full rated torque in
worm gearing are supplied as a complete unit. the entire constant flux range.
They are equipped with the relevant
options according to the
requirements:
• Encoders (HTL incremental
encoders, resolvers, sin/cos
incremental encoders 1 Vpp,
or absolute value encoders)
• Holding brake
Planetary gearing can be
built onto all servo motors
as required.
Optionally, these motors
can be harmonized with
SIMOVERT®
MASTERDRIVES
converters to create
high-performance
drives systems
(see also catalogs
DA 65.10 and
DA 65.11).
PROFIBUS-DP
A DA65-5440c
MICROMASTER
Standard AC drives DC drives AC drives with Servo drives with Servo drives SIMODRIVE
Vector Control Motion Control POSMO A
A DA65-5775a
load cycle of the drive application
t
must be known.
Step
1
Specifying the degree of protection:
IP23; IP55; IP64; IP65; IP67; IP68 For details, see Part 1
Step
2
Specifying the supply voltage:
380 to 400 V; 460 to 480 V
Step
3
Specifying the type of construction: For details, see Part 7
IM B3 (foot-mounting); IM B5 (flange-mounting); IM B35 (foot/flange-mounting)
Step
4
Specifying the maximum torque from the load-cycle profile
Step
5
Specifying the average (rms) torque
Step
6
Specifying the motor type needed (synchronous/asynchronous servo motor):
1FK7; 1FT6; 1FS6; 1FW3; 1PH7; 1PL6; 1PH4 See Overview in Part 1
Step
7
Step
7 Selecting the motor from the corresponding data page (Part 2 or 3)
which satisfies the following criteria:
Synchronous servomotor: Asynchronous servomotor:
nmax £ 1.1 · nrated nmax must not be exceeded
Mrms £ Mrated Mrms £ Mrated
The load points (n, P) must be at least
30% below the stalling limit curve.
Step
8 Specifying the encoder system needed: For details, see Part 4
Incremental encoder HTL; resolver; sin/cos incremental encoder 1 Vpp;
absolute-value encoder
Step
9 Complete motor order number with all the necessary options:
1FK7; 1FT6; 1FS6; 1FW3; 1PH7; 1PL6; 1PH4 For details, see Part 2 or 3
Order No. for motor: 1FK7 @@@-@@@@@-@@@@
1FT6 @@@-@@@@@-@@@@
1FS6 @@@-@@@@@-@@@@
1FW3 @@@-@@@@@-@@@@
1PH7 @@@-@@@@@-@@@@
1PL6 @@@-@@@@@-@@@@
1PH4 @@@-@@@@@-Option + plain text
Step
10 Specifying the length and cross-section of the prefabricated power
cable needed or specifying the plug size for customer fitting:
For details and order number structure, see Part 5
Step
11 Specifying the prefabricated encoder cable needed or
specifying the plug size for customer fitting:
Incremental encoder HTL; resolver; sin/cos incremental encoder 1 Vpp;
absolute-value encoder
For details and order number structure, see Part 5
in the case of standard overload 1)
Step
12 Selecting the converter/inverter for the selected motor in the selection
and ordering data on the basis of the standard overload conditions:
The selection of converters/inverters in this catalog is based on the respective
motor stall current or rated motor current.
For 1FK7, 1FT6, 1FS6 and 1FW3 see Part 2;
in the case of high overload 2) For 1PH7, 1PL6 and 1PH4 see Part 3.
Step
13 If higher overload times and overload components are necessary,
see Catalogs DA 65.11 (SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control),
DA 65.10 (SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Vector Control) or Configuring
with PFAD Plus.
Motor types Designation/Method of functioning Degree of Cooling Shaft height Power range Rated torque Selection and ordering
protection data on pages
1FK7 CT Compact servomotor IP64 Natural cooling 28 to 100 0.4 kW 8.2 kW 0.6 to 37 Nm 2/4
(Compact) Frameless permanent- (IP65 0.5 HP 11 HP 5.3 to 327 lb¦-in
magnet synchronous motor optional)
1FK7 HD High Dynamic servomotor Natural cooling 36 to 80 0.6 kW 3.1 kW 0.9 to 12 Nm 2/6
(High Dynamic) with extremely low rotor 0.8 HP 4.2 HP 8 to 106 lb¦-in
moment of inertia
1FT6 Servomotor – High Performance IP64 Natural cooling 28 to 132 0.2 kW 15.5 kW 0.3 to 88 Nm 2/10 to 2/21
Permanent-magnet (IP65, IP67, 0.25 HP 20.7 HP 2.7 to 780 lb¦-in
synchronous motor IP68 optional) Forced ventilation 80 to 160 6.9 kW 89 kW 17 to 540 Nm 2/22 to 2/31
9.2 HP 119 HP 150 to 4780 lb¦-in
Water cooling 63 to 160 3.2 kW 118 kW 10 to 690 Nm 2/28 to 2/33
4.3 HP 158 HP 89 to 6107 lb¦-in
1FS6 Servomotor – explosion-proof IP64 Natural cooling 71 to 132 1.2 kW 12.4 kW 1.9 to 68 Nm 2/36 and 2/37
Permanent-magnet synchronous motor (IP65 1.6 HP 16.6 HP 16.8 to 602 lb¦-in
with EEx de II C T3 explosion protection optional)
1FW3 Torque motor IP54 Water cooling 200 8.0 kW 146 kW 300 to 7000 Nm 2/40 and 2/41
Liquid-cooled permanent-magnet 280 10.7 HP 195.7 HP 221 to 5163 lb¦-ft
synchronous motor
1PH7 Asynchronous servomotor IP55 Forced ventilation 100 to 280 3.7 kW 385 kW 22 to 2480 Nm 3/4 to 3/41
Frameless three-phase Surface cooling 5 HP 516 HP 16 to 1829 lb¦-ft
squirrel-cage motor
1PL6 Asynchronous servomotor IP23 Forced ventilation 180 to 280 20.5 kW 630 kW 370 to 3600 Nm 3/46 to 3/67
Frameless three-phase Axial ventilation 27.5 HP 844 HP 273 to 2655 lb¦-ft
squirrel-cage motor
1PH4 Asynchronous servomotor IP65 Water cooling 100 to 160 7.5 kW 65 kW 45 to 333 Nm 3/72 to 3/75
Liquid-cooled three-phase 10 HP 87 HP 35 to 246 lb¦-ft
squirrel-cage motor
Motor types Designation/Method of functioning Degree of Cooling Shaft height Power range Rated torque Selection and ordering
protection data on pages
1FK7 CT Compact servomotor IP64 Natural cooling 28 to 100 0.4 kW 8.2 kW 0.6 to 37 Nm 2/4
(Compact) Frameless permanent- (IP65 0.5 HP 11 HP 5.3 to 327 lb¦-in
magnet synchronous motor optional)
1FK7 HD High Dynamic servomotor Natural cooling 36 to 80 0.6 kW 3.1 kW 0.9 to 12 Nm 2/6
(High Dynamic) with extremely low rotor 0.8 HP 4.2 HP 8 to 106 lb¦-in
moment of inertia
1FT6 Servomotor – High Performance IP64 Natural cooling 28 to 132 0.2 kW 15.5 kW 0.3 to 88 Nm 2/10 to 2/21
Permanent-magnet (IP65, IP67, 0.25 HP 20.7 HP 2.7 to 780 lb¦-in
synchronous motor IP68 optional) Forced ventilation 80 to 160 6.9 kW 89 kW 17 to 540 Nm 2/22 to 2/31
9.2 HP 119 HP 150 to 4780 lb¦-in
Water cooling 63 to 160 3.2 kW 118 kW 10 to 690 Nm 2/28 to 2/33
4.3 HP 158 HP 89 to 6107 lb¦-in
1FS6 Servomotor – explosion-proof IP64 Natural cooling 71 to 132 1.2 kW 12.4 kW 1.9 to 68 Nm 2/36 and 2/37
Permanent-magnet synchronous motor (IP65 1.6 HP 16.6 HP 16.8 to 602 lb¦-in
with EEx de II C T3 explosion protection optional)
1FW3 Torque motor IP54 Water cooling 200 8.0 kW 146 kW 300 to 7000 Nm 2/40 and 2/41
Liquid-cooled permanent-magnet 280 10.7 HP 195.7 HP 221 to 5163 lb¦-ft
synchronous motor
1PH7 Asynchronous servomotor IP55 Forced ventilation 100 to 280 3.7 kW 385 kW 22 to 2480 Nm 3/4 to 3/41
Frameless three-phase Surface cooling 5 HP 516 HP 16 to 1829 lb¦-ft
squirrel-cage motor
1PL6 Asynchronous servomotor IP23 Forced ventilation 180 to 280 20.5 kW 630 kW 370 to 3600 Nm 3/46 to 3/67
Frameless three-phase Axial ventilation 27.5 HP 844 HP 273 to 2655 lb¦-ft
squirrel-cage motor
1PH4 Asynchronous servomotor IP65 Water cooling 100 to 160 7.5 kW 65 kW 45 to 333 Nm 3/72 to 3/75
Liquid-cooled three-phase 10 HP 87 HP 35 to 246 lb¦-ft
squirrel-cage motor
General Specifications for Rotating Electrical Machines DIN VDE 0530 Part 1 EN 60034-1 IEC 60034-1
Terminal Markings and Direction of Rotation for Electrical Machines DIN VDE 0530 Part 8 EN 60034-8 IEC 60034-8
Types of Construction of Rotating Electrical Machines DIN VDE 0530 Part 7 EN 60034-7 IEC 60034-7
Methods of Cooling for Rotating Electrical Machines DIN VDE 0530 Part 6 EN 60034-6 IEC 60034-6
Degrees of Protection of Rotating Electrical Machines DIN VDE 0530 Part 5 EN 60034-5 IEC 60034-5
Vibration Severity of Rotating Electrical Machines DIN VDE 0530 Part 14 EN 60034-14 IEC 60034-14
Noise Limits of Rotating Electrical Machines DIN VDE 0530 Part 9 EN 60034-9 IEC 60034-9
Cylindrical Shaft Ends for Electrical Machines DIN 748 Part 3 – IEC 60072
■ Most Common Degrees of Protection for AC Motors in Accordance with IEC 60034-5
Taking into account the operating and environmental conditions,
Primarily, these motors are supplied with the following degrees of
an appropriate degree of protection is selected to prevent the protection:
following occurrences:
Motor Degree 1st Number 2nd Number
• Ingress of water, dust and foreign objects of Protection Protection Water Protection
Protec- against against For-
• Contact with the rotating parts inside a motor tion Contact eign Objects
• Contact with energized parts
Inter- IP23 Protected Protected Protected against
The degrees of protection for electrical machines are indicated nally against against spraying water
by a code composed of two letters, two numbers, and an addi- cooled finger medium-sized when tilted up to
tional letter, if required. contact foreign 60 °C
objects
IP (International Protection) greater than
These letters stand for the degree of protection against contact 12 mm
and ingress of foreign objects and water (0.47 in) Ø
Surface IP54 Fully Protected Splashing water from
0 to 6 cooled protected against all directions
The first number stands for the degree of protection against con- against harmful dust
tact and ingress of foreign objects IP55 contact deposits Water jets from
all directions
0 to 8
IP64 Fully Protected Splashing water from
The second number stands for the degree of protection against protected against all directions
ingress of water (not including oil insulation) against dust
IP65 1) contact penetration Water jets from
W, S and M all directions
Additional letters stand for special types of protection
IP67 1) Motor is protected
against effects of
immersion for
specific time and
pressure
IP68 1) Motor is suited for
continuous submer-
sion under condi-
tions described by
the manufacturer
1) In accordance with DIN VDE 0530 Part 5 and EN 60034 Part 5, for
rotating electrical machines, there are only five degrees of protection
for the first number and eight degrees of protection for the second
number. However, IP6 is contained within DIN 40 050, which applies
for electrical equipment in general.
■ Radial Eccentricity Tolerance, Shaft and Flange Accuracy (Concentricity and Axial Eccentricity) in Accordance with IEC 60072
Radial eccentricity tolerance of the shaft to the housing axis Concentricity and axial eccentricity tolerance of the flange
(with reference to the cylindrical shaft ends) surface to the shaft axis (with reference to the centering diam-
eter of the mounting flange)
Shaft height Standard N Option R Shaft height Standard N Option R
mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in)
28, 36 0.035 (0.0014) 0.018 (0.0007) 28, 36, 48 0.08 (0.0031) 0.04 (0.0016)
48, 63, 71 0.04 (0.0016) 0.021 (0.0008) 63, 71, 80, 100 0.1 (0.004) 0.05 (0.002)
80, 100, 132 0.05 (0.002) 0.025 (0.001) 132, 160, 180, 225 0.125 (0.0049) 0.063 (0.0025)
160, 180, 225 0.06 (0.0023) 0.03 (0.0012) 280 0.16 (0.0063) 0.08 (0.0031)
280 0.07 (0.0028) 0.035 (0.0014)
M o to r s h a ft T e s t: c o n c e n tr ic ity
G _ D A 6 5 _ E N _ 0 0 0 6 3 1 0 m m
( 0 .4 in )
D ia l g a u g e
M o to r
D ia l g a u g e
M o to r s h a ft
L /2 M o to r s h a ft
1 0 m m
L ( 0 .4 in )
D ia l g a u g e
T e s t: r a d ia l e c c e n tr ic ity M o to r
M o to r
T e s t: a x ia l e c c e n tr ic ity
G _ D A 6 5 _ E N _ 0 0 0 6 4 b
P e r m is s ib le v ib r a tio n r a te P e r m is s ib le v ib r a tio n r a te
e f [m m /s ] S ta g e N 3 .5 e ff [ m m / s ] 4 .0
4 S ta g e R
S ta g e R 3 .2 3 .2
3 .5
3 .0 S ta g e S 3 .0 S ta g e N
3 (S H 2 8 0 )
2 .8
3 .0
3 2 .8
2 .4 S ta g e R
2 .2 5 2 .2 5 (S H 2 8 0 ) 2 .5
S ta g e S
2 .2 5
2 1 .8 7 S ta g e S R 1 .8 5
1 .8 1 .8
2 1 .8 7 1 .8 7 S ta g e S R
1 .8 1 .8
1 .5
1 .4
1 .1 8 1 .4
1 .1 2 1 .1 2 1 .1 8
1 .1 2 1 .1 2
G _ D A 6 5 _ E N _ 0 0 0 6 6 a
1 0 .8 9
G _ D A 6 5 _ E N _ 0 0 0 6 5
0 .7 5 1 0 .8 9
0 .7 1 0 .7 1 0 .7 1 0 .7 1
0 .5 6
0 .4 5 0 .4 5 0 .4 5
0 .2 8
2 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 2 0 0 0 1 4 0 0 0 1 6 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 7 0 0 0 8 0 0 0
[rp m ] [rp m ]
Vibration Severity Level Limits for Shaft Heights of 28 to 132 Vibration Severity Level Limits for Shaft Heights of 160 to 280
tB
tr = , t s = 10 min
DA65-5829
t DA65-5830 t
tB + tL
■ Nameplates
3 ~ Motor 1FK7060-5AF71-1EH0
No. YF PN18 4583 01 001
Made i# German%
3 ~ Brushles4 Servomotor
1FT6084-1AF71-3EG1 C CC
No.YF +118 9979 01 001 EN 60034
Mo 6,0 Nm Io 4,5 A nN 3000 /m"#) M 0 = 16,6/20,0 Nm 00 = 11,3˛14,0 A 60/100K
M# 4,7 Nm I# 3,7 A nma, ) 6600 /min. M N = 14,0 Nm # N = 3000 /min 9 IN = 270 ˜*
Th.CI.F Uin 253 V IP 64 IMB5 IP 65 - h.CL.F # ma, = 4700 /min
DA65- 041
ABSOLUTE-ENCODER F02 2048 S/' TY 84
Encoder F02 Brake EBD 0,8B / 24 V -- / 15 W
Rev. No. 000
C/C
DA65- 03˝
EN60034
Made in Germ˘#%
Example from the 1FK7 Series, Shaft Height 28 to 100 (Adhesive Plate) Example from the 1FT6 Series (Metal Plate)
C C
/
KTY84
TEMP - SENSOR KTY 84 - 130 ENCODER D01 2048 S/R
ENCODER H01 1024 S ˛'
CODE-NR.: 412
DA65- 033
Made in Germany
MADE IN GERMANY
Example from the 1PH7 Series, Shaft Height 100 to 160 (Adhesive Plate) Example from the 1PL6 Series, Shaft Height 180 to 280 (Metal Plate)
■ Rated Torque
The torque supplied on the shaft is indicated in Nm (lb-in or
lb-ft) in the technical selection table.
9550 5250
M rated Prated ¸ M rated Prated ¸
n rated n rated
Prated Rated output in kW Prated Rated output in HP
nrated Rated speed in rpm nrated Rated speed in rpm
Mrated Rated torque in Nm Mrated Rated torque in lb-ft
This insulation protects the winding to a large degree from the in-
fluence of harmful gases, fumes, dust, oil, and high humidity and
withstands normal vibration stresses.
■ Motor Protection
The KTY 84-130 temperature sensor is used to measure the mo-
tor temperature for motor operation on the converter.
This sensor is a semiconductor that changes resistance accord- 3 G _ A 6 _ E N _ 0 0 1 8 2
ing to a defined curve in relationship to the temperature.
R
Siemens converters measure the motor temperature by means
of the temperature sensor resistance. 2
■ Paint Finish
The following finishes are available for these motors: • Standard finish
• Unpainted (e.g. RAL 7016) e.g. 1PH4, 1PH7, 1PL6, 1FK7, 1FS6
(coated with impregnating resin) e.g. 1FK7 or 1PH7 • Special finish
(shaft height up to 160) (e.g. RAL 7016) e.g. 1FT6, 1PH7, 1PL6
• Primed All motors can be painted over with commercially available
(for corrosion control) e.g. 1PH7, 1PL6 (shaft height 180 and paint (up to 2 additional coats).
higher)
Type Paint finish Suitability for Climate Group
in Accordance with DIN IEC 60721, Part 2 – 1
Standard finish Moderate (expanded) Short-term: Up to 120 °C (248 °F)
For indoor and outdoor installation Permanent: Up to 100 °C (212 °F)
Special finish Worldwide (expanded) Short-term: Up to 140 °C (284 °F)
For outdoor installation Permanent: Up to 120 °C (248 °F)
Also: Corrosive atmospheres of up to 1% acid or base
concentration or in sheltered, permanently damp
areas
■ Overview ■ Benefits
Features of 1FK7 Compact Motors:
• Space-saving installation due to their extremely high power
density (unit volume as much as 25 % less than 1FK6)
• Mechanical compatibility with 1FK6 (shaft, flange and connec-
tor)
• Expanded power spectrum
Features of 1FK7 High Dynamic Motors:
• Extremely high dynamic response due to low rotor moment of
inertia
• Mechanical compatibility with 1FK6 (shaft, flange and connec-
tor)
• High short-term overload capacity (250 ms) Mmax = 3 · M0
(100 K)
■ Application
• Machine tools
• Robots and handling systems
• Woodworking, glass machining, ceramics, and stoneworking
• Packaging, plastics, and textile machines
• Auxiliary axes
1FK7 Synchronous Servo Motors
The 1FK7 motors are extremely compact, permanent-magnet Certain motors are available in core type versions. Com-
synchronous motors. The available options, gear units, and en- pared to the standard models, these core types have the
coders, together with the expanded product range, mean that advantage of faster shipping time and spare part delivery.
the 1FK7 motors can be optimally adapted to any application. For this reason, we recommend that you configure core
They therefore also satisfy the ever-increasing demands of state- types.
of-the-art machine generations.
Combined with the SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
drive system, 1FK7 motors form a powerful high-performance
system. The built-in encoder systems for speed and position
control can be selected specifically for the application.
These motors are designed for operation without external cool-
ing whereby generated heat is dissipated through the motor sur-
face. The 1FK7 motors have a high overload capability.
G_DA65_EN_00056a
Temperature monitoring KTY 84 temperature sensor in the
stator winding M rated
M0 (100K)
Paint finish Unpainted S1 operation
2nd rating plate Attached to end shield
3rd rating plate Supplied separately packed
n rated n (rpm)
Shaft end on the drive end in Keyless shaft
accordance with DIN 748-3
(IEC 60072-1)
Radial eccentricity, concentricity, Tolerance N (normal)
and axial eccentricity in accor-
dance with DIN 42955 Torque-speed characteristic
(IEC 60072-1)
Vibration severity in accordance Grade N (normal)
with EN 60034-14 (IEC 60034-14) ■ Options
Maximum sound pressure level in 1FK702: 55 dB (A) Code Option description 1FK7 CT 1FK7 HD
accordance with EN ISO 1680 1FK703: 55 dB (A)
1FK704: 55 dB (A) M03 Design for Zone 2 hazardous areas 7 7
1FK706: 65 dB (A) (in accordance with EN 50021/
1FK708: 70 dB (A) IEC 60079-15)
1FK710: 70 dB (A) M39 Design for Zone 22 hazardous areas 7 7
(in accordance with EN 50281/
Encoder systems, integrated • Incremental encoder sin/cos IEC 61241)
1 Vpp, 2,048 pulses/revolution
• EnDat absolute encoder, N05 Atypical shaft end 7 7
2,048 pulses/revolution for (same dimensions as in 1FT5 motors)
1FK704 to 1FK710. X01 Jet black finish RAL 9005 7 7
512 pulses/revolution for
1FK702 and 1FK703 and X02 Cream finish RAL 9001 7 7
traversing range of 4,096 rev
• EnDat simple absolute encoder, X03 Reseda green finish RAL 6011 7 7
32 pulses/revolution for 1FK704 X04 Pebble gray finish RAL 7032 7 7
to 1FK710 and traversing range
of 4,096 rev X05 Sky blue finish RAL 5015 7 7
• Multipole resolver (number of
pole pairs corresponds to num- X06 Light ivory finish RAL 1015 7 7
ber of pole pairs of motor) X08 White aluminum RAL 9006, 7 7
• Resolver, 2-pole suitable for use with food
Connection Connectors for signals and
7 Option available
power; rotatable (270°)
Options • Shaft end on the drive end with
key and keyway (half-key bal-
ancing)
• Built-in holding brake
• Degree of protection IP65, also
IP67 for drive-end flange
• Planetary gearbox (requires a
keyless motor shaft end)
• Anthracite gray finish
• Special models:
Please specify option code; refer to page 2/3. –Z
1FK7 105 – 5AC71 – 1... 20 25.5 6SE7 022 – 6TP 7 0 1.5 4 x 2.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A31 – . . . 0
20.5 6SE7 022 – 1EP 7 0
1FK7 042 – 5AF71 – 1... 2.2 4.0 6SE7 014 – 0TP 7 0 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A01 – . . . 0
3.0 6SE7 013 – 0EP 7 0
1FK7 060 – 5AF71 – 1... 4.5 6.1 6SE7 016 – 0TP 7 0 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A01 – . . . 0
5.0 6SE7 015 – 0EP 7 0
1FK7 063 – 5AF71 – 1... 8 10.2 6SE7 021 – 0TP 7 0 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A01 – . . . 0
8.0 6SE7 018 – 0EP 7 0
1FK7 080 – 5AF71 – 1... 4.8 6.1 6SE7 016 – 0TP 7 0 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A01 – . . . 0
5.0 6SE7 015 – 0EP 7 0
1FK7 083 – 5AF71 – 1... 10.4 13.2 6SE7 021 – 3TP 7 0 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A01 – . . . 0
10.0 6SE7 021 – 0EP 7 0
1FK7 100 – 5AF71 – 1... 11.2 13.2 6SE7 021 – 3TP 7 0 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A01 – . . . 0
14.0 6SE7 021 – 4EP 7 0
1FK7 101 – 5AF71 – 1... 19 25.5 6SE7 022 – 6TP 7 0 1.5 4 x 2.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A31 – . . . 0
20.5 6SE7 022 – 1EP 7 0
1FK7 103 – 5AF71 – 1... 27.5 34.0 6SE7 023 – 4TP 7 0 1.5 4 x 4.0 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A41 – . . . 0
34.0 6SE7 023 – 4EP 7 0
1FK7 105 – 5AF71 – 1... 31 34.0 6SE7 023 – 4TP 7 0 1.5 4 x 10 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A61 – . . . 0
34.0 6SE7 023 – 4EP 7 0
1FK7 060 – 5AH71 – 1... 6.2 6.1 6SE7 016 – 0TP 7 0 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A01 – . . . 0
8.0 6SE7 018 – 0EP 7 0
1FK7 063 – 5AH71 – 1... 12 13.2 6SE7 021 – 3TP 7 0 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A01– . . . 0
14.0 6SE7 021 – 4EP 7 0
1FK7 080 – 5AH71 – 1... 7.4 10.2 6SE7 021 – 0TP 7 0 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A01 – . . . 0
8.0 6SE7 018 – 0EP 7 0
1FK7 083 – 5AH71 – 1... 15 17.5 6SE7 021 – 8TP 7 0 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A01 – . . . 0
20.5 6SE7 022 – 1EP 7 0
1FK7 022 – 5AK71 – 1... 1.8 2.0 6SE7 012 – 0TP 7 0 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A01 – . . . 0
3.0 6SE7 013 – 0EP 7 0
1FK7 032 – 5AK71 – 1... 1.7 2.0 6SE7 012 – 0TP 7 0 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A01 – . . . 0
1.5 6SE7 011 – 5EP 7 0
1FK7 040 – 5AK71 – 1 2.25 4.0 6SE7 014 – 0TP 7 0 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A01 – . . . 0
3.0 6SE7 013 – 0EP 7 0
1FK7 042 – 5AK71 – 1... 4.4 6.1 6SE7 016 – 0TP 7 0 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A01 – . . . 0
5.0 6SE7 015 – 0EP 7 0
For information about length codes and signal cables, see “MOTION-CONNECT Connection System”, Part 5.
1) If the absolute encoder is used, Mrated is reduced by 10%. 7) Rated power/current refers to n = 5000 rpm.
2) Not available with 1FK702 and 1FK703 8) The current carrying capacity of the power cables corresponds to
3) Only available with 1FK702 and 1FK703 IEC 60204-1 for Routing Type C under continuous duty conditions at
an ambient air temperature of +40 °C (+104 °F), designed for I0
4) Rated power/current refers to n = 2500 rpm.
(100 K) PVC/PUR insulated cable.
5) Rated power/current refers to n = 4000 rpm.
6) Rated power/current refers to n = 3500 rpm.
• Special models:
Please specify option code; refer to page 2/3. –Z
1FK7 044 – 7AF71 – 1... 4.5 6.1 6SE7 016 – 0TP 7 0 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A01 – . . . 0
5.0 6SE7 015 – 0EP 7 0
1FK7 061 – 7AF71 – 1... 6.1 6.1 6SE7 016 – 0TP 7 0 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A01 – . . . 0
8.0 6SE7 018 – 0EP 7 0
1FK7 064 – 7AF71 – 1... 11 13.2 6SE7 021 – 3TP 7 0 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A01 – . . . 0
14 6SE7 021 – 4EP 7 0
1FK7 082 – 7AF71 – 1... 10.6 13.2 6SE7 021 – 3TP 7 0 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A01 – . . . 0
14 6SE7 021 – 4EP 7 0
1FK7 085 – 7AF71 – 1... 22.5 25.5 6SE7 022 – 6TP 7 0 1.5 4x4 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A41 – . . . 0
27 6SE7 022 – 7EP 7 0
1FK7 043 – 7AH71 – 1... 4.5 6.1 6SE7 016 – 0TP 7 0 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A01 – . . . 0
5.0 6SE7 015 – 0EP 7 0
1FK7 044 – 7AH71 – 1... 6.3 10.2 6SE7 021 – 0TP 7 0 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A01 – . . . 0
8.0 6SE7 018 – 0EP 7 0
1FK7 061 – 7AH71 – 1... 8 10.2 6SE7 021 – 0TP 7 0 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A01 – . . . 0
8.0 6SE7 018 – 0EP 7 0
1FK7 064 – 7AH71 – 1... 15 17.5 6SE7 021 – 8TP 7 0 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A01– . . . 0
20.5 6SE7 022 – 1EP 7 0
1FK7 033 – 7AK71 – 1... 2.2 4.0 6SE7 014 – 0TP 7 0 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A01 – . . . 0
3.0 6SE7 013 – 0EP 7 0
1FK7 043 – 7AK71 – 1... 6.4 10.2 6SE7 021 – 0TP 7 0 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A01 – . . . 0
8.0 6SE7 018 – 0EP 7 0
For information about length codes and signal cables, see “MOTION-CONNECT Connection System”, Part 5.
1) If the absolute encoder is used, Mrated is reduced by 10%. 5) The current carrying capacity of the power cables corresponds to
2) Rated power/current refers to n = 2500 rpm. IEC 60204-1 for Routing Type C under continuous duty conditions at
an ambient air temperature of +40 °C (+104 °F), designed for I0
3) Not available with1FK703
(100 K) PVC/PUR insulated cable.
4) Only available with1FK703
■ Overview ■ Benefits
• Optimum surface quality of workpiece due to high rotational
accuracy (sinusoidal current injection)
• Short non-productive times due to high dynamic performance
• Power and signal connections for use in severely contaminated
areas
• High resistance to lateral force
• Large thermal reserves for continuous load and overload
• High short-term overload capacity (250 ms)
• High level of efficiency
• Very good dynamic response of drive due to low rotor moment
of inertia
• Low torque ripple 1% (mean value)
• High degree of protection
■ Application
• High-performance machine tools
• Machines with stringent requirements in terms of dynamic
response, precision, and flexibility, e.g., packaging machines,
rack feeders, conveyor machines, handling devices, and print-
ing machines.
1FT6 motors are permanent-magnet synchronous motors with Certain motors are available in core type versions. Com-
compact dimensions. pared to the standard models, these core types have the
1FT6 motors with an integrated encoder can be operated on the advantage of faster shipping time and spare part delivery.
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control operating system. For this reason, we recommend that you configure core
types.
The fully digital control system of the SIMOVERT MASTER-
DRIVES Motion Control drive system and the encoder technol-
ogy of the 1FT6 motors fulfill the highest demands in terms of
dynamic performance, speed setting range, and rotational and
positioning accuracy.
1FT6 motors are available as natural cooled, separately cooled,
or water-cooled to match the cooling method used. With the nat-
ural cooling method, heat loss is dissipated through the surface,
whereas with the forced ventilation method, heat loss is forced
out by means of built-on fans. The water cooling method is used
to achieve the highest output and fulfill the highest degrees of
protection.
G_DA65_EN_00056a
(Big Servo)
Degrees of protection in accor- IP64 standard model M rated
M0 (100K)
dance with EN 60034-5 IP65 core type S1 operation
(IEC 60034-5)
Cooling Natural cooling, forced ventilation,
water cooling
n rated n (rpm)
Temperature monitoring KTY 84 temperature sensor in
stator winding
Paint finish Anthracite gray
2nd rating plate Supplied separately packed
Shaft end on the drive end Keyless shaft Torque-speed characteristic
in accordance with DIN 748-3
(IEC 60072-1)
Rotational accuracy, concentricity, Tolerance N (normal)
■ Options
and axial eccentricity in accor- Code Option description 1FT6
dance with DIN 42955 Natural Forced Water
(IEC 60072-1) cooling ventilation cooling
Vibration severity in accordance Grade N (normal) K09 Terminal box on right-hand side – 7 7
with EN 60034-14 (IEC 60034-14) (SH 160) (SH 132
Max. sound pressure level and 160)
in accordance with EN ISO 1680 K10 Terminal box on left-hand side – 7 7
Natural cooling 1FT602 to 1FT613: 72 dB (A) (SH 160) (SH 132
and 160)
Forced ventilation 1FT6100 to 1FT616: 74 dB (A)
L68 Full key balancing – 7 7
Water cooling 70 dB (A) (SH 132 (SH 132
and 160) and 160)
Encoder system, integrated • Incremental encoder sin/cos
1 Vpp, 2,048 pulses/revolution M03 Design for Zone 2 hazardous areas 7 – 7
• Absolute encoder EnDat, (in accordance with EN 50021/ (up to SH (SH 63
2,048 pulses/revolution for IEC 60079-15) 100) to 100)
1FT603 to 1FT616.,
512 pulses/revolution for 1FT602 M39 Design for Zone 22 hazardous 7 – –
and traversing range of 4,096 areas (in accordance with (up to SH
revolutions EN 50281/IEC 61241) 100)
• Resolver, multipole N05 Atypical shaft end 7 – –
• Resolver, 2-pole (same dimensions as in 1FT5)
Connection • Connectors for signals and N40 Food industry design 7 – –
power (SH 63
• Terminal box for power connec- to 100)
tion optional for 1FT610. to 1FT16.
X01 Jet black finish 7 7 7
Options • Shaft end on the drive end with RAL 9005
featherkey and featherkey way
(half-key balancing) X02 Cream finish 7 7 7
• Built-in holding brake RAL 9001
• Degree of protection IP67, IP68 X03 Reseda green finish 7 7 7
M5 sealing air connection (ex- RAL 6011
cept for forced ventilation)
• Planetary gear units, built-on X04 Pebble gray finish 7 7 7
(requirement: keyless motor shaft RAL 7032
end and vibration severity grade X05 Sky blue finish 7 7 7
N) RAL 5015
X06 Light ivory finish 7 7 7
RAL 1015
7 Option available
– Not available
1FT6 102 – 1AC71 – .... 12.1 13.2 6SE7 021 – 3T P 7 0 1.5 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A21 – . . . 0
14 6SE7 021 – 4E P 7 0
1FT6 105 – 1AC71 – .... 21.4 25.5 6SE7 022 – 6T P 7 0 1.5 4x4 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A41 – . . . 0
27 6SE7 022 – 7E P 7 0
1FT6 044 – 1AF71 – .... 3 4 6SE7 014 – 0T P 7 0 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A01 – . . . 0
3 6SE7 013 – 0E P 7 0
1FT6 062 – 1AF71 – .... 4.1 4 6SE7 014 – 0T P 7 0 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A01 – . . . 0
5 6SE7 015 – 0E P 7 0
1FT6 064 – 1AF71 – .... 6.1 6.1 6SE7 016 – 0T P 7 0 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A01 – . . . 0
8 6SE7 018 – 0T P 7 0
1FT6 082 – 1AF71 – .... 9.6 10.2 6SE7 021 – 0T P 7 0 1.5 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A21 – . . . 0
10 6SE7 021 – 0E P 7 0
1FT6 084 – 1AF71 – .... 13.2 17.5 6SE7 021 – 8T P 7 0 1.5 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A21 – . . . 0
14 6SE7 021 – 4E P 7 0
1FT6 086 – 1AF71 – .... 16.4 17.5 6SE7 021 – 8T P 7 0 1.5 4 x 2.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A31 – . . . 0
20.5 6SE7 022 – 1E P 7 0
1FT6 062 – 1AH71 – .... 5.7 6.1 6SE7 016 – 0T P 7 0 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A01 – . . . 0
8 6SE7 018 – 0E P 7 0
1FT6 064 – 1AH71 – .... 9.0 10.2 6SE7 021 – 0T P 7 0 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A01 – . . . 0
10 6SE7 021 – 0E P 7 0
1FT6 084 – 1AH71 – .... 19.8 25.5 6SE7 022 – 6T P 7 0 1.5 4x4 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A41 – . . . 0
20.5 6SE7 022 – 1E P 7 0
1FT6 086 – 1AH71 – .... 23.3 25.5 6SE7 022 – 6T P 7 0 1.5 4x4 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A41– . . . 0
27 6SE7 022 – 7E P 7 0
1FT6 034 – 1AK71 – .... 2.6 4 6SE7 014 – 0T P 7 0 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A01 – . . . 0
3 6SE7 013 – 0E P 7 0
1FT6 084 – 1AK71 – .... 24.1 25.5 6SE7 022 – 6T P 7 0 1.5 4x4 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A41 – . . . 0
27 6SE7 022 – 7E P 7 0
• Compact PLUS P
For information about length codes and signal cables, see “MOTION-CONNECT Connection System”, Part 5.
1) If the absolute encoder is used, Mrated is reduced by 10%. 2) The current carrying capacity of the power cables corresponds to
IEC 60204-1 for Routing Type C under continuous duty conditions at
an ambient air temperature of +40 °C (+104 °F), designed for I0
(100 K) PVC/PUR insulated cable.
• Construction type: IM B5 1
IM B14 2) (not for 1FT613) 2
• Special models:
Please specify option code; refer to page 2/9. –Z
1FT6 102 – 8AB7 . – .... 8.7 10.2 6SE7 021 – 0 T P 7 0 1.5 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A21 – . . . 0
10 6SE7 021 – 0 E P 7 0
1FT6 105 – 8AB7 . – .... 16.0 17.5 6SE7 021 – 8 T P 7 0 1.5 4 x 2.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A31 – . . . 0
20.5 6SE7 022 – 1 E P 7 0
1FT6 108 – 8AB7 . – .... 22.3 25.5 6SE7 022 – 6 T P 7 0 1.5 4x4 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A41 – . . . 0
27 6SE7 022 – 7 E P 7 0
1FT6 132 – 6AB71 – .... 21.6 25.5 6SE7 022 – 6 T P 7 0 1.5 4x4 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A41 – . . . 0
27 6SE7 022 – 7 E P 7 0
1FT6 134 – 6AB71 – .... 27 34 6SE7 023 – 4 T P 7 0 1.5 4x4 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A41 – . . . 0
27 6SE7 022 – 7 E P 7 0
1FT6 136 – 6AB71 – .... 34 34 6SE7 023 – 4 T P 7 0 1.5 4x6 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A51 – . . . 0
34 6SE7 023 – 4 E P 7 0
• Converter E
• Inverter T
• Compact PLUS P
For information about length codes and signal cables, see “MOTION-CONNECT Connection System”, Part 5.
1) If the absolute encoder is used, Mrated is reduced by 10%. 3) The current carrying capacity of the power cables corresponds to
2) Same flange as IM B5, but with a helicoil in the four mounting holes. IEC 60204-1 for Routing Type C under continuous duty conditions at
an ambient air temperature of +40 °C (+104 °F), designed for I0
(100 K) PVC/PUR insulated cable.
For information about length codes and signal cables, see “MOTION-CONNECT Connection System”, Part 5.
1) If the absolute encoder is used, Mrated is reduced by 10%. 3) The current carrying capacity of the power cables corresponds to
2) Same flange as IM B5, but with a helicoil in the four mounting holes. IEC 60204-1 for Routing Type C under continuous duty conditions at
an ambient air temperature of +40 °C (+104 °F), designed for I0
(100 K) PVC/PUR insulated cable.
For information about length codes and signal cables, see “MOTION-CONNECT Connection System”, Part 5.
1) If the absolute encoder is used, Mrated is reduced by 10%. 3) The current carrying capacity of the power cables corresponds to
2) Same flange as IM B5, but with a metric helicoil in the four mounting IEC 60204-1 for Routing Type C under continuous duty conditions at
holes. an ambient air temperature of +40 °C (+104 °F), designed for I0
(100 K) PVC/PUR insulated cable.
• Construction type: IM B5 1
IM B14 2) 2
• Special models:
Please specify option code; refer to page 2/9. –Z
1FT6 061 – 6AH7 . – .... 4 6.1 6SE7 016 – 0 T P 7 0 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A01 – . . . 0
5 6SE7 015 – 0 E P 7 0
1FT6 062 – 6AH7 . – .... 5.7 6.1 6SE7 016 – 0 T P 7 0 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A01 – . . . 0
8 6SE7 018 – 0 E P 7 0
1FT6 064 – 6AH7 . – .... 9 10.2 6SE7 021 – 0 T P 7 0 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A01 – . . . 0
10 6SE7 021 – 0 E P 7 0
1FT6 081 – 8AH7 . – .... 8.6 10.2 6SE7 021 – 0 T P 7 0 1.5 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A21 – . . . 0
10 6SE7 021 – 0 E P 7 0
1FT6 082 – 8AH7 . – .... 14.8 17.5 6SE7 021 – 8 T P 7 0 1.5 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A21 – . . . 0
20.5 6SE7 022 – 1 E P 7 0
1FT6 084 – 8AH7 . – .... 19.8 25.5 6SE7 022 – 6 T P 7 0 1.5 4x4 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A41 – . . . 0
20.5 6SE7 022 – 1 E P 7 0
1FT6 086 – 8AH7 . – .... 23.3 25.5 6SE7 022 – 6 T P 7 0 1.5 4x4 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A41 – . . . 0
27 6SE7 022 – 7 E P 7 0
1FT6 102 – 8AH7 . – .... 24.1 25.5 6SE7 022 – 6 T P 7 1 1.5 4x4 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A41 – . . . 0
27 6SE7 022 – 7 E P 7 1
• Converter E
• Inverter T
• Compact PLUS P
For information about length codes and signal cables, see “MOTION-CONNECT Connection System”, Part 5.
1) If the absolute encoder is used, Mrated is reduced by 10%. 3) The current carrying capacity of the power cables corresponds to
2) Same flange as IM B5, but with a metric helicoil in the four mounting IEC 60204-1 for Routing Type C under continuous duty conditions at
holes. an ambient air temperature of +40 °C (+104 °F), designed for I0
(100 K) PVC/PUR insulated cable.
6000 28 0.19 0.3 1.1 0.4 1FT6 021 – 6AK7 1 – 7 7 7 7 3 0.21 1.2
(0.25) (2.7) (3.5) (0.0002) (2.6)
0.31 0.5 0.9 0.8 1FT6 024 – 6AK7 1 – 7 7 7 7 3 0.34 2.1
(0.42) (4.4) (7.1) (0.0003) (4.6)
36 0.47 0.75 1.2 1 1FT6 031 – 4AK7 1 – 7 7 7 7 2 0.65 3.1
(0.63) (6.6) (8.8) (0.0006) (6.8)
0.88 1.4 2.1 2 1FT6 034 – 4AK7 1 – 7 7 7 7 2 1.1 4.4
(1.18) (12.4) (17.7) (0.0010) (9.7)
48 1.1 1.7 2.4 2.6 1FT6 041 – 4AK7 1 – 7 7 7 7 2 2.9 6.6
(1.47) (15) (23) (0.0025) (14.6)
1.9 3 4.1 5 1FT6 044 – 4AK7 1 – 7 7 7 7 2 5.1 8.3
(2.55) (26.6) (44.3) (0.0045) (18.3)
63 1.3 2.1 3.1 4 1FT6 061 – 6AK7 7 – 7 7 7 7 3 6 8
(1.74) (18.6) (35.4) (0.0053) (17.6)
1.3 2.1 3.2 6 1FT6 062 – 6AK7 7 – 7 7 7 7 3 8.5 9.5
(1.74) (18.6) (53.1) (0.0075) (20.9)
1.3 2.1 3.5 9.5 1FT6 064 – 6AK7 7 – 7 7 7 7 3 13 12.5
(1.74) (18.6) (84.1) (0.0115) (27.6)
80 2.9 4.6 7.7 8 1FT6 081 – 8AK7 7 – 7 7 7 7 4 21 12.5
(3.89) (40.7) (70.8) (0.0186) (27.6)
3.5 5.5 9.1 13 1FT6 082 – 8AK7 7 – 7 7 7 7 4 30 15
(4.69) (48.7) (115.1) (0.0266) (33.1)
4.1 6.5 9.2 20 1FT6 084 – 8AK7 7 – 7 7 7 7 4 48 20.5
(15.55) (57.5) (177) (0.0425) (45.2)
• Construction type: IM B5 1
IM B14 2) (not for 1FT602, 1FT603, 1FT604) 2
• Special models:
Please specify option code; refer to page 2/9. –Z
1FT6 021 – 6AK71 – .... 1.25 2 6SE7 012 – 0 T P 7 0 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A01 – . . . 0
1.5 6SE7 011 – 5 E P 7 0
1FT6 024 – 6AK71 – .... 1.25 2 6SE7 012 – 0 T P 7 0 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A01 – . . . 0
1.5 6SE7 011 – 5 E P 7 0
1FT6 031 – 4AK71 – .... 1.4 2 6SE7 012 – 0 T P 7 0 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A01 – . . . 0
1.5 6SE7 011 – 5 E P 7 0
1FT6 034 – 4AK71 – .... 2.6 4 6SE7 014 – 0 T P 7 0 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A01 – . . . 0
3 6SE7 013 – 0 E P 7 0
1FT6 041 – 4AK71 – .... 3 4 6SE7 014 – 0 T P 7 0 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A01 – . . . 0
3 6SE7 013 – 0 E P 7 0
1FT6 044 – 4AK71 – .... 5.9 6.1 6SE7 016 – 0 T P 7 0 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A01 – . . . 0
8 6SE7 018 – 0 E P 7 0
1FT6 061 – 6AK7 . – .... 5 6.1 6SE7 016 – 0 T P 7 0 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A01 – . . . 0
5 6SE7 015 – 0 E P 7 0
1FT6 062 – 6AK7 . – .... 7.6 10.2 6SE7 021 – 0 T P 7 0 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A01 – . . . 0
8 6SE7 018 – 0 E P 7 0
1FT6 064 – 6AK7 . – .... 12 13.2 6SE7 021 – 3 T P 7 0 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A01 – . . . 0
14 6SE7 021 – 4 E P 7 0
1FT6 081 – 8AK7 . – .... 11.1 13.2 6SE7 021 – 3 T P 7 1 1.5 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A21 – . . . 0
14 6SE7 021 – 4 E P 7 1
1FT6 082 – 8AK7 . – .... 17.3 17.5 6SE7 021 – 8 T P 7 0 1.5 4 x 2.5 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A31 – . . . 0
20.5 6SE7 022 – 1 E P 7 0
1FT6 084 – 8AK7 . – .... 24.1 25.5 6SE7 022 – 6 T P 7 0 1.5 4x4 6FX 7 002 – 5 7 A41 – . . . 0
27 6SE7 022 – 7 E P 7 0
• Converter E
• Inverter T
• Compact PLUS P
For information about length codes and signal cables, see “MOTION-CONNECT Connection System”, Part 5.
1) If the absolute encoder is used, Mrated is reduced by 10%. 4) Only available for 1FT602
2) Same flange as IM B5, but with a metric helicoil in the four mounting 5) The current carrying capacity of the power cables corresponds to
holes. IEC 60204-1 for Routing Type C under continuous duty conditions at
3) Not available for 1FT602 an ambient air temperature of +40 °C (+104 °F), designed for I0
(100 K) PVC/PUR insulated cable.
■ Order Number Key for 1PH7 Shaft Heights 100, 132, and 160 for Built-On Holding Brake with Emergency Stop Function
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 PH 7 . . . – . . . . . –7 K . .
Without brake 0
Brake supply voltage: 230 V AC, 50 – 60 Hz
With brake (brake supply voltage: 230 V AC, 50 – 60 Hz) 1
With brake (brake includes microswitch) 2
With brake (brake includes manual release) 3
With brake (brake includes microswitch and manual release) 4
Brake supply voltage: 24 V DC
With brake (brake supply voltage: 24 V DC) 5
With brake (brake includes microswitch) 6
With brake (brake includes manual release) 7
With brake (brake includes microswitch and manual release) 8
Models with brake are only available in the following combinations:
• Vibration severity grade N, shaft and flange accuracy N (“K” in position 14)
• Shaft end on brake module with key and half-key balancing (“A” or “B” in position 15) or keyless shaft end (“J” or “K” in position 15)
• Type IM B5 (only for sizes 100 and 132; “2” in position 12) or IM B35 (“3” in position 12; foot-mounting type IM B3 is available)
• and “0”, “3”, or “6” in position 16.
■ Order Number Key for 1PH7 Shaft Heights 180 and 225 for Built-On Holding Brake with Emergency Stop Function
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 PH 7 . . . – . . . . 0 –7 AA .
Without brake 0
With brake (brake includes microswitch and emergency release screw) 2
With brake (brake includes microswitch and manual release) 4
Models 2 and 4 are only available as construction type IM B3, i.e.:
• Only “0” in position 12
• Only “A” in position 14
• Only “A” in position 15
• Only “0”, “3”, or “6” in position 16 possible.
Customized solutions
The compact and chassis Rectifier and regenerative
units can be used in air- units can also be provided
cooled or water-cooled con- as Active Front End units.
trol cabinets and plant con-
Our sales departments,
figurations.
working with our applica-
tions workshops, will help
you to find the best solution
for your requirements.
613
Siemens DA 65.11 · 2003/2004
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Overview
Compact and Compact
chassis units PLUS units Application
PROFIBUS-DP
DA65-6050
MICROMASTER
SIMOLINK®
614
Siemens DA 65.11 · 2003/2004
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Overview
Compact Compact and
Guidelines PLUS units chassis units
3-ph. AC supply
615
Siemens DA 65.11 · 2003/2004
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Overview
Compact Compact and
Selection guidelines PLUS units chassis units
Note:
These selection guidelines are also supported Speed [rpm] n
by the PATH Plus planning tool.
t
t1 T t i-1 ti
Torque rated
ADA65-5775
t
In order to select the correct drive, the speed and
the load torque curves must be known.
Step
1 Determining the degree of protection of the motor:
IP23; IP55; IP64; IP65; IP67 For details, see Catalog DA 65.3 Section 1
Step
2 Determining the supply voltage/motor voltage:
380 V to 400 V; 460 V to 480 V
Step
3 Determining the type of construction of the motor: For details, see Catalog DA 65.3 Section 7
IM B 3 (foot mounting); IM B 5 (flange mounting); IM B 35 (foot and flange mounting)
Step
4 Determining the maximum torque tmax from the load torque curve
Step
5 Determining the average (rms) torque trms
For details, see Section 6
Step
6 Determining the type of motor needed: For allocation, see pages 4/2, 4/3
1FK ., 1FT6 synchronous servomotor or 1PH7, 1PL6, 1PH4 asynchronous servomotor
Step
7 Selection of the motor which satisfies the following criteria:
Synchronous motor: Asynchronous motor:
nmax £ nrated nmax must not be exceeded
trms £ trated trms £ trated
The load points (ni, ti) must The load points (ni, ti) must be
be below tmax, perm or below at least 30 % lower than the stalling
the voltage limit curve. torque curve.
Step
8 Determining the type of encoder system needed:
Incremental encoder TTL (only asynchronous servomotors); resolver; incremental encoder;
absolute-value encoder For details, see Catalog DA 65.3, Section 4
Step
9 Complete order number for the motor with all the options needed:
Order number for motor: 1FK6 ¨¨¨–¨¨¨¨¨–¨¨¨¨
1FK7 ¨¨¨–¨¨¨¨¨–¨¨¨¨
1FT6 ¨¨¨–¨¨¨¨¨–¨¨¨¨
1PH7 ¨¨¨–¨¨¨¨¨–¨¨¨¨
1PL6 ¨¨¨–¨¨¨¨¨–¨¨¨¨
1PH4 ¨¨¨–¨¨¨¨¨– Z
Codes
Step
10 Selection of the power cable required: see Section 3; Engineering information Section 6
Order number for power cable:
Order number for coupling:
(for non-preassembled cables)
Step
11
616
Siemens DA 65.11 · 2003/2004
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Overview
Compact and Compact
chassis units PLUS units Selection guidelines
Step
11 Selection of the encoder cable required: see Section 3; Engineering information Section 6
Order number for encoder cable:
Order number for couplings:
(for non-preassembled cables)
Step
12 Specifying the type of unit:
Converter preferred for Inverter preferred for
single-axis systems multi-axis systems
Specifying the design and the relevant type [standard or Performance 2 (P2)]:
Compact PLUS Compact and chassis units
In the case of 0.55 kW (0.75 HP) to 18.5 kW (25 HP) 2.2 kW (3 HP) to 250 kW (335 HP)
standard overload1)
Step
13 Selection of the appropriate converter/inverter:
Converter/inverter for motors 1FK . , 1FT6 see pages 4/4 to 4/12
Converter/inverter for motors 1PH7, 1PL6, 1PH4 see pages 4/12 and 4/15
and Catalog DA 65.3, Section 3
In the case of high
overload conditions Order number for converter/inverter:
Step
14 Selection of the converter/inverter which meets the overload requirements:
Irms < In conv
Imax < 1.6 x In conv [up to 160 kW (215 HP)];
Imax < 1.36 x In conv [200 kW (270 HP) to 250 kW (335 HP)]
Imax < 3.0 x In conv, 250 ms, cycle time 1 s (Compact PLUS units)
Order number for converter/inverter:
Step
15 Selection of the rectifier unit or rectifier/regenerative unit: see Section 3
(if rectifier unit or rectifier/regenerative unit is necessary)
Step
16 Determining the encoder boards: see Sections 3 and 6
SBP; SBR 1/2; SBM2
Integration of the option boards see page 6/61
Slot:
Order number/code(s):
Step
17 Is a communication board necessary?
For USS and for analog RS485/232 as standard, no option.
For PROFIBUS DP, a CBP2 is necessary. For SIMOLINK, an SLB is necessary.
Further communication options see Sections 3 and 6
Integration of the option boards see page 6/61
Slot:
Order number/code(s):
Step
18 EB1 or EB2 expansion board for additional inputs/outputs:
Description see pages 6/68 to 6/71
Integration of the option boards see page 6/61
Slot:
Order number/code(s):
Step
19 Are optional technology functions needed?
Description of technology software see page 6/87
Description of technology board (only compact and chassis units) see page 6/96
Order number for technology software:
or Order number for technology board and LBA:
Size e.g. chassis size E (P for Compact PLUS units, A to D for compact units, E to K for chassis units)
Function release
618
Siemens DA 65.11 · 2003/2004
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Compact Pe
New
rfor
man
2
PLUS units ce Converters and inverters
Basic units
Nominal Selection data Converter units Inverter units Total Dimensions For Weight Cool-
power Rated Short- Rated Line power WxHxD dimen- ing-
rating1) output time DC link current loss at sion air
current current/ current (only for 5 kHz/ draw- re-
Overload conver- 10 kHz2) ing, see quire-
current 3) ters) Sec- ment
In conv Imax. IDCrated Conv. Inv. tion 7
kW mm x mm x mm kg m3/s
(HP) A A A A Order No. Order No. kW kW (in x in x in) No. (lb) (ft3/s)
1) The quoted nominal power ratings for 3) Short time current: 3 x In conv for 250 ms 5) Performance 2 stands for a performance in-
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES serve only as a (only for Compact PLUS units)/Overload current: crease by a factor of 2. Doubling of computing
guide for the selection of other components. 1.6 x In conv for 30 s. For the 200 kW (268 HP) and power and consequently halving of computing
The exact drive output depends on the motors 250 kW (335 HP) units, this is 1.36 x the rated times for all functions.
connected, and this should be taken into ac- output current for 60 s.
6) A firmware version ³ 1.63 is an absolute pre-
count when planning.
4) In the Compact PLUS converters, the brake requisite for standard units (“5” in digit 11 of the
2) 10 kHz with Compact PLUS units, 5 kHz with chopper is integrated. order no.) with option K80.
compact and chassis units. 2.5 kHz for power The braking resistor should be selected
ratings over 250 kW (335 HP) only possible on accordingly and must be mounted externally
request with Performance 2 units. (see Page 3/18).
619
Siemens DA 65.11 · 2003/2004
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Per
New Compact and
fo rma
2
Converters and inverters nce chassis units
1) The quoted nominal power ratings for 3) Short time current: 3 x In conv for 250 ms
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES serve only as a (only for Compact PLUS units)/Overload current:
guide for the selection of other components. 1.6 x In conv for 30 s. For the 200 kW (268 HP) and
The exact drive output depends on the motors 250 kW (335 HP) units, this is 1.36 x the rated
connected, and this should be taken into ac- output current for 60 s.
count when planning.
4) Performance 2 stands for a performance in-
2) 10 kHz with Compact PLUS units, 5 kHz with crease by a factor of 2. Doubling of computing
compact and chassis units. 2.5 kHz for power power and consequently halving of computing
ratings over 250 kW (335 HP) only possible on times for all functions.
request with Performance 2 units.
620
Siemens DA 65.11 · 2003/2004
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Compact and Pe
New
rfor
man
2
chassis units ce Converters and inverters
1) The quoted nominal power ratings for 3) Short time current: 3 x In conv for 250 ms
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES serve only as a (only for Compact PLUS units)/Overload current:
guide for the selection of other components. 1.6 x In conv for 30 s. For the 200 kW (268 HP) and
The exact drive output depends on the motors 250 kW (335 HP) units, this is 1.36 x the rated
connected, and this should be taken into ac- output current for 60 s.
count when planning.
4) Performance 2 stands for a performance in-
2) 10 kHz with Compact PLUS units, 5 kHz with crease by a factor of 2. Doubling of computing
compact and chassis units. 2.5 kHz for power power and consequently halving of computing
ratings over 250 kW (335 HP) only possible on times for all functions.
request with Performance 2 units.
621
Siemens DA 65.11 · 2003/2004
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Compact Compact and
Converters and inverters PLUS units chassis units
Encoder boards (An encoder board must always be ordered. Exception: V/f control)
SBP Incremental-encoder evaluation
Spare part2) 6SE7090–0XX84–0FA0 0.3 (0.7) 20 x 90 x 95 (0.8 x 3.5 x 3.7)
Retrofit kit3) 6SX7010–0FA00
Plugged into slot A4) C11
Plugged into slot B4) (only for Compact PLUS units!) C12
Plugged into slot C4) (motor encoder) C13
Plugged into slot D4) (only for compact C14
Plugged into slot E4) and chassis units) C15
Plugged into slot F4) C16
Plugged into slot G4) C17
SBR1 Resolver evaluation without incremental-encoder simulation
Spare part2) 6SE7090–0XX84–0FB0 0.3 (0.7) 20 x 90 x 95 (0.8 x 3.5 x 3.7)
Retrofit kit3) 6SX7010–0FB00
Plugged into slot C4) C23
SBR2 Resolver evaluation with incremental-encoder simulation
Spare part2) 6SE7090–0XX84–0FC0 0.3 (0.7) 20 x 90 x 95 (0.8 x 3.5 x 3.7)
Retrofit kit3) 6SX7010–0FC00
Plugged into slot C4) C33
SBM Absolute-value encoder evaluation/incremental-encoder evaluation (only as spare part for existing systems)
Spare part2) 6SE7090–0XX84–0FD0 0.3 (0.7) 20 x 90 x 95 (0.8 x 3.5 x 3.7)
SBM2 Absolute-value encoder evaluation/incremental-encoder evaluation (MC firmware versions ³ 1.3)
Spare part2) 6SE7090–0XX84–0FE0 0.3 (0.7) 20 x 90 x 95 (0.8 x 3.5 x 3.7)
Retrofit kit3) 6SX7010–0FE00
Plugged into slot C4) (motor encoder) C43
Plugged into slots A, B, D, E, F, G4) (machine encoder) C41/C42/C44 to C47
Expansion boards
EB1 Expansion board
Spare part2) 6SE7090–0XX84–0KB0 0.3 (0.7) 20 x 90 x 95 (0.8 x 3.5 x 3.7)
Retrofit kit3) 6SX7010–0KB00
Plugged into slots A to G4) G61 to G67
EB2 Expansion board
Spare part2) 6SE7090–0XX84–0KC0 0.3 (0.7) 20 x 90 x 95 (0.8 x 3.5 x 3.7)
Retrofit kit3) 6SX7010–0KC00
Plugged into slots A to G G71 to G77
1) The Compact PLUS units have three slots 3) For retrospective mounting. The retrofit kit usu- 5) With 2 FOC connectors, 1 connector for X470
A, B and C. Compact and chassis units can be ally contains a board, plug-in connector and and 5 m all-plastic FOC (fiber-optic cable).
expanded to have up to 6 slots, A, C, D, E, F documentation but not adapter boards or LBA
6) When ordering the board, “–Z” and the corre-
and G. For the various possible configurations, (see Page 3/8).
sponding code for direct mounting in the
see Page 6/61.
4) With appropriate connector. corresponding slot must be appended to the
2) Excluding connector, excluding documentation. converter/inverter order no.
622
Siemens DA 65.11 · 2003/2004
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Compact and Compact
chassis units PLUS units Converters and inverters
1) The quoted nominal power ratings serve only as 3) The currents are based on a line inductance of 5) No limitation due to precharging via controlled
a guide for the selection of other components. 3 % in relation to the equipment impedance Z, thyristor bridge. For maximum dimensioning,
The exact drive output depends on the con- i.e. the ratio of the line short-circuit power to the see Section 6, “Dimensioning of the system
nected inverters and this should be taken into converter power S is 33 : 1 or 100 : 1 if a 2 % line components for multi-axis drives”.
account when planning. reactor is used as well.
VLine 6) The brake chopper is built into the Compact
2) The connected inverter units must not exceed Equipment impedance: Z = PLUS rectifier unit. The brake resistor (see Page
the specified total DC link current. 3 × IVLine 3/18) is to be selected accordingly and mounted
externally. The 24 V current requirement is
4) 3 x IDC for 250 ms (only for Compact PLUS
approx. 0.5 A per rectifier unit at 15 kW, 0.7 A at
rectifier units)/1.6 x IDC for 30 s.
50 kW and 100 kW.
624
Siemens DA 65.11 · 2003/2004
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Compact and Compact
chassis units PLUS units Rectifier units
Sound pressure Power connections Auxiliary current requirement
level with standard – Terminals for sizes B, C and P
protection degree – Lugs for size E
IP20/IP00 – Location: at top for DC, at bottom for AC
625
Siemens DA 65.11 · 2003/2004